Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Permit D12-362 - WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER MALL - THE BODY SHOP - TENANT IMPROVEMENT
BODY SHOP, THE 1021 SOUTHCENTER MALL D12 -362 City oftukwila • Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Inspection Request Line: 206 - 431 -2451 Web site: http://www.TukwilaWA.gov DEVELOPMENT PERMIT Parcel No.: 9202470010 Address: 1021 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW Suite No: Project Name: BODY SHOP, THE Permit Number: D12-362 Issue Date: 01/28/2013 Permit Expires On: 07/27/2013 Owner: Name: WESTFIELD PROPERTY TAX DEPT Address: PO BOX 130940 , CARLSBAD CA 92013 Contact Person: Name: MARGO KOZICH Address: 2136 PURCWELL DR , FERNANDINA BEACH FL 32034 Contractor: Name: MID AMERICA CONST & DESIGN LLC Address: 4408 S MAY AV , NORMAN OK 73072 Contractor License No: MIDAMAC881DA Lender: Name: L'OREAL USA Address: 757 FIFTH AV , NEW YORK NY 10017 Phone: 904 491 -6314 Phone: 405 - 387 -4235 Expiration Date: 03/04/2014 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: INTERIOR TENANT IMPROVEMENT Value of Construction: $75,000.00 Fees Collected: $2,009.09 Type of Fire Protection: SPR]NXLERS /AFA International Building Code Edition: 2009 Type of Construction: IIB Occupancy per IBC: 0019 Electrical Service Provided by: PUGET SOUND ENERGY * *continued on next page ** doc: IBC -7/10 D12 -362 Printed: 01 -28 -2013 Public Works Activities: Channelization / Striping: N Curb Cut / Access / Sidewalk / CSS: N Fire Loop Hydrant: Flood Control Zone: Hauling: Land Altering: Landscape Irrigation: Moving Oversize Load: N Number: 0 N Start Time: Volumes: Cut 0 c.y. Size (Inches): 0 End Time: Fill 0 c.y. Start Time: End Time: Sanitary Side Sewer: Sewer Main Extension: Private: Public: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Profit: N Non - Profit: N Water Main Extension: Private: Public: Water Meter: N Permit Center Authorized Signature: Date: I hereby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the perfo Fe of w k. authorized to sign and obtain this development permit and agree to the conditions attached to this permit. Signature: Print Name: This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. PERMIT CONDITIONS: 1: ** *BUILDING DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** 2: No changes shall be made to the approved plans unless approved by the design professional in responsible charge and the Building Official. 3: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center (206/431- 3670). 4: All permits, inspection records, and approved plans shall be at the job site and available to the inspectors prior to start of any construction. These documents shall be maintained and made available until final inspection approval is granted. 5: New suspended ceiling grid and light fixture installations shall meet the non - building structures seismic design requirements of ASCE 7. 6: Partition walls that are tied to the ceiling and all partitions greater than 6 feet in height shall be laterally braced to the building structure. doc: IBC -7/10 D12 -362 Printed: 01 -28 -2013 7: All construction shall be done in conform with the approved plans and the requiremnof the International Building Code or International Residential International Mechanical Code, Washingt to Energy Code. 8: All rack storage requires a separate permit issued through the City of Tukwila Permit Center. Rack storage over 8 -feet in height shall be anchored or braced to prevent overturning or displacement during seismic events. The design and calculations for the anchorage or bracing shall be prepared by a registered professional engineer licensed in the State of Washington. 9: Remove all demolition rubble and loose miscellaneous material from lot or parcel of ground, properly cap the sanitary sewer connections, and properly fill or otherwise protect all basements, cellars, septic tanks, wells, and other excavations. Final inspection approval will be determined by the building inspector based on satisfactory completion of this requirement. 10: Manufacturers installation instructions shall be available on the job site at the time of inspection. 11: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206- 431- 3670). 12: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206- 431- 3670). 13: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. 14: ** *FIRE DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** 15: The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by the Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 16: The total number of fire extinguishers required for an ordinary hazard occupancy with Class A fire hazards is calculated at one extinguisher for each 1,500 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "All Purpose" (2A, 20B:C) dry chemical type. Travel distance to any fire extinguisher must be 75 or less. (IFC 906.3) (NFPA 10, 3 -2.1) 17: Portable fire extinguishers, not housed in cabinets, shall be installed on the hangers or brackets supplied. Hangers or brackets shall be securely anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor. Hand -held portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 3.5 feet (1067 mm) above the floor. The clearance between the floor and the bottom of the installed hand -held extinguishers shall not be less than 4 inches (102 nun). (IFC 906.7 and IFC 906.9) 18: Fire extinguishers shall not be obstructed or obscured from view. In rooms or areas in which visual obstruction cannot be completely avoided, means shall be provided to indicate the locations of the extinguishers. (IFC 906.6) 19: Extinguishers shall be located in conspicuous locations where they will be readily accessible and immediately available for use. These locations shall be along normal paths of travel, unless the fire code official determines that the hazard posed indicates the need for placement away from normal paths of travel. (IFC 906.5) 20: Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag or label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. Every six years stored pressure extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge procedures. If the required monthly and yearly inspections of the fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the inspection tag is not completed, a reputable fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10, 4 -3, 4 -4) 21: Egress doors shall be readily openable from the egress side without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. (IFC 1008.1.8.3 subsection 2.2) 22: Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. (IFC Chapter 10) 23: Door handles, pulls, latches, locks and other operating devices on doors required to be accessible by Chapter 11 of the International Building Code shall not require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of the wrist to operate. (IFC 1008.1.8.1) 24: Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the International Fire Code. (IFC Chapter 10) doc: IBC -7/10 D12 -362 Printed: 01 -28 -2013 25: Aisles leading to required exits shall belovided from all portions of the building and t equired width of the aisles shall be unobstructed. (IFC 1013.4) 26: Maintain sprinkler coverage per N.F.P.A. 13. Addition/relocation of walls, closets or partitions may require relocating and/or adding sprinkler heads. (IFC 901.4) 27: Sprinklers shall be installed under fixed obstructions over 4 feet (1.2 m) wide such as ducts, decks, open grate flooring, cutting tables, shelves and overhead doors. (NFPA 13- 8.6.5.3.3) 28: All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of Factory Mutual or any fire protection engineer licensed by the State of Washington and approved by the Fire Marshal prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance No. 2327). 29: A fire alarm system is required for this project. The fire alarm system shall meet the requirements of N.F.P.A. 72 and City Ordinance #2328. (ALL FIRE ALARM COMPONENTS TO BE '1'11a.) TO THE MAIN MALL FIRE ALARM PANEL.) 30: Maintain fire alarm system audible /visual notification. Addition/relocation of walls or partitions may require relocation and/or addition of audible /visual notification devices. (City Ordinance #2328) 31: All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #2328) (IFC 104.2) 32: An electrical permit from the City of Tukwila Building Department Permit Center (206- 431 -3670) is required for this project. 33: The maximum flame spread class of finish materials used on interior walls and ceilings shall not exceed that set forth in Table No. 803.5 of the International Building Code. 34: Post address on storefront per approved Westfield standards. 35: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #2327 and #2328) 36: Any overlooked hazardous condition and/or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 37: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 511. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575 -4407. doc: IBC -7/10 D12 -362 Printed: 01 -28 -2013 CITY OF TURLA Community Development Department Public Works Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd, Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Building PSit No. Project No. Date Application Accepted: Date Application Expires: 2 (For office use only) CONSTRUCTION PERMIT APPLICATION Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. * *Please Print ** SITE LOCATION 2800 Southcenter Mall King Co Assessor's Tax No.: 12 Site Address: Suite Number: Floor: The Body Shop Tenant Name: New Tenant: ❑ Yes ®..No 1 PROPERTY OWNER Name: Margo Kozich Address: 2136 Purcwell Dr. Name: SouthCenter Mall Phone: 904 -491 -6314 Fax: 904 -491 -0397 Email: margok @commercialpermitgroup.com Address: 2800 southcenter State: City: covington State: ky City: Tukwila State: wa Zip: 98188 CONTACT PERSON — person receiving all project communication Name: Margo Kozich Address: 2136 Purcwell Dr. City: Fernandina Beach State: Fl Zip: 32034 Phone: 904 -491 -6314 Fax: 904 -491 -0397 Email: margok @commercialpermitgroup.com GENERAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: TBD Address: Address: 1538 Alexandria pike Architect Name: Quin Wichmann Phone: 859 -442 -8050 Fax: 859 -442 -8058 City: State: City: covington State: ky Zip: Phone: Fax: Email: qwichmann @agi- us.com Contr Reg No.: Exp Date: Tukwila Business License No.: H: \Applications\Forms- Applications On Line \2011 Applications\Permit Application Revised - 8- 9- 11.docx Revised: August 2011 bh ARCHITECT OF RECORD Company Name: KHN Company Name: AGI Address: 1538 Alexandria pike Architect Name: Quin Wichmann Phone: 859 -442 -8050 Fax: 859 -442 -8058 Address: 15 west 7th st. City: covington State: ky Zip: 41011 Phone: 859- 261 -5400 Fax: 859- 261 -5530 Email: qwichmann @agi- us.com ENGINEER OF RECORD Company Name: KHN Engineer Name: K. Hengrs Address: 1538 Alexandria pike City: FT. Thomas State: ky Zip: 41075 Phone: 859 -442 -8050 Fax: 859 -442 -8058 Email: kln @klhengrs.com LENDER/BOND ISSUED (required for projects $5,000 or greater per RCW 19.2 .095) Name: 11 O vL I �4 11t P IVOr►f Address: i/^ t City: N �I State: N I Zip: i toi 1 Page 1 of 4 BUILDING PERMIT INFORMATI ' 206-431 -3670 75,000. Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ Existing Building Valuation: $ Describe the scope of work (please provide detailed information): Interior tenant improvement Existing storage rack to be relocated Will there be new rack storage? ❑ Yes 0.. No If yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. Provide All Building Areas in Square Footage Below PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? ❑ Yes ❑ No If "yes ", explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: Sprinklers Automatic Fire Alarm ❑ None ❑ Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? ❑ Yes No If `yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8 -1/2" x 11 " paper including quantities and Material Safety ata Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM ❑ On -site Septic System — For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. H:WpplicationsWonns- Applications On Line \2011 Applications\Pennit Application Revised - 8- 9- 11.docx Revised: August 2011 bh Page 2 of 4 Existing Interior Remodel Addition to Existing Structure New Type of Construction per IBC Type of Occupancy per IBC 1' Floor 858 858 2b m 2"th Floor 3t Floor Floors thru Basement Accessory Structure* Attached Garage Detached Garage Attached Carport Detached Carport Covered Deck Uncovered Deck PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? ❑ Yes ❑ No If "yes ", explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: Sprinklers Automatic Fire Alarm ❑ None ❑ Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? ❑ Yes No If `yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8 -1/2" x 11 " paper including quantities and Material Safety ata Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM ❑ On -site Septic System — For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. H:WpplicationsWonns- Applications On Line \2011 Applications\Pennit Application Revised - 8- 9- 11.docx Revised: August 2011 bh Page 2 of 4 PERMIT APPLICATION NOTES Value of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review — Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING OWNER OR AUTHORIZED AGENT: Signature: Date: Margo tick 904 -491 -6314 Print Name: Day Telephone: 2136 Purcell dr. Mailing Address: fernandina beach fl 320343 City H:Wpplications\Forms- Applications On Line\2011 Applications'Petmit Application Revised - 8- 9- 11.docx Revised: August 2011 hh State Zip Page 4 of 4 • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.TukwilaWA.gov RECEIPT ParcelNo.: 9202470010 Permit Number: D12 -362 Address: 1021 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW Status: APPROVED Suite No: Applied Date: 11/16/2012 Applicant: BODY SHOP, THE Issue Date: Receipt No.: R13 -00585 Payment Amount: $1,219.40 Initials: WER Payment Date: 01/28/2013 11:46 AM User ID: 1655 Balance: $0.00 Payee: MID AMERICA CONSTRUCTION TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Check 2973 1,219.40 Authorization No. ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description Account Code Current Pmts BUILDING - NONRES 000.322.100 STATE BUILDING SURCHARGE 640.237.114 Total: $1,219.40 1,214.90 4.50 doc: Receiot -06 Printed: 01 -28 -2013 City of lwilar Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite 6100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: htm: /,tirtrIr.ci.tuktriln.wa.us SET RECEIPT Copy Reprinted on 11 -16 -2012 at 10:10:43 11/16/2012 RECEIPT NO: R12 -03131 Initials: JEM User ID: 1165 Payee: COMMERCIAL PERMIT GROUP, INC. Payment Date: 11/16/2012 Total Payment: 902.75 SET ID: S000001825 SET NAME: Tmp set/Initialized Activities SET TRANSACTIONS: Set Member D12 -362 EL12 -1083 M12 -178 PG12 -199 TOTAL: Amount 789.69 44.63 44.28 24.15 789.69 TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Description Amount Payment Check 2548 902.75 TOTAL: 902.75 ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description Account Code Current Pmts ELECTRICAL PLAN - NONRES 000.345.832.00.0 PLAN CHECK - NONRES 000.345.830 44.63 858.12 TOTAL: 902.75 INSPECTION RECORD ?� Retain a copy with permit () l Z 3P 2-- INSPECTION � PERMIT NO CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION c...„ 4 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Projec Type�nspecti n: r...,,) Dy _.5 Ck. oil -. ki Is..., . K.), 46 A 1drersE R ' _ ` Date Called: 1 Special Instructions: © G(03'16- Q ( pPc)", Date Wanted: _ 13 %rr,. p.m. Requ er: at del 4 -'c'I _ t, Phone 3 2,— 8S t— 5-037 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: ikpLelric Insdector: Dater n REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431-2451 Projeg 4.) 0 st,op Type of Inspectiqn: it r I , IA_L. 6,(A,2•Acp-ial r.' " Address: I col_ ! Sc 4)1.11 Date-calleck i A k „ 6 i.su , 1 u 4 1. 1 • Special Instructions: .12 i----4/11 2 Date Want31 _ z...y....... /3 .."...........-...... •• —MIL, P.m- Requester: 7 p ica • e co • es. Corrections required prior to approval. • COMMENTS: Er.o (oyc X ...ff., ...."-----■Nt k In pector: (....... I-1 REINSPECTION FEE6REQUIRED. Prior to next inspectien, fee must be . "---" paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinSpeclion.... INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION N0. PERMIT NO. f/ CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION I`(� 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 rit,. (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 tir Proje&t �0p Sc {� P Type of Inspection: •� Svs. :1-- -4 6 Address: O2( .3L AAA- (f Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted:. a.m. -T.:7,-z) 13 � Requester: Phone No: 32 - 851---__S-63r1 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 4( kAf6 Date•? -2/0 �. /3 Ins ector: REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be - paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD / Z -3<0 Retain a copy with permit. INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 . (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Proje oL�d / Type flnspection: ,�j ri Ar /�J Address:. �� V+ S �" / �/� ` ' "''1 Date led:g uv� f� Special Instructions: Date Wanted.. I / . f' tn. (.] Requester: Phi Z_s,.s-r —sJ7 EApproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: ^ p. I •(i h M: A Lo r v J 1-t-i� e.J T' U f : n icl �� v (tom M.� 5 �n �' S �--D 0 )r' c e • 1 ` nb e-) Jct( o --(vex v3f S vi (704 Inspector: Date 1. 13 n REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit `D'2 -3621. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 R (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Proje, : 6 Q v s/_ vlJd(/ Typ�otf Inspection:,„. r . i i _ 6 a C..-Z -- Address: , ( 011 Se_ MA-11 Date Called: SJ 6 ` eci `► Special Instructions: c---0.) eJtAy qx 0 4-p pr6.i Date Wanted: _ r . , -� a; m. . Requester: eY (-4 r`P /Lk� Ps S..� KC'- Phon 2 — 5 r ` tos ElApproved per applicable codes. ElCorrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: r SJ 6 ` eci `► I9 �A e X. 4 S pr c---0.) eJtAy qx 0 4-p pr6.i Also TU 3 L A J e Aite, i A sT,i( I,7, pri) c.J..J( ,)f- U-Ad SAV eY (-4 r`P /Lk� Ps S..� KC'- 1 Dated 15_ 1 f - n REINSPECTION FEElREQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 vz• (206) 431 -367 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 - ]12 -3b2� Pro Typ f Inspection: rr, , , S P Address. ( C e 4A-M Date Called: Date a! -C, A6 Special Instructions: Date Wanted• + m� —.13-13 p•m. Requester: PhoCi3 No: 2 r 8� (^ 5 o37 0 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. /e COMMENTS: OK ‘4)\ kJ dn a! -C, A6 6" TLkh Sides — ne\ Inspec'or: Date I. REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. v�- INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206 - 575 -4407 Project: 514010 Type of Inspection: )=-4-- 5 P --1/041?-- Address: I Suite #: l(o� l • L.1 1141 Contact Person: _ Special Instructions: Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. 1. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: ca4 — cP - o k Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: (— Date: 0 //3 Hrs.: v $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. CaII to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: 1 Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 • T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 1 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit tS-5-02Z PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206 - 575 -4407 Project: �o�Y �� Type of Inspection: Address: Suite #: /OZ / /� 'G /1%L Contact Person: ''mo o, -2 /CLA 5 A.'ow5lU Special Instructions: Phone No.: i - ; _ / - / - 6-d;"4- nApproved per applicable codes. riCorrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: og Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: , Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: t/i Date: 2 _ 5_ ) 3 Hrs.: $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company`Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 • Jennifer Marshall From: Jennifer Marshall Sent: Monday, November 19, 2012 10:15 AM To: 'MARGO @COMMERCIALPERMITGROUP.COM' Subject: The Body Shop Attachments: Building Permit Application.pdf Good morning Margo, As I was completing the routing process for the permits submitted on Friday, I noted that the building permit description included rack storage to be relocated. Please note that any work on storage racks in excess of 5 feet 9 inches requires a permit application separate from the main tenant improvement permit. Along with the application there will need to be two sets of plans submitted which include the floor plan which indicates the layout of the racking as well as egress lighting. Additionally there must be a detail for the racks as well as for their anchoring. If the racks exceed 8 feet in height, engineering must be provided for the anchoring. As always, if you have questions feel free to email or call. Jennifer Marsha II Permit Technician, City of Tukwila T: 206 431 -3670, F: 206 431 -3665 jennifer.marshall @tukwilawa.gov 1 DI2� 3(v2 *EMli' COORD COF� PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D12 -362 DATE: 11/16/12 PROJECT NAME: BODY SHOP, THE SITE ADDRESS: - -`1 SOUTHCENTERMALL X Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # Revision # after Permit Issued EPARTMENTS: /WC. l k -« uilding Division El MA NIA 1411- Public Works icyC 0,74,11- 11,1\A ikiA H.1-9.12 Fire Prevention ® Planning Division Structural ❑ Permit Coordinator ❑ DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) DUE DATE: 11/20/12 Complete Incomplete ❑ Not Applicable ❑ Comments: Permit Center Use Only. . INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUESITHURS ROUTING: Please Route Structural Review Required ❑ No further Review Required ❑ REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: DUE DATE: 12/18/12 Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions Not Approved (attach comments) ❑ Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: Contractors or Tradespeople P_ ter Friendly Page • General /Specialty Contractor A business registered as a construction contractor with L &I to perform construction work within the scope of its specialty. A General or Specialty construction Contractor must maintain a surety bond or assignment of account and carry general liability insurance. Business and Licensing Information Name MID AMERICA CONST & DESIGN LLC UBI No. 603183360 Phone 4053874235 Status Active Address 4408 S May Avenue License No. MIDAMAC881DA Suite /Apt. License Type Construction Contractor City Norman Effective Date 3/4/2012 State OK Expiration Date 3/4/2014 Zip 73072 Suspend Date County Out Of State Specialty 1 General Business Type Limited Liability Company Specialty 2 Unused Parent Company Business Owner Information Name Role Effective Date Expiration Date INCORP SERVICES INC Agent 03/01/2012 SEABOURN, MICHAEL BENJAMIN Partner /Member 03/01/2012 Bond Information Page 1 of 1 Bond Bond Company Name Bond Account Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Bond Amount Received Date 1 RLI Ins Co LSM0348618 02/27/2012 Until Cancelled $12,000.00 03/01/2012 Assignment of Savings Information No records found for the previous 6 year period Insurance Information Insurance Company Name Policy Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Amount Received Date 1 Essex Ins Co MAP000000206 03/04/2012 03/04/2013 $1,000,000.00 03/01/2012 Summons /Complaint Information No unsatisfied complaints on file within prior 6 year period Warrant Information No unsatisfied warrants on file within prior 6 year period Infractions /Citations Information No records found for the previous 6 year period https: // fortress .wa.gov /lni/bbip/Print.aspx 01/28/2013 SYMBOLS LEGEND XXX XXX ROOM NAME KEYED NOTE DOOR NUMBER PARTITION TYPE ELEVATION REFERENCE SECTION REFERENCE DETAIL REFERENCE FLOOR TRANSITION TYPE ABBREVIATIONS AFF AHU AL BD BLKT CJ CLG COL CONC CONT CPT CT C/L DBL DF DIA DIM ABOVE FINISH FLOOR AIR HANDLING UNIT ALUMINUM BOARD BLANKET CONTROL JOINT CEILING COLUMN CONCRETE CONTINUOUS CARPET CERAMIC TILE CENTER LINE DOUBLE DRINKING FOUNTAIN DIAMETER DIMENSION DN DOWN EA EACH ELEC ELECTRICAL ELEV /EL ELEVATION EQ EQUAL EXIST EXISTING FD FLOOR DRAIN FE FIRE EXTINGUISHER FF FINISH FLOOR GALV GALVANIZED GYP. BD. GYPSUM BOARD HC HANDICAPPED HDW HARDWARE HM HOLLOW METAL HVAC HEATING, AIR CONDITIONING, & VENT INFO INFORMATION INSUL INSULATION MAS MASONRY MAX MAXIMUM MECH MECHANICAL MIN MINIMUM MTL METAL NA NOT APPLICABLE NIC NOT IN CONTRACT NOM NOMINAL NTS NOT TO SCALE O.A.H. OVER ALL HEIGHT O.A.L. OVER ALL LENGTH OC ON CENTER OPP OPPOSITE PLYWD PLYWOOD PREFAB PREFABRICATED PT PAINT QT QUARRY TILE R RISER /RADIUS REF REFERENCE REINF REINFORCE REQ'D REQUIRED RO ROUGH OPENING SIM SIMILAR SPEC SPECIFICATION SS STAINLESS STEEL STL STEEL STOR STORAGE SUSP SUSPENDED T TREAD TELE TELEPHONE TYP TYPICAL UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE VCT VINYL COMPOSITION TILE VERT VERTICAL V.O. VISUAL OPENING WC WATER CLOSET WD WOOD W/ WITH 13 0 I) S El 0 ID STORE N0. 1126 - SPACE N0. 128 2800 SOUTHCENTER MALL - TUKWILA, WA CODE DATA APPLICABLE CODES BUILDING CODE: WASHINGTON STATE BUILDING CODE (IBC 2009) PLUMBING CODE: WASHINGTON STATE BUILDING CODE (UPC 2009) MECHANICAL CODE: WASHINGTON STATE BUILDING CODE (IMC 2009) ELECTRICAL CODE: WASHINGTON STATE ELECTRICAL SAFETY STANDARDS (NEC 2008) FIRE /LIFE SAFETY: WASHINGTON STATE BUILDING CODE (IFC 2009) ACCESSIBILITY: WASHINGTON STATE BUILDING CODE (ICC /ANSI A117.1 2003) ENERGY CONSERVATION: WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE CODE STATISTICS OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION: USE GROUP M (MERCANTILE) CONSTRUCTION CLASSIFICATION: TYPE IIB INTERIOR FINISHES EXIT ACCESS CORRIDORS: CLASS C OTHER SPACES: CLASS C FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM: REQUIRED FIRE ALARM DEVICES: REQUIRED MEANS OF EGRESS SALES FLOOR AREA: 682 S.F. STOCK ROOM /RESTROOM AREA: 176 S.F. OCCUPANT LOAD: 21 NUMBER OF EXITS: 1 MAX. TRAVEL DISTANCE: 250' MAX. COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL: 75' PLUMBING FACILITIES PLUMBING FIXTURES REQUIRED WATER CLOSETS: 1* LAVATORIES: 1* URINALS: 0 DRINKING FOUNTAINS: 1 HI —LO* UTILITY SINKS: 1* * REQUIREMENT MET BY CENTRAL MALL FACILITIES MINIMUM REQUIRED MANEUVERING CLEARANCE AT DOOR 'SEPARATE PERMIT REQUIRED FOR: Mechanical Electrical Plumbing 'Gas Piping City of Tukwila , BUILDING DIVISION EGRESS PATH FROM MOST REMOTE POINT (TRAVEL DISTANCE =56') • ALUES /T , W� MAKEUP Ni $. ;, - I- I- I- I -I -Ii MITE • a is T/a COMMUNITY WALL iJl11•111 __I i _ill• LIMN M M I POD -LOGO/ VALUES ANEW= 1i5M1w= id■ LAIN 0 BUS STOP SIGN NOTES: 1. SEE SHEET A6.1 FOR ACCESSIBILITY INFORMATION FOR RESTROOM 2. SEE STORE LOCATION PLAN FOR CONTINUATION OF EGRESS PATH THROUGH COVERED MALL. PLAN NORTH EGRESS & ACCESSIBILITY PLAN SCALE: 1 /8 " =1' -0" RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE PROJECT DIRECTORY TENANT THE BODY SHOP 5036 ONE WORLD WAY WAKE FOREST, NC 27587 CONTACT: SCOTT WOOSLEY PHONE: 919- 554 -8264 FAX: 919- 554 -4428 Scott.Woosley@thebodyshop.com ARCHITECT ARCHITECTURAL GROUP INTERNAT'L 15 WEST SEVENTH STREET COVINGTON, KY 41011 CONTACT: QUIN WICHMANN PHONE: 859 - 261 -5400 FAX: 859 - 261 -5530 gwichmann@agi— us.com MECHANICAL /ELECTRICAL ENGINEER KLH ENGINEERS 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE SUITE 11 FT. THOMAS, KY 41075 CONTACT: PHONE: 859 - 442 -8050 FAX: 859 - 442 -8058 ©klhengrs.com STORE FIXTURE VENDOR IDX 110 TECHNOLOGY JEFFERSONVILLE, IN 47130 CONTACT: ROB POWERS PHONE: 812- 280 -0000 EXT. rpowers@idxIouisville.com LIGHT FIXTURE VENDOR LOEB ELECTRIC 915 WILLIAMS AVENUE COLUMBUS, OH 43212 CONTACT: DOUG HAMRICK PHONE: (614) 421 -3369 dhamri@loebelectric.com TRAFFIC COUNTER VENDOR LANDLORD WESTFIELD, LLC 2800 SOUTHCENTER SEATTLE, WA 98188 CONTACT: SCOTT PRIESTER PHONE: 206 - 802 -6070 MOBILE: 323 - 578 -3849 BUILDING DEPARTMENT TUKWILA DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT 6300 SOUTHCENTER BLVD. — #100 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 98188 DAVE LARSON PHONE: 206 - 431 -3678 FLOORING VENDOR ASSOCIATED /ACC INTERNATIONAL LTD. 306 MAIN STREET 1ST FLOOR MILLBURN, NJ 07041 CONTACT: JOANNA MARCZAK PHONE: 973 - 376 -1111 EXT. 212 FAX: 973 - 376 -1146 ,Ce jmarczak@as ND OVA- V`• HILTON DISPLA EQ CONTACT: WAYNE RHODES PHONE: 864 - 233 -0401 EXT. 219 FAX: 864 - 242 -2204 8812 www.hiltondisplays.com SIGNAGE VENDP04; Eet ST. MICHAEL STRATEGIES 701 SALABERRY, SUITE 201 CHAMBLY, QC CANADA J3L1R2 CONTACT: TRACY SMITH PHONE: 450 - 658 -5148 EXT. 246 1- 888 - 726 -4782 SOUND SYSTEM VENDOR MOOD MUSIC 7825 FAY AVE STE LL —A La JOLLA, CA 92037 DIRECTOR OF OPERATIONS CONTACT: NICK COCCHIOLA PHONE: 858 - 362 -2318 nick.cocchiola@moodmedia.com PHONE /DATA WIRING VENDOR GRANITE 100 NEWPORT AVENUE EXTENSION QUINCY, MA 02171 CONTACT: RYDER O'HARE PHONE: 617 - 532 -7427 roh are©gran iten et. corn REVISIONS No changes shall be made to the scope of work without prior approval of Tukwila Building Division. NOTE:: Fsv:sians will require a new pion submittal and may include additional plan review feel DRAWING INDEX DRAWING NUMBER PROVIDED BY !INSTALLED BY NOT APPLICABLE 1 NOTES ITEM LANDLORD TENANT TENANT VENDOR TENANT CONTR. LANDLORD TENANT TENANT VENDOR TENANT CONTR. EXISTING TO REMAIN EXTERIOR/BUILDING SHELL A1.1 FLOOR PLAN 11/12/2012 11/12/2012 A2.1 FIXTURE PLAN 11/12/2012 11/12/2012 A3.1 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 11/12/2012 TEMPORARY BARRICADE & GRAPHICS A4.1 STOREFRONT ELEVATIONS 11/12/2012 • A5.1 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 11/12/2012 • A5.2 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS GRAPHICS PROVIDED BY TENANT TENANT CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE PHOTOS TO TENANT IMMEDIATELY AFTER INSTALLATION EXTERIOR /CORRIDOR WALLS A6.1 FINISH SCHEDULE & RESTROOM PLAN 11/12/2012 11/12/2012 A7.1 SPECIFICATIONS 11/12/2012 11/12/2012 • SPECIFICATIONS 11/12/2012 TENANT DEMISING WALLS A7.3 SPECIFICATIONS 11/12/2012 11/12/2012 1.1 PLUMBING PLAN 11/12/2012 11/12/2012 • HVAC DETAILS 11/12/2012 MALL BULKHEAD OR EXTERIOR SIGN FASCIA M1.1 HVAC PLAN 11/12/2012 11/12/2012 E1.0 ELECTRICAL DETAILS 11/12/2012 11/12/2012 • LIGHTING PLAN 11/12/2012 11/12/2012 E1.2 REVIEWED FOR MALL NEUTRAL PIERS 11/12/2012 • • • SEE PLAN CODE COMPLIANCE STOREFRONT GLAZING /FRAMING • • APPROVED EXTERIOR AWNINGS /CANOPIES • NOV 3 0 2012 STOREFRONT SIGNAGE • • A/ STOREFRONT COLUMN ENCLOSURES TRIM / • • ", City IIa STOREFRONT BASE (EXTERIOR /MALL SIDE) • • c (T Bull owCj IDIVISION COILING GRILLE /SUPPORT POSTS /HARDWARE • �........ STOREFRONT DOORS /FRAMES /HARDWARE • • REAR DOOR /FRAME /HARDWARE • INTERIOR CONSTRUCTION & FINISHES MALL FLOORING • • • MATERIAL PER LANDLORD SPECIFICATIONS; EXTEND EXISTING AS INDICATED SALES AREA FLOORING • • TENANT CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO PLACE & QUALIFY ORDER WITH TENANT VENDOR STOCK ROOM /OFFICE FLOORING • • • TOILET ROOM FLOORING • STOCK ROOM /OFFICE DOOR /FRAME /HARDWARE • • TOILET ROOM DOOR /FRAME /HARDWARE • STOCK ROOM /OFFICE WALL • • • SEE PLAN TOILET ROOM WALLS • SALES AREA CEILING /SOFFITS • • STOCK ROOM /OFFICE CEILING • • • SEE PLAN TOILET ROOM CEILING • SALES AREA BASE • • TENANT CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO PLACE & QUALIFY ORDER WITH TENANT VENDOR STOCK ROOM /OFFICE BASE • • • SEE PLAN TOILET ROOM BASE • SALES AREA COLUMN ENCLOSURES • PAINT • • TENANT CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM COLORS WITH TENANT FAUX BRICK PANELS • • FIXTURES & ACCESSORIES SALES AREA FIXTURES /TABLES /CASHWRAP • • UNLOADING OF FIXTURES BY TENANT CONTRACTOR STOCK SHELVING FIXTURES • • STOCK ROOM /OFFICE DESK, SHELVING, STANDARDS • • MIRRORS • • TOILET ROOM AND OFFICE ACCESSORIES • • • SEE PLAN SAFE /REFRIGERATOR /MICROWAVE /CHAIR • • FIRE EXTINGUISHERS • • INTERIOR SIGNAGE • • WALL — MOUNTED LOGO BY SIGNAGE VENDOR PLUMBING & MECHANICAL PLUMBING FIXTURES • WATER HEATER • PLUMBING PIPING /VALVES /HARDWARE • SPRINKLER HEADS /PIPE DROPS • • • SEE SPRINKLER DRAWINGS BY OTHERS SPRINKLER MAIN /BRANCH PIPING • HVAC DIFFUSERS /GRILLES /EXHAUST FANS • • • SEE HVAC PLAN HVAC DUCTWORK /CONTROLS • • • SEE HVAC PLAN HVAC UNITS • ELECTRICAL SALES AREA LIGHT FIXTURES • • UNLOADING OF FIXTURES BY TENANT CONTRACTOR STOCK ROOM /OFFICE LIGHT FIXTURES • • • SEE PLAN TOILET ROOM LIGHT FIXTURES • • • SEE PLAN ELECTRICAL RECEPTACLES /WIRING /CONDUIT /CONTROLS • • • FLOOR OUTLETS PROVIDED BY LIGHTING VENDOR ELECTRICAL PANELS /TRANSFORMERS /DISCONNECTS • ELECTRIC SERVICE /METER • SOUND SYSTEM /COMPONENTS • SPEAKERS /WIRING • • FIRE ALARM DEVICES /WIRING • • TELEPHONE /DATA WRING & RECEPTACLES • • PROJECT DIRECTORY TENANT THE BODY SHOP 5036 ONE WORLD WAY WAKE FOREST, NC 27587 CONTACT: SCOTT WOOSLEY PHONE: 919- 554 -8264 FAX: 919- 554 -4428 Scott.Woosley@thebodyshop.com ARCHITECT ARCHITECTURAL GROUP INTERNAT'L 15 WEST SEVENTH STREET COVINGTON, KY 41011 CONTACT: QUIN WICHMANN PHONE: 859 - 261 -5400 FAX: 859 - 261 -5530 gwichmann@agi— us.com MECHANICAL /ELECTRICAL ENGINEER KLH ENGINEERS 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE SUITE 11 FT. THOMAS, KY 41075 CONTACT: PHONE: 859 - 442 -8050 FAX: 859 - 442 -8058 ©klhengrs.com STORE FIXTURE VENDOR IDX 110 TECHNOLOGY JEFFERSONVILLE, IN 47130 CONTACT: ROB POWERS PHONE: 812- 280 -0000 EXT. rpowers@idxIouisville.com LIGHT FIXTURE VENDOR LOEB ELECTRIC 915 WILLIAMS AVENUE COLUMBUS, OH 43212 CONTACT: DOUG HAMRICK PHONE: (614) 421 -3369 dhamri@loebelectric.com TRAFFIC COUNTER VENDOR LANDLORD WESTFIELD, LLC 2800 SOUTHCENTER SEATTLE, WA 98188 CONTACT: SCOTT PRIESTER PHONE: 206 - 802 -6070 MOBILE: 323 - 578 -3849 BUILDING DEPARTMENT TUKWILA DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT 6300 SOUTHCENTER BLVD. — #100 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 98188 DAVE LARSON PHONE: 206 - 431 -3678 FLOORING VENDOR ASSOCIATED /ACC INTERNATIONAL LTD. 306 MAIN STREET 1ST FLOOR MILLBURN, NJ 07041 CONTACT: JOANNA MARCZAK PHONE: 973 - 376 -1111 EXT. 212 FAX: 973 - 376 -1146 ,Ce jmarczak@as ND OVA- V`• HILTON DISPLA EQ CONTACT: WAYNE RHODES PHONE: 864 - 233 -0401 EXT. 219 FAX: 864 - 242 -2204 8812 www.hiltondisplays.com SIGNAGE VENDP04; Eet ST. MICHAEL STRATEGIES 701 SALABERRY, SUITE 201 CHAMBLY, QC CANADA J3L1R2 CONTACT: TRACY SMITH PHONE: 450 - 658 -5148 EXT. 246 1- 888 - 726 -4782 SOUND SYSTEM VENDOR MOOD MUSIC 7825 FAY AVE STE LL —A La JOLLA, CA 92037 DIRECTOR OF OPERATIONS CONTACT: NICK COCCHIOLA PHONE: 858 - 362 -2318 nick.cocchiola@moodmedia.com PHONE /DATA WIRING VENDOR GRANITE 100 NEWPORT AVENUE EXTENSION QUINCY, MA 02171 CONTACT: RYDER O'HARE PHONE: 617 - 532 -7427 roh are©gran iten et. corn REVISIONS No changes shall be made to the scope of work without prior approval of Tukwila Building Division. NOTE:: Fsv:sians will require a new pion submittal and may include additional plan review feel DRAWING INDEX DRAWING NUMBER DRAWING NAME ISSUED TO LANDLORD ISSUED FOR PERMIT A0.1 COVER SHEET 11/12/2012 11/12/2012 A0.2 DEMOLITION PLANS 11/12/2012 11/12/2012 A1.1 FLOOR PLAN 11/12/2012 11/12/2012 A2.1 FIXTURE PLAN 11/12/2012 11/12/2012 A3.1 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 11/12/2012 11/12/2012 A4.1 STOREFRONT ELEVATIONS 11/12/2012 11/12/2012 A5.1 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 11/12/2012 11/12/2012 A5.2 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 11/12/2012 11/12/2012 A6.1 FINISH SCHEDULE & RESTROOM PLAN 11/12/2012 11/12/2012 A7.1 SPECIFICATIONS 11/12/2012 11/12/2012 A7.2 SPECIFICATIONS 11/12/2012 11/12/2012 A7.3 SPECIFICATIONS 11/12/2012 11/12/2012 1.1 PLUMBING PLAN 11/12/2012 11/12/2012 M1.0 HVAC DETAILS 11/12/2012 11/12/2012 M1.1 HVAC PLAN 11/12/2012 11/12/2012 E1.0 ELECTRICAL DETAILS 11/12/2012 11/12/2012 E1.1 LIGHTING PLAN 11/12/2012 11/12/2012 E1.2 POWER PLAN 11/12/2012 11/12/2012 FILE COPY Permit No. D1 Z - 7) Q Plan r view approval is subject to errors and omissions. Apa'r3vai of construction documents does not auth pws the v:3iation of any adopted code or ordinance. Rece pt of approved Field .. _ _ edged: By City Of "TUkwila BUILDING DIVISION RE EIVtL) CITY OF TUKWtA NOV 16 2012 PERMIT CENTER 4 PLAN NORTH STORE LOCATION PLAN SCALE: NONE PLAN NORTH ODVICINITY MAP SCALE: NONE Yv3N iIC.Q ARCHITECTURAL GROUP I NTERNATIONAL This drawing is the property of ARCHITECTURAL GROUP INT'L and is riot to be reproduced or copied in whole or in part It is only to be used for the project and site specifically identified herein and is not to be used on any other project. It is to be retuned upon request. Scales as stated hereon are valid on the original drawing only. Contractor shall carefully review all dimensions and concitions shown hereon and at once report to the Architect any error, inconsis- tency or omission he may discover. Revisions: Mark Date Issued By Description 11/12/2012 CML ISSUED FOR FINAL LANDLORD /PERMIT APPROVAL n A 0 Z >- 0 ca uJ 2 5 H 1 J ac W H Z W 0 Z H O CO CO Architect's Project No. 110912 Title COVER SHEET Sheet No. A0.1 13 u 18 PLAN NORTH DEMO. REFLECTED CLG. PLAN 19 1 7 Y 1 L 1L L 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 L__L —�J 8 SCALE: 1 /4 " =1'0" PLAN NORTH L J DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1 /4 " =1'0" GENERAL NOTES 1. CONSTRUCTION INDICATED BY SOLID LINES IS TO REMAIN; CONSTRUCTION INDICATED BY DASHED LINES IS TO BE REMOVED. 2. ALL EXISTING WALL FINISHES ARE TO BE REMOVED, AND SURFACES ARE TO BE PREPARED FOR NEW FINISH, EXCEPT AS INDICATED OTHERWISE. 3. ALL EXISTING FLOOR FINISHES ARE TO BE REMOVED, AND SURFACES ARE TO BE PREPARED FOR NEW FINISH, EXCEPT AS INDICATED OTHERWISE. 4. EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM IS TO BE MODIFIED AS REQUIRED AND AS DESIGNED BY LICENSED SPRINKLER DESIGNER /CONTRACTOR. 5. ALL EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURES THAT ARE TO REMAIN ARE TO BE RE- LAMPED AND BROUGHT TO "LIKE -NEW" CONDITION. 6. TENANT CONTRACTOR IS TO VISIT SITE PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID TO IDENTIFY SCOPE OF MISCELLANEOUS DEMOLITION. 7. ALL EXISTING ABANDONED CONSTRUCTION, INCLUDING HVAC EQUIPMENT AND DUCTWORK, PLUMBING PIPING, AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND WIRING, IS TO BE REMOVED. SEE M /E /P/ DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. KEYED NOTES 1 3 n 6 7 8 9 10 11 14 16 18 19 EXISTING MALL FLOORING TO BE REMOVED. EXISTING FLOOR FINISH TO REMAIN. EXISTING DOOR AND FRAME TO BE REMOVED. EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURE TO REMAIN. EXISTING MILLWORK AND SINK TO BE REMOVED. CAP ALL PLUMBING LINES. EXISTING CEILING, LIGHTS, AND HVAC TO REMAIN. EXISTING STOREFRONT GLAZING /FRAMING TO BE REMOVED. EXISTING ROLLING GRILLE & SUPPORT POSTS TO BE REMOVED. EXISTING SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILING TO BE REMOVED. EXISTING GYPSUM DRYWALL SOFFIT /BULKHEAD TO BE REMOVED. EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE REMOVED. EXISTING HVAC DIFFUSER /GRILLE TO BE REMOVED. EXISTING EXHAUST FAN TO REMAIN. EXISTING EXIT SIGN TO BE REMOVED. EXISTING METAL SIGN PANEL, FRAME, AND LIGHTS TO BE REMOVED. EXISTING WOOD SOFFIT TO BE REMOVED. DEMOLITION AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW POWER /DATA PENETRATIONS. COORDINATE WITH ALL PARTIES AS REQUIRED. EXISTING TRAFFIC COUNTER AND EQUIPMENT TO REMOVED AND SALVAGED FOR RELOCATION. REMOVE EXISTING DESK, FILE CABINET, AND WALL - MOUNTED SHELVING. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED NOV 3 0 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION MOOMPIMPNIMPNIIIM 362 RECEivt0 CITY OF TUKWLA NOV 16 2012 PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECTURAL GROUP I NTERNATIONAL 26: This drawing is the property of ARCHITECTURAL GROUP INTL and is not to be reproduced or copied in whole or ti part. It is only to be used for the project and site specifically identified herein and is not to be used on any other project. It is to be returned upon request. Scales as stated hereon are valid on the original drawing only. Contractor shall carefully review all dimensions and con iitions shown hereon and at once report to the Architect any error, inconsis- tancy or omission he may discover. Revisions: Mark Date By Description Issued 11/12/2012 CML ISSUED FOR FINAL LANDLORD /PERMIT APPROVAL A 0 w 2 CO N T O W a 0 co 1 co N r r 0 W cc 0 1- cc W W 0 2 O co 2800 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW Architect's Project No. 110912 Title DEMOLITION PLANS Sheet No. A02 WALL SHEATHING (SEE PARTITION TYPES) METAL TRACK STEEL DOOR FRAME 76" �2 TYPICAL HEAD DETAIL 3 " =1' -0„ WALL SHEATHING (REFER TO PARTITION TYPES) STEEL DOOR FRAME LOCK —IN STEEL STUD ANCHORS & ADJUSTABLE BASE ANCHOR (V (2) METAL STUDS TYPICAL JAMB DETAIL 3 " =1' -0" 3 %" METAL STUD BRACES 48" 0.C. FASTENED TO STRUCTURE ABOVE CEILING (SEE PLAN) 45° MAX. BOTTOM OF ROOF DECK OR FLOOR SLAB DEFLECTION HEAD TRACK 3r METAL STUDS 0 16" O.C. SALES AREA %" GYPSUM DRYWALL METAL TRACK FASTENED TO SLAB W/ 16 "x 1 Y4" HWH TAPCON ANCHORS 0 32" 0.C. TOP OF SLAB NI" GYPSUM DRYWALL STOCK ROOM /OFFICE NOTE: GYPSUM DRYWALL IS OMITTED FROM PARTITION FACES THAT ARE NOT EXPOSED TO OCCUPIABLE SPACE_ 1 DOOR OPENING SCHEDULE OPENING NUMBER DOOR SIZE FRAME MATERIAL FRAME DETAILS DOOR MATERIAL DOOR TYPE HARDWARE SET LABEL NOTES 2 BY DOOR MFR MORTISE CYLINDER 2 BEST 01 (2) 3' -0" X 9' -8" — — GLASS ALL —GLASS A — 6" TALL BOTTOM RAILS; DOOR THICKNESS DETERMINED BY MFR. 02 3' -0" X 7' -0" X 134" H.M. 1, 2 WD —SC FLUSH B — 03 2' -4" X 7' -0" — — — — — — EXISTING DOOR, FRAME, & HARDWARE 04 3' -0" X 7' -0" — — — — — — EXISTING DOOR, FRAME, & HARDWARE HARDWARE SCHEDULE SET ITEM QTY MANUFACTURER MODEL FINISH NOTES A FLOOR BOLT 2 BY DOOR MFR MORTISE CYLINDER 2 BEST 7 —PIN BY DOOR MFR PIVOT SET 2 BY DOOR MFR PATCH FITTING 3 P -5 BY DOOR MFR; FOR TOP PIVOTS AND CENTER STOP DUST PROOF FLOOR STRIKE 4 BY DOOR MFR; FOR USE IN BOTH OPEN AND CLOSED POSITIONS PUSH /PULLBAR 2 EA. ROCKWOOD OR EQUAL RM323 313 24" PUSH /PULLBAR FLOOR STOP 2 IVES FS444 626 B HINGE 3 IVES 5BB1HW 4.5 X 4.5 652 PULL HANDLE 1 IVES 8103 -8 —US32D 630 PULL PLATE 1 IVES 8300 -8 —US32D -4X16 630 PUSH PLATE 1 IVES 8200 —US32D -4X16 630 SURFACE CLOSER 1 LCN 4041 689 MOUNTED ON STOCKROOM SIDE FLOOR STOP 1 IVES FS441MS 630 KICKPLATE 2 IVES 8400 36" X 34" 630 SILENCER 3 IVES SR64 GREY — 53/4"± —7Y "f // 53' -7Y "f REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED NOV 3 0 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 42' -43/ "± / 2' -0" TYP. / TYP. GENERAL NOTES 1. UNHATCHED WALLS ARE EXISTING (TO REMAIN); HATCHED WALLS ARE NEW. 2. WALL NUMBERS INDICATED REFER TO WALL TYPES ON THIS SHEET. 3. DIMENSIONS TO WALLS ARE TO FACE OF DRYWALL EXCEPT AS INDICATED. 4. DOOR OPENING NUMBERS INDICATED REFER TO DOOR OPENING SCHEDULE ON THIS SHEET. 5. FINISHES ARE AS INDICATED ON ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE ON SHEET A6.1, EXCEPT AS INDICATED OTHERWISE ON PLAN OR ELEVATIONS. 6. TILE FLOORING PATTERN IS CENTERED BETWEEN PRIMARY BOUNDARY WALLS OF ROOM, EXCEPT AS INDICATED OTHERWISE ON PLAN. 7. FLOORING TRANSITION NUMBERS INDICATED REFER TO DETAILS ON SHEET A6.1 8. JOINTS BETWEEN FLOOR TILE AND ALL FLOOR PENETRATIONS ARE TO BE SEALED WITH LATEX CAULK (TO MATCH GROUT). 9. ALL TILED WALL BASE CORNERS TO BE MITRED WHERE APPLICABLE. 10. ALL MATERIALS MUST BE INSTALLED TO THE BODY SHOP SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS. ANY ITEMS NOT INSTALLED TO THE BODY SHOP STANDARDS WILL BE REPLACED BY THE CONTRACTOR AT NO COST TO THE BODY SHOP. 11. TENANT CONTRACTOR TO INVENTORY AND TRACK ALL TENANT— SUPPLIED MATERIAL. KEYED NOTES 11 3 4 5 6 8 n 10 EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURE. NOT USED. NOT USED. NOT USED. NOT USED. NOT USED. EXISTING ELECTRIC /TELEPHONE GEAR. NOT USED. NOT USED. STOREFRONT GLAZING /FRAMING (SEE SHEET A4.1). 171711 NOT USED. 13 14 15 1-1-61 MALL FLOORING (EXTEND OR MODIFY AS REQUIRED FOR FLOOR TRANSITION DETAIL). SLAB PENETRATION FOR FIXTURE POWER /DATA (SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS). CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY SLAB CONDITION /FIRE RATING FOR LIGHTING VENDOR. JOINT BETWEEN FLOOR TILE AND PENETRATION IS TO BE SEALED WITH LATEX CAULK (TO MATCH GROUT). NOT USED. TILE FLOORING (T -1) PERPENDICULAR EDGE BOARD. %" GYPSUM DRYWALL ON METAL FURRING 0 16" 0.C. TO 6" ABOVE CEILING (FURRING DEPTH AS REQUIRED FOR FLUSH TRANSITION WITH ADJACENT DRYWALL. TOILET ROOM s_ r ....... 9R 1 1. 1..........., 02 1 T STOCKROOM /OFFICE ALE AREA 5 • ._.._.._... ._.....1 ................._._.J` — .1__.__.._,_._._...1...- ......z 1 1 PLAN NORTH CI) FLOOR PLAN 1/4- = 3b2. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKW ILA NOV 1 6 2012 PERMIT CENTER )011 mo ARCHITECTURAL GROUP I NTERNATIONAL s \JEN1 i K is This drawing is the property of ARCHITECTURAL GROUP INT'L and is not to be reproduced or copied in whole or In part, It is only to be used for the project and site specifically identified herein and is not to be used on any other project. It Is to be returned upon request, Scales as stated hereon are valid on the original drawing only. Contractor shall carefully review all dimensions and conditions shown hereon and at once report to the Architect any error, inconsis- tancy or omission he may discover. Revisions: Mark Date Issued By Description 11/12/2012 CML ISSUED FOR FINAL LANDLORD /PERMIT APPROVAL A 0 w z CD • Z W W Q 1-- co W ' V r T O O W CC 0 1- H 1 J CC w W 0 H 0 CO 0 0 ao N Architect's Project No. 11 0912 Title FLOOR PLAN Sheet No. A1.1 FIXTURE LEGEND SYMBOL FIXTURE NOTES SYMBOL FIXTURE NOTES SYMBOL FIXTURE NOTES MODULAR WALL FIXTURE SUPPLIED BY TENANT FIXTURE VENDOR; INSTALLED BY TENANT CONTRACTOR. NUMBER OF SHELVING SECTIONS, UPRIGHTS, & CABINETS ARE AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 16 "X55 "X24" WINDOW TABLE SUPPLIED BY TENANT FIXTURE VENDOR; INSTALLED BY TENANT CONTRACTOR. r� .,., NANT FIXTURE VENDOR; INSTALLED TENANT CONTRACTOR. W1 Ti MODULAR W lam---- - LOW SUPPLIED BY TENANT -1 ' ' i •; STALLED . , . 'ACTOR. NUMBER OF SHELVING " "(GHTS, & CABINETS ARE AS INDICATED I, I" • . _ 16 "X30 "X23" FLOOR DISPLAY NESTING TABLES SUPPLIED BY TENANT FIXTURE VENDOR; INSTALLED BY TENANT CONTRACTOR. MR 1 BY TENANT FIXTURE VENDOR; ED BY TENANT CONTRACTOR. W2 T2 1 MODULAR WALL FIXTURE TABLE EXTENSION SUPPLIED BY TENANT FIXTURE VENDOR; INSTALLED BY TENANT CONTRACTOR. NUMBER OF SHELVING SECTIONS, UPRIGHTS, & CABINETS ARE AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. W5 26 "X85 "X29" FLOOR DISPLAY NESTING TABLES SUPPLIED BY TENANT FIXTURE VENDOR; INSTALLED BY TENANT CONTRACTOR. WINDOW POSTER SUPPLIED BY TENANT FIXTURE VENDOR; INSTALLED BY TENANT CONTRACTOR. TENANT CONTRACTOR TO CUT RODS TO FIT POSTER SIZE T3a 1 POSTER MODULAR FIXTURE SUPPLIED BY TENANT ' ' , i 1'; STALLED •'TRACTOR. NUMBER OF SHELVING 't GHTS, & CABINETS ARE AS INDICATED 1 _ W3 CASHWRAP SUPPLIED BY TENANT FIXTURE VENDOR; INSTALLED BY TENANT CONTRACTOR. CA1 " 36"X95"X35" FLOOR DISPLAY NESTING TABLES SUPPLIED BY TENANT FIXTURE VENDOR; INSTALLED BY TENANT CONTRACTOR. T4° MODULAR Mon.,: FIXTURE SUPPLIED BY TENANT �'; NSTALLED TRACTOR. NUMBER OF SHELVING ' :' - •' ► GHTS, & CABINETS ARE AS INDICATED • I 1= • . _. W4 1 CAS:rm� _ - ." 0 BY TENANT FIXTURE VENDOR; INSTALLED BY TENANT CONTRACTOR. 48 "X59 "X35" FLOOR DI :or- NESTING TABLES .. 1 BY TENANT FIXTURE VENDOR; INSTALLED BY TENANT CONTRACTOR. CA2 T5 M1 MAKE UP WALL FIXTURE SUPPUED BY TENANT FIXTURE VENDOR; INSTALLED BY TENANT CONTRACTOR. NUMBER OF SHELVING SECTIONS, UPRIGHTS, & CABINETS ARE AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 96" TALL STOCK SHELVING ULINE WIDE SPAN STORAGE RACKS SIZE AS INDICATED ON PLAN; PROVIDED BY TENANT CONTRACTOR S__X 20 "X57 "X42" FLOOR 1 yJ _ NESTING TABLES TABLES . .• NANT FIXTURE VENDOR; INSTALLED :Y TENANT CONTRACTOR. T6 s _x_ ROLLING SHELVING E -Z RECT ,� = '•' •05-564-0890 ATED60N PLAN; PROVIDED AND INSTALLED B 1: CTOR M2 I COSMETIC STOOL SUPPLIED BY TENANT FIXTURE VENDOR; INSTALLED BY TENANT CONTRACTOR. CS MAKE UP WALL FIXTURE " ! :Y TENANT FIXTURE VENDOR; INSTALLED BY TENANT • • " • OR. NUMBER OF SHELVING SECTIONS, UPRIGHTS, = ETS ARE AS INDICATED ON DRAWING . LOCKER PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY TENANT CONTRACTOR. CART SUPPLIED BY TENANT FIXTURE VENDOR; INSTALLED BY TENANT CONTRACTOR. CT V1 V2 SUPPLIED BY TENANT FIXTURE VENDOR; INSTALLED STOCK SHELVING UNIT �� ACCESORIES ACCESSORIES INCLUDE SAFE, REFRIGERATOR AND MICROWAVE. ITEMS INDICATED ON PLANS /ELEVATIONS S48x24 F1 ACHIEVEMENTS FRAME SUPPLIED BY TENANT FIXTURE VENDOR; INSTALLED BY TENANT CONTRACTOR. u VALUES WALL BY TENANT CONTRACTOR. C1 C2 COMMUNITY SUPPLIED BY TENANT FIXTURE VENDOR; INSTALLED IMPULSE UNIT SUPPLIED BY TENANT FIXTURE VENDOR; INSTALLED BY TENANT CONTRACTOR. MANAGERS DESK AND CHAIR DESK PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY TENANT CONTRACTOR; CHAIR PROVIDED BY TENANT. IM— 1 1 1 i WALL BY TENANT CONTRACTOR. -H in in 53' -7Y4" ± 4' -5%4„ 5' -7Y2 "± 1 12 TOILET ROOM. GENERAL NOTES 1. FIXTURE DETAILS AND ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS ARE INDICATED ON VENDOR SHOP DRAWINGS. 2. FIXTURE LOCATIONS ARE AS INDICATED, PROVIDE MINIMUM 3' -0" CLEARANCE BETWEEN ALL SALES FLOOR FIXTURES. 3. ADDITIONAL FIXTURE INFORMATION IS INDICATED ON ELEVATIONS. 4. DIMENSIONS FROM WALL FIXTURES ARE TAKEN FROM FACE OF BASE CABINET. 5 ALL DIVIDERS ON WALL FIXTURES ARE TO BE REMOVABLE. ALL MATERIALS MUST BE INSTALLED TO THE BODY SHOP SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS. ANY ITEMS NOT INSTALLED TO THE BODY SHOP STANDARDS WILL BE REPLACED BY THE CONTRACTOR AT NO COST TO THE BODY SHOP. TENANT CONTRACTOR TO INVENTORY AND TRACK ALL TENANT - SUPPLIED MATERIAL. JOINT BETWEEN BASE OF PERIMETER FIXTURES AND FLOOR TILE IS TO BE SEALED WITH LATEX CAULK TO MATCH COLOR OF FLOOR TILE. 9. TENANT CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND ATTACH NYLON CABLE CLAMPS AT ALL DISPLAY FIXTURES. INSTALL AS REQUIRED TO SECURE CABLE WITHIN BAY FRAMES IN WALL AND FLOOR FIXTURES (APPROXIMATELY TWO PER FRAME). CABLE CLAMP TO BE RICHCO- SCREW MOUNT CABLE CLAMP #911 -3041, N. DIAMETER OR EQUAL. KEYED NOTES 0 3 5 6 7 8 9 10 m 42' -4Y8 "± COAT HOOK ® 48" ABOVE FLOOR (SEE ACCESSORIES SPECIFICATIONS). FIRE EXTINGUISHER (2A 10B C- RATED). NOT USED. NOT USED. DESK AND SHELVES (SEE ELEVATION). 1' -6" X 5' -0" FRAMELESS MIRROR MOUNTED TO INSIDE FACE OF DOOR. BOTTOM OF MIRROR AT 1' -0" A.F.F. CHAIR 8 "X14" WOOD SHELF WITH FIXED BRACKETS, MOUNTED AT 7-0" ABOVE FLOOR. LOCKERS (SEE ACCESSORIES SPECIFICATIONS). REFRIGERATOR AND MICROWAVE (SEE ELEVATION) SAFE (SEE ELEVATION). 24 "x 36" CORKBOARD MOUNTED 4' -0" AFF REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED NOV 3 0 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION V1 W1 VALUES WALL MAKEUP WALL POD -LOGO/ VALUES STOCKROOM /OFFICE IM MILLWORK PIECE PROVIDED BY FIXTURE VENDOR 0 I W5 1 W1 W1 1 W1 W1 W1 W1 W1 W1 ao OMMUNITY WALL W1 W1 W1 W1 1 W1 W1 PLAN NORTH W1 BUS STOP SIGN bi 3b2 FIXTURE PLAN 1/4- = 1' -O" RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA N(lV 16 2012 PERMIT CENTER Ada A RCH ITECTU RAL GROUP NTERNATIONAL S v:N, 2 40; 0 This drawing is the property of ARCHITECTURAL GROUP INT'L and is not to be reproduced or copied in whole or in part. It is only to be used for the project and site specifically identified herein and is not to be used on any other project. It is to be returned upon request. Scales as stated hereon are valid on the original drawing only. Contractor shall carefully review all dimensions and concitbns shown hereon and at once report to the Architect any error, inconsis- tancy or omission he may discover. Revisions: Mark Date By Description Issued . 11/12/2012 CML ISSUED FOR FINAL LANDLORD /PERMIT APPROVAL n A w 2 co r O Z cr W W a I. a Z co w 1 0 N T I Zo W CC 0 1- Architect's Project No. 110912 Title FIXTURE PLAN Sheet No. A2.1 1Y2" METAL CARRYING CHANNE ifi" METAL FURRING CHANNELS ® 24" O.0 -. 3%" METAL STUDS 0 48" O.C. (FASTENED TO STRUCTURE ABOVE) 3 %" METAL STUDS ® 16" O.C. (FASTENED TO STRUCTURE ABOVE SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILING (SEE PLAN) "91111UIIU1111I1111I11UU111I " GYPSUM DRYWALL (P -4 FINISH) TRACK AND TRACK HEAD ✓ "J" BEAD CEILING FIXTURE LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION NOTES MANUFACTURER & CATALOG NQ FINISH LAMPS 24 X 24 SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER WATTS X QTY. TYPE AO B ® A B 24 X 24 RETURN AIR GRILLE LIGHTOLIER 1002P1- 1013MW25 / 1 F E/ 12 X 12 EXHAUST FAN 25W O SPEAKER JBL SP6CII DETAIL SCALE:1 1/2"=1'- 0" B SOFFITT 10' -3" %" GYPSUM DRYWALL CEILING (P -3 FINISH) BEAM CLAMP EXISTING BEAM BOTTOM FLANGE UNISTRUT P -5500 FRAMING DETAIL SCALE: 3"=1'-0" - SUPPLEMENTAL UNISTRUT FRAMING BEAM CLAMP r1 UNISTRUT P -5500 FRAMING DETAIL EXISTING METAL DECK EXISTING JOIST TOP CHORD SCALE: 3"="1'-0" - SUPPLEMENTAL UNISTRUT FRAMING rRON I BACK PENDANT MOUNTING HEIGHTS SCALE: 1 /4 " =1' -0" LIGHT FIXTURE LEGEND SYMBOL TYPE DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER & CATALOG NQ FINISH LAMPS VOLTAGE WATTS NOTES QTY. TYPE AO B ® A B LED RECESSED 5" bOWNLIGHT LIGHTOLIER 1002P1- 1013MW25 1 DFN -PAR30 - W27 -VS- NFL -120 120V 25W 5" LED RECESSED ADJUSTABLE DOWNLIGHT LIGHTOLIER 1002P1- 1048MW20 - 1 DFN -PAR30 - W27 -VS- NFL -120 120V 20W C ONL C LED RECESSED 5" DOWNLIGHT LIGHTOLIER 1002P1- 1013BKMW25 _ 1 DFN -PAR30 - W27 -VS- NFL -120 120V 25W "NL" DESIGNATES EMERGENCY /NIGHT LIGHT. WITH BATTERY BACKUP & TO BE WIRED TO 24HR. CIRCUIT (IOTA IIS- 125 -SM) D° D SIDE MOUNTED MIRROR LIGHTS ALINEA 100CM-WE SATIN NICKEL 1 LW100 100CM OPALESCENT LAMP 11W MOUNTED TO SIDES OF FIXTURE AT MIRROR LOCATION E 8 "X4' SURFACE MOUNTED FLUORESCENT LIGHT LIGHTOLIER #JS4A- 232- UNV -HI 2 F32T8 120V 32W IIIIIIII F UNDER SHELF TASK LIGHT LITHONIA 2UC- 1- 17- 120- ACNP- SWR -CSW 1 GE F17T8 SP35 ECO 120V 20W WITH CHORD AND PLUG G RESTROOM WALL - MOUNTED LIGHT LIGHTOLIER 5491WHU 2 GE F17T8 /SP35 /ECG 120V 17W WITH CHORD AND PLUG; CENTERED ABOVE TOILET ROOM MIRROR a 0 H SINGLE LAMP 4' STRIP SN STRIP; NARROW WIDTH CHANNEL LIGHTOLIER SN4S132HPFUNVCA 1 GE F32TB /SP35 /ECG 120V 32W CHAIN HUNG TO 10' -0" AFF IH I J (ii, J LED EXIT SIGN WITH BATTERY BACKUP EXITRONIX VEX- U- BP -WB -WH 1 INCLUDED 120V 5W K EMERGENCY LIGHT WITH BATTERY BACKUP EXITRONIX LL50 2 INCLUDED 120V 10W MOUNTED AT 9' -0" A.F.F. 0 N N TRACK LIGHT JUNO TRAC -CITES R533BL BLACK 1 DFN -PAR30 -W27 -V2- NFL -120 120V 75W VERTICALLY MOUNTED ON BULKHEAD; TO BE USED WITH JUNO TRAC- MASTER, BLACK P P1 PENDANT LIGHT CARAVAGGIO CAR150 WHITE 1 E12 TYPE G 45W MOUNTED TO JUNO TRAC- MASTER, RECESSED; T14WH & T18WH O P2 P2 PENDANT LIGHT CARAVAGGIO CAR250 WHITE 1 GE FLE26HT3 /2/XL827 26W MOUNTED TO JUNO TRAC- MASTER, RECESSED; T14WH & T18WH oP 3 P3 PENDANT LIGHT CARAVAGGIO CAR350 WHITE 1 GE FLE26HT3 /2/XL827 26W MOUNTED TO JUNO TRAC- MASTER, RECESSED; T14WH & T18WH 8' -0" C NL 7' -7" A 0 N N N N N N N N 1 ENLARGED REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SCALE:1 /2 " =1' -0" - 4' -5%" 4 // 5' -7Y "f REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED NOV 3 0 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 53' -7Y "f 2' -0" /8" 42'-43/8"± 33'- 57/8 "± GENERAL NOTES 1. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR LIGHT FIXTURES AND SPEAKERS IS INDICATED ON ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 2. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR HVAC DIFFUSERS, GRILLES, AND FANS IS INDICATED ON MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. 3. SPRINKLER HEADS ARE NOT INDICATED ON PLAN. MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM ARE TO BE INDICATED ON SPRINKLER DRAWINGS BY LICENSED SPRINKLER DESIGNER /CONTRACTOR. SPRINKLER HEADS ARE TO BE CONCEALED TYPE, WITH WHITE COVtRS. 4. CEILING FINISHES ARE AS INDICATED ON FINISH SCHEDULE ON SHEET A6.1, EXCEPT AS INDICATED OTHERWISE ON PLAN. 5. CEILING HEIGHTS INDICATED ON PLAN ARE FROM TOP OF FINISHED FLOOR TO BOTTOM OF CEILING. 6. SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILING GRIDS ARE CENTERED BETWEEN PRIMARY BOUNDARY WALLS OF ROOM, EXCEPT AS INDICATED OTHERWISE ON PLAN. 7. LIGHTING AIMING INSTRUCTIONS: PERIMETER TYPE 'N' FIXTURES TO BE AIMED AT WALL BAY UNITS. TYPE 'B' FIXTURES LOCATED IN THE CENTER OF THE STORE TO BE AIMED AT FLOOR DISPLAY FIXTURES. TYPE 'B' FIXTURES AT STOREFRONT TO BE AIMED AT PROMO DISPLAY POSTERS. 8. ALL MATERIALS MUST BE INSTALLED TO THE BODY SHOP SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS. ANY ITEMS NOT INSTALLED TO THE BODY SHOP STANDARDS WILL BE REPLACED BY THE CONTRACTOR AT NO COST TO THE BODY SHOP. 9. TENANT CONTRACTOR TO INVENTORY AND TRACK ALL TENANT- SUPPLIED MATERIAL. 10. CEILING FIXTURES ARE CENTERED IN ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANELS EXCEPT AS INDICATED OTHERWISE ON PLAN. KEYED NOTES 11 2 4 6 0 8 9 10 m SUSPENDED GYPSUM DRYWALL CEILING (%" GYPSUM DRYWALL ON 4" METAL FURRING CHANNELS © 24" O.C. ON 1)i" METAL CARRYING CHANNELS ® 48 0.C., SUSPENDED FROM BEAMS /JOISTS ABOVE BY 8 GA. HANGER WIRES 0 48" 0.C.) HEIGHT AS INDICATED. PROVIDE SUPPLEMENTAL UNISTRUT FRAMING IF BEAM /JOIST SPACING REQUIRES, AS DETERMINED BY TENANT CONTRACTOR. SEE DETAILS 3 &4/A3.1 GYPSUM DRYWALL CEILING /SOFFIT. (HEIGHT AS INDICATED). ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILING (HEIGHT AS INDICATED). SUSPENDED FROM BEAMS /JOISTS ABOVE BY 8 GA. HANGER WIRES ® 48" 0.C.) HEIGHT AS INDICATED. PROVIDE SUPPLEMENTAL UNISTRUT FRAMING IF BEAM /JOIST SPACING REQUIRES, AS DETERMINED BY TENANT CONTRACTOR. SEE DETAILS 3 &4/A3.1 EXISTING CEILING AND LIGHTING IN STOCKROOM AND RESTROOM TO REMAIN. ALUMINUM STOREFRONT FRAME. (P -5 FINISH). METAL -CLAD SOFFIT (P -5 FINISH, HEIGHT AS INDICATED). INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED BLADE SIGN (SEE VENDOR SHOP DRAWNGS). 6' -0" UNISTRUT POSTER TRACK (SEE FIXTURE PLAN). RECESSED LIGHTING TRACK (SEE LEGEND). TRAFFIC COUNTER. TENANT CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE LOCATION OF CAT -5 CABLE WITH DATA NETWORK EQUIPMENT. EXTEND CEILING TO MATCH EXISTING. EQ. TOILET ROOM STOCKROOM /OFFICE 3' -O" 3' -O" 3' -O" 3' -0" 3' -0" 3' -0" . 3' -0" I El 0 11'36, 1111111111111111 II g�= _= i=i sii 7i► �C7m[ +�C4ANK4;iim.7�:-As�C4��imwr' . a r o 1 / .1 I i► II 11 1 WP PW P3 1.i p— cAi cc 1 A� -H 0 c w D11.- 3(02, PLAN NORTH RECEIVED CITY OF TUKV ILA NOV 16 2012 PERMIT CENTER C.1) REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 1/4- = 1' -O" ■■ ARCHITECTURAL GROUP 1 NTERNATIONAL ) N- l., . l . i K : `1 ...:..1 ,. This drawng is the property of ARCHITECTURAL GROUP INTL and is not to be reproduced or copied in whole or n part. It is only to be used for the project and site specifically identified herein and is not to be used on any other project. It is to be returned upon request. Scales as stated hereon are valid on the original drawing only. Contractor shall carefully review ali dimensions and condtions shown hereon and at once report to the Architect any error, inconsis- tancy or omission he may discover. Revisions: Mark Date Issued By Description 11/12/2012 , CML ISSUED FOR FINAL LANDLORD /PERMIT APPROVAL 0 n 0 2 >-• ca uJ I (O T O z cc W W Q ~ a co W ' O " 0 Zo W CC 0 1- H 1 J CC W H Z W V 2 H O Co 0 00 Architect's Project No. 110912 Title REFLECTED CEILING PLAN Sheet No. A3.1 EXISTING DEMISING WALL SEALANT AND BACKING ROD 3 % "x 18 GA. METAL STUDS CD 16" O.C. 3y2" 3 % "x 18 GA. METAL TRACK— )Z" BACK — PAINTED TEMPERED GLASS SIGN LETTERS (BY / SIGNAGE VENDOR) . bONT1N000SLY ADHERED TO GLASS r r.N""Nva"1 ij • ;_I►� 3 "x3 "x16" STEEL ANGLE FASTENED TO TRACK 16" O.C. DETAIL 4Y2" 2 "x2 "4" METAL TUBE (BY SIGNAGE VENDOR) FASTENED TO STOREFRONT FRAME ® 12" O.C. 2 "x4 "xX3" METAL TRIM ADHERED TO FRAME AND SIGN M (P -5 FINISH) ALUMINUM STOREFRONT FRAME (P -5 FINISH) FASTENED TO ANGLE 12" 0.C. ; ,, CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS ---- LEASE LINE 6 " =1' -0" N" GYPSUM DRYWALL N SEALANT AND BACKING ROD WOOD BASE (WB -1) LEASE 4Y" LINE TILE FLOORING (T -1) %" GYPSUM DRYWAL 4 , DETAIL Y2" CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS ALUMINUM STOREFRONT FRAME (P -5 FINISH) 18 GA. METAL BASE (P -5 FINISH) ADHERED TO BLOCKING AND FRAME (3) 2 X 4 WOOD BLOCKING MALL 11LE FLOORING TOP OF EXISTING FLOOR SLAB %" EXPANSION ANCHORS ® 32" O.C. 3 " =1' -0" i" CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM REVEAL (2)3 "X 16 GA. METAL STUDS WITH (2) 3S X 16 GA. METAL RUNNERS ALIGNED 11 ILL 11 3" 40 k" GYPSUM DRYWAL (P -1 FINISH) / ALIGNED ALUMINUM STOREFRONT FRAME (P -5 FINISH) GLASS STOREFRONT DOOR (SEE DOOR SCHEDULE) 4y2 , NEW WALL CONSTRUCTION TO MATCH EXISTING WALL CONSTRUCTION 2' -11Ya" MDF PANEL (SHIM AS REQ'D.) 22 GA. METAL TRIM PANEL (P -5 FINISH) ADHERED TO MDF PANEL 3" METAL STUD DETAIL 3 =1' -0" 3/8" /1/1Y "/ 4Y" ALUMINUM STOREFRONT FRAME BELOW Y2" CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS ALUMINUM STOREFRONT FRAME (P -5 FINISH) 38" METAL STUD %" GYPSUM DRYWALL / LEASE f LINE /,/ SEALANT & BACKING ROD 4' --3Y2 "± (2) 3" X 16 GA. METAL STUDS WITH (2) 3" X 16 GA. METAL RUNNERS 3" BLADE SIGN ABOVE )ft" MDF PANEL (SHIM AS REQ'D.) DETAIL / 22 GA. METAL TRIM PANEL (P -5 FINISH) ADHERED TO MDF PANEL 4" X 4" CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM REVEAL MOLDING LEASE LINE 3 " =1' -0" GLASS STOREFRONT DOOR (SEE DOOR SCHEDULE) ALUMINUM STOREFRONT FRAME (P -5 FINISH) ALUMINUM STOREFRONT FRAME (P -5 FINISH) DETAIL 3 " =1, -0" ALUMINUM STOREFRONT FRAME BELOW 4y2,, N csi V' CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS NOT USED 3 " =1' -0" FACE OF WALL WOOD SHIM AS REQUIRED 22 GA. METAL TRIM (P -5 FINISH) ADHERED TO MDF DETAIL 1 FULL SCALE 411 A MDF PANEL VISIBLE FACE OF MDF PAINTED P -4 13� 2 BUS STOP SIGN 17 C-� GENERAL NOTES 1. WITH RESPECT TO THE STOREFRONT GLAZING /FRAMING SYSTEM, THE DRAWINGS INDICATE THE AESTHETIC AND DIMENSIONAL DESIGN INTENT. THE STOREFRONT MANUFACTURER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE SPECIFIC DESIGN OF THE SYSTEM AND ITS STRUCTURAL, THERMAL, AND WEATHER TIGHT PERFORMANCE. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS. 2. ALL WOOD BLOCKING IS TO BE FIRE — RETARDANT — TREATED. 3. NO FASTENERS ARE TO BE VISIBLE ON STOREFRONT SIGN OR METAL TRIM. 4. SOLID BLOCKING IS TO BE PROVIDED WITHIN WALL /PIER AT MOUNTING LOCATION OF BLADE SIGNS (SEE VENDOR SHOP DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION). KEYED NOTES 11 2 n 4 6 V1 8 9 10 11 12 14 16 INDIVIDUAL INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED LETTER SIGN (BY SIGNAGE VENDOR). INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED BLADE SIGN PER TBS STANDARDS (SEE VENDOR SHOP DRAWINGS). ALUMINUM STOREFRONT FRAMING /GLAZING (P -5 FINISH) W/ CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS. STOREFRONT DOORS (SEE FLOOR PLAN). 18 GA. METAL TRIM BASE (P -5 FINISH) 22 GA. METAL TRIM PANEL (P -5 FINISH) EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD. NOT USED. EXISTING MALL NEUTRAL PIER. NOT USED. NOT USED. Y4' BUTT JOINT (TYPICAL). Y4" JOINT BETWEEN METAL TRIM PANELS (SEE DETAIL 1/A4.1). VINYL GRAPHICS APPLIED TO INTERIOR OF GLASS. BACK — PAINTED GLASS (P -6 FINISH). METAL TRIM (P -5 FINISH) ADHERED TO STOREFRONT FRAME. SQUARE METAL GLAZING CLIP REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED NOV 3 0 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION s uo%VECIET M — -- 6 14 B ELEVATION 1 /4 " =1' -0" CD 16 -0 Shop online Id totody.hop.w. 13 N 14 EQ. E1 6 � A, ELEVATION Qk_ 9 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA NOV 16 2012 PERMIT CENTER 1 /4 " =1' -0" ARCHITECTURAL GROUP NTERNATIONAL 15 V .S 1 859- ,6.4• 0 y y sG This drawing is the property of ARCHITECTURAL GROUP INT'L and is not to be reproduced or copied in whole or h part. It is only to be used for the project and site specifically identified herein and is not to be used on any other project. It is to be retuned upon request. Scales as stated hereon are valid on the original drawing only. Contractor shall carefully review all dimensions and conditbns shown hereon and at once report to the Architect any error, inconsis- tency or omission he may discover. Revisions; Mark Date By Description Issued 11/12/2012 CML ISSUED FOR FINAL LANDLORD /PERMIT APPROVAL n LU Z co T O W a cn 1 0 co N r r O W CC 0 1- 2800 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW Architect's Project No. 110912 Title STOREFRONT ELEVATIONS & DETAILS Sheet No. A4.1 EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD HHHHHHIIHHHH'='- CEILING (SEE PLAN) %" GYPSUM DRYWALL — ALUMINUM STOREFRONT FRAME (P -5 FINISH) Y2" CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS 3 "X18 GA. MAX. STUDS 116" O.C. 3 % "x 18 GA. METAL STUDS 16" O.C. (FASTENED TO STRUCTURE ABOVE) 3 % "x 18 GA. METAL STUDS ® 32" O.C. 6 "x 18 GA. METAL STUDS © 16" O.C. 3" MDF PANELS (SHIM AS REQ'D.) " MDF PANELS (SHIM AS REQ'D.) -H 22 GA. METAL TRIM (P -5 FINISH) ADHERED TO MDF SEALANT & BACKING ROD ALUMINUM STOREFRONT FRAME (P -5 FINISH) h" BACK - PAINTED TEMPERED GLASS (2) 6" X 18 GA. METAL STUDS WITH (2) 3' X 18 GA. METAL RUNNERS (BOX BEAM) SIGN LETTERS (BY SIGNAGE VENDOR) CONTINUOUSLY ADHERED TO GLASS / 012" ) " MDF PANEL 22 GA. METAL TRIM (P -5 FINISH) ADHERED TO MDF PANELS 2' -7y" 4y2" DETAIL LEASE LINE REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED NOV 3 0 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD HHHHHHHHHNH°' CEILING (SEE PLAN) 3"X18 GA. MAX. STUDS © 16" O.C. 3 "x 18 GA. METAL STUDS ® 16" O.C. (FASTENED TO STRUCTURE ABOVE) 3 % "x 18 GA. METAL STUDS ® 32" O.C. 6 "x 18 GA. METAL STUDS CO 16" O.C. \ \ \\ % \ / \i %" GYPSUM DRYWALL CEILING (SEE PLAN) (PAINT P -3) 3' -2" " MDF PANELS (SHIM AS REQ'D.) " MDF PANELS (SHIM AS REQ'D.) 22 GA. METAL TRIM (P -5 FINISH) ADHERED TO MDF SEALANT & BACKING ROD ALUMINUM STOREFRONT FRAME (P -5 FINISH) h" BACK - PAINTED TEMPERED GLASS (2) 6" X 18 GA. METAL STUDS WITH (2) 3' X 18 GA. METAL RUNNERS (BOX BEAM) SIGN LETTERS (BY SIGNAGE VENDOR) CONTINUOUSLY ADHERED TO GLASS 1_ NEW TILE FLOORING TOP OF EXISTING FLOOR SLAB DETAIL )¢" CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS ALUMINUM STOREFRONT FRAME (P -5 FINISH) 111/— MALL 11LE FLOORING CITY ® TUKWLA LEASE UNE NOV 1 b 2012 PERMIT CENTER )0M II VVLS i t . • 2 �3 i ARCHITECTURAL GROUP I NTERNATIONAL I • J j This drawing is the property of ARCHITECTURAL GROUP INT'L and is not to be reproduced or copied in whole or in part. It is only to be used for the project and site specifically identified herein and is not to be used on any other project It is to be returned upon request. Scales as stated hereon are valid on the original drawing only. Contractor shall carefully review all cimensions and concitions shown hereon and at once report to the Architect any error, inconsis- tency or omission he may discover. Revisions: Mark Date By Description Issued 11/12/2012 CML ISSUED FOR FINAL LANDLORD /PERMIT APPROVAL 0 0._ o I FIN' 5 tan O z cc w W a ~ � aZQ Qy W CC 2.1 = Lil \.-'d = V CO ce = O 0 W~ y o I co N F.— Architect's Project No. 110912 Title STOREFRONT SECTIONS Sheet No. A4.2 PLASTIC LAMINATE COUNTERTOP COLOR: NEUTRAL 2X4 WO CLEAT FASTENED TO WALL )f; "X2 "X2" METAL CLIP ANGLE 3." MDF SUPPORT PANEL )i "X2 "X2" METAL CLIP ANGLE (TYP.) TOP OF FLOOR SLAB PLASTIC LAMINATE COUNTERTOP COLOR: NEUTRAL 2X4 WD CLEAT FASTENED TO WALL )I "X2 "X2" METAL CLIP ANGLES 18" O.C. FACE OF WALL B 11041 6" Ln Y4"x4" WD BLOCKING PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISHED END (COUNTERTOP ONLY) 0 N DETAIL 1 1 /2 " =1' -0" 2' -0" / 5" )ii"X2"X2" METAL CLIP ANGLE (TYP.) %"x4" WD BLOCKING )) "X2 "X2" METAL CLIP ANGLE (TYP.) %" MDF SUPPORT PANEL TOP OF FLOOR SLAB DETAIL 1 1/2"=V-0" 8' -5" 7 ELEVATION /4 " =1' -0" WITHOUT PERIMETER FIXTURES 38'-1 0" 4' -2.)" z ELEVATION 1 /4 " =1' -0" WITHOUT PERIMETER FIXTURES 8' -5" 8' -5" ELEVATION 1 /4 " =1' -0" 3' -2%4" WITHOUT PERIMETER FIXTURES / 7 L Inc gone 27 ELEVATION 3 3 26 1 /4 " =1' -0" WITHOUT PERIMETER FIXTURES REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED NOV 3 0 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 3' -0" OR 4' -0" SEE PLAN STANDARD STOCK SHELVING 1 /2 " =1' -0" 4' -0" 1' -6 17 21 29 30 ELEVATION 1/2 " =1' -0" GENERAL NOTES 1. FINISHES ARE AS INDICATED ON ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE ON SHEET A6.1, EXCEPT AS INDICATED OTHERWISE ON ELEVATIONS. 2. FIXTURE DETAILS AND ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS ARE INDICATED ON VENDOR SHOP DRAWINGS. 3. FIXTURES ARE SHOWN DASHED, FOR CLARITY. (SEE SHEET A5.2 FOR ELEVATIONS WITH PERIMETER FIXTURES). 4. PROVIDE BLOCKING IN WALLS /CEILINGS AS REQUIRED FOR ATTACHMENT OF ALL FIXTURES, SHELVING, AND ACCESSORIES. 5. LAMINATE BASE ON FIXTURES IS TO BE MITERED AT CORNERS. 6. ALL MATERIALS MUST BE INSTALLED TO THE TENANTS SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS. ANY ITEMS NOT INSTALLED TO THE TENANTS STANDARDS WILL BE REPLACED BY THE TENANT CONTRACTOR AT NO COST TO THE TENANT. 7. TENANT CONTRACTOR IS TO INVENTORY AND TRACK ALL TENANT SUPPLIED MATERIAL. KEYED NOTES 1 2 3 0 5 n E1 8 9 10 11 12 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 LEI 26 28 29 30 WALL FIXTURE (SEE FIXTURE PLAN). STOCK SHELVING (SEE FIXTURE PLAN). WALL PAINTED P -1. STOREFRONT GLAZING /FRAMING (SEE FLOOR PLAN AND SHEET A4.1). WOOD BASE (WD -1). FAUX BRICK PANELS (SEE FINISH SCHEDULE); PAINTED P -1. GLASS STOREFRONT DOORS. FLOOR FIXTURE (SEE FIXTURE PLAN). (4) 12" x 48" MDF LAMINATE SHELVES W/ ADJUSTABLE STANDARDS. UNDERSHELF MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE (TYPE F). DUPLEX ELECTRIC RECEPTACLE. DUPLEX ELECTRIC RECEPTACLE MOUNTED HORIZONTALLY ® 1' -5" AND 7' -1 "(TO CENTER) A.F.F. VINYL GRAPHICS APPLIED TO INTERIOR OF GLASS. TENANT CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH FIXTURE VENDOR FOR LOCATION OF WOOD BLOCKING AND SUPPORTS FOR MAKE -UP PANELS. DOOR AND FRAME PAINTED P -2. DUPLEX ELECTRIC RECEPTACLE MOUNTED HORIZONTALLY ® 1' -3" A.F.F. QUAD ELECTRIC RECEPTACLE. J -BOX FOR SOUND SYSTEM SPEAKERS. TELEPHONE /DATA RECEPTACLE (CATS). FILE CABINET (BY TENANT). SAFE (BOLTED TO FLOOR BY TENANT CONTRACTOR). COMMUNITY WALL; METAL GRAPHIC PANEL PROVIDED BY SIGN VENDOR AND INSTALLED BY TENANT CONTRACTOR. VALUES WALL; GRAPHIC FRAMES PROVIDED BY SIGN VENDOR AND INSTALLED BY TENANT CONTRACTOR. ACHIEVEMENTS FRAME PROVIDED BY SIGN VENDOR AND INSTALLED BY TENANT CONTRACTOR. METAL TRIM PANEL (P -5 FINISH). WINDOW DISPLAY POSTER (SEE FIXTURE PLAN). METAL TRIM BASE (P -5 FINISH). 24" x 48" PLASTIC LAMINATE COUNTERTOP W/ WALL CLEAT AND 3/4" MDF SUPPORT PANELS. MICROWAVE OVEN (SEE ACCESSORY SCHEDULE). REFRIGERATOR (SEE ACCESSORY SCHEDULE). CORK MESSAGE BAR (SEE ACCESSORY SCHEDULE). TELEPHONE RECEPTACLE FOR SOUND SYSTEM. /-6 —171771 r) ELEVATION /2 " =1' -0" A A5.1 is N R 'EIVti) CITY 4F TUKVI+ILA NnV 16 2012 PERMIT CENTER )011111 • ARCHITECTURAL GROUP NTERNATIONAL \r K PH < 8 : 2 6 I 4 0 v This Jawing is the property of ARCHITECTURAL GROUP INTL and is not to be reproduced or coped in whole or in part It is only to be used for the project and site specifically identified herein and is not to be used on any other project. It is to be retuned upon request. Scales as stated hereon are valid on the original drawing only. Contractor shall carefully review all cimensions and condrtions shown hereon and at once report to the Architect any error, inconsis- tency or omission he may discover. Revisions: Mark Date Issued By Description 11/12/2012 CML ISSUED FOR FINAL LANDLORD /PERMIT APPROVAL 0 0 O """ c'z cc w Lu 1- kt.) ~ J Q U cc co 0 = W Z Q U cc 0 W 6 t� 0 I °° N Architect's Project No. 110912 Title INTERIOR ELEVATIONS Sheet No. A5.1 8' -6%4" GRAPHICS VALUES BY TBS WALL 1' -11Y" 12' -9Y" 14' -3Y" GRAPHICS BY MIRROR AND GRAPHICS; FIXTURE VENDOR GC TO FEILD VERIFY • wilkmwaliltszoni .2=0;000031744000: 1 w 011"."'%000M 000171001".=01010".7101=00"M=01107=000707.4=0000000100040001000000).10000000$ Nirstom NOW 16'- 113/" COMMUNITY WALL (BY FIXTURE VENDOR) 1'- 11)2" ELEVATION 1 /4 " =1' -0" WITH PERIMETER FIXTURES ACHIEVEMENTS WALL (BY FIXTURE VENDOR) 171113731111111 'Thrill"."01411174.11.1.471101=00/7.011Thjeil. 00' '00001001=0,6110000001 . MOIMAMOWNINNIWOMONOKNOMINANNOMMOMINNOMMIHNIIIMMOMIMM 1100010001010000001001110011.10100000 000:1000000100:000(00000110000000100 )111110:110100040#00000.0 0010400.40010100001011011111001101100 rarillAilarararli YI (S) 9' -2Y" ELEVATION 1 /4 " =1' -0" 21' -2Y4" 1' -10" WITH PERIMETER FIXTURES TYP. LJ 4 ELEVATION 1 /4 " =1' -0" WITH PERIMETER FIXTURES 8%" ELEVATION 1 /4 " =1' -O" 8' -83/" GENERAL NOTES 1. FIXTURE DETAILS AND ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS ARE INDICATED ON VENDOR SHOP DRAWINGS. 2. PROVIDE BLOCKING IN WALLS /CEILINGS AS REQUIRED FOR ATTACHMENT OF ALL FIXTURES, SHELVING, AND ACCESSORIES. 3. LAMINATE BASE ON FIXTURES TO BE MITERED AT CORNERS. 4. ALL MATERIALS MUST BE INSTALLED TO THE TENANTS SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS. ANY ITEMS NOT INSTALLED TO THE TENANTS STANDARDS WILL BE REPLACED BY THE CONTRACTOR AT NO COST TO THE TENANT. 5. TENANT CONTRACTOR TO INVENTORY AND TRACK ALL TENANT SUPPLIED MATERIAL. 6. TENANT CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND ATTACH NYLON CABLE CLAMPS AT ALL DISPLAY FIXTURES. INSTALL AS REQUIRED TO SECURE CABLE WITHIN BAY FRAMES IN WALL AND FLOOR FIXTURES (APPROXIMATELY TWO PER FRAME). CABLE CLAMP TO BE RICHCO- SCREW MOUNT CABLE CLAMP #911 -3041, Y2" DIAMETER OR EQUAL. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED NOV 3 0 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION GRAPHICS BY TBS LED LIGHT STRIPS (PROVIDED BY TENANT VENDOR, INSTALLED BY G.C.) NOT USED " =1' -0" WINDOW FIXTURE RECEIvbL) CITY OF TUKWILA NOV 1 6 2012 PERMIT CENTER WITH PERIMETER FIXTURES 0 0) 0) ELEVATION 1 " =1' -0" WALL FIXTURE ARCHITECTURAL GROUP NTERNATIONAL ,,'V.> V<. N- E This drawing is the property of ARCHITECTURAL GROUP INT'L and is not to be reproduced or copied in whole or h part. It is only to be used for the project and site specifically identified herein and is not to be used on any other project. It is to be returned upon request. Scales as stated hereon are valid on the original drawing only. Contractor shall carefully review all dimensions and condtions shown hereon and at once report to the Architect any error, inconsis- tency or omission he may discover. Revisions: Mark Date By Description Issued 11/12/2012 CML ISSUED FOR FINAL LANDLORD /PERMIT APPROVAL 0 0 0 Z >- 0 ca LU I co T O w W Q a ci) W ' 0 T O zo W cr 0 !— co Architect's Project No. 110912 Title INTERIOR ELEVATIONS Sheet No. A5.2 — 17 1 D C / / / C \ \ \ I _ I \� li / / / \\ \\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \\ / fl// / / I L° J I I \ \ / / I— . . ®®~.__ ..aw l av6 1 8%" ELEVATION 1 /4 " =1' -O" 8' -83/" GENERAL NOTES 1. FIXTURE DETAILS AND ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS ARE INDICATED ON VENDOR SHOP DRAWINGS. 2. PROVIDE BLOCKING IN WALLS /CEILINGS AS REQUIRED FOR ATTACHMENT OF ALL FIXTURES, SHELVING, AND ACCESSORIES. 3. LAMINATE BASE ON FIXTURES TO BE MITERED AT CORNERS. 4. ALL MATERIALS MUST BE INSTALLED TO THE TENANTS SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS. ANY ITEMS NOT INSTALLED TO THE TENANTS STANDARDS WILL BE REPLACED BY THE CONTRACTOR AT NO COST TO THE TENANT. 5. TENANT CONTRACTOR TO INVENTORY AND TRACK ALL TENANT SUPPLIED MATERIAL. 6. TENANT CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND ATTACH NYLON CABLE CLAMPS AT ALL DISPLAY FIXTURES. INSTALL AS REQUIRED TO SECURE CABLE WITHIN BAY FRAMES IN WALL AND FLOOR FIXTURES (APPROXIMATELY TWO PER FRAME). CABLE CLAMP TO BE RICHCO- SCREW MOUNT CABLE CLAMP #911 -3041, Y2" DIAMETER OR EQUAL. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED NOV 3 0 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION GRAPHICS BY TBS LED LIGHT STRIPS (PROVIDED BY TENANT VENDOR, INSTALLED BY G.C.) NOT USED " =1' -0" WINDOW FIXTURE RECEIvbL) CITY OF TUKWILA NOV 1 6 2012 PERMIT CENTER WITH PERIMETER FIXTURES 0 0) 0) ELEVATION 1 " =1' -0" WALL FIXTURE ARCHITECTURAL GROUP NTERNATIONAL ,,'V.> V<. N- E This drawing is the property of ARCHITECTURAL GROUP INT'L and is not to be reproduced or copied in whole or h part. It is only to be used for the project and site specifically identified herein and is not to be used on any other project. It is to be returned upon request. Scales as stated hereon are valid on the original drawing only. Contractor shall carefully review all dimensions and condtions shown hereon and at once report to the Architect any error, inconsis- tency or omission he may discover. Revisions: Mark Date By Description Issued 11/12/2012 CML ISSUED FOR FINAL LANDLORD /PERMIT APPROVAL 0 0 0 Z >- 0 ca LU I co T O w W Q a ci) W ' 0 T O zo W cr 0 !— co Architect's Project No. 110912 Title INTERIOR ELEVATIONS Sheet No. A5.2 TOILET ROOM AND OFFICE ACCESSORIES SPECIFICATIONS DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER/MODEL NUMBER FINISH NOTES TOILET ROOM MIRROR BOBRICK B -166 1836 POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL BLOCKING AS REQUIRED TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER BOBRICK B -76857 SATIN STAINLESS STEEL REMOVE SPIN - LIMITING PIN PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER BOBRICK B -253 SATIN STAINLESS STEEL REMOVE SPIN - LIMITING PIN 6 -BOX VERTICAL LOCKERS DALLAS MIDWEST B23094 MEDIUM GRAY CONTACT: SAM COOK (1- 888 - 933 -2731 EXT.2209) COAT HOOK BOBRICK B -232 X 24 SATIN STAINLESS STEEL BLOCKING AS REQUIRED CORK TACK BOARD OFFICE DEPOT ITEM #489955 KAWNEER 24" X 36" NATURAL CORK BOARD W/ ALUMINUM FRAME NO. 40 DARK BRONZE (BROWN) P -6 PAINT BENJAMIN MOORE PAINTS COLOR PREVIEW FLAT ENAMEL GREEN 2044 -10 BACK OF GLASS AT STOREFRONT HIGH - QUALITY (2) COATS 4 PAINT BENJAMIN MOORE PAINTS COLOR PREVIEW EGGSHELL ENAMEL TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER 3' -0" ELEVATION 1/2"=1'-0" MIRROR PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER . SINK 0 1- 0 0 I w 0 C.) U w J L w 0 / EXISTING CABINET AND SINK EXISTING WATER / CLOSET ELEVATION TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER PLAN NORTH 1/2 " =1' -0" MIRROR PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER EXISTING CABINET AND SINK y 1' -3V ELEVATION 1/2"=1'-0" w O O 0 0 CD CO 0� X LJ� Q w X Q TOILET ROOM PLAN 1 /2 " =1'0" GROUT (A" WIDE JOINT) TILE FLOORING REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED NOV 3 0 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION ALUMINUM TRANSITION STRIP (SCHLUTER - SCHIENE -A100) VCT FLOORING TOP OF FLOOR SLAB LATEX LEVELING COMPOUND (i" PER FOOT MAXIMUM SLOPE) FLOOR TRANSITION DETAIL FULL SCALE TILE TO VCT GROUT (1" WIDE JOINT) TILE FLOORING 1 TOP OF FLOOR SLAB MALL FLOOR TILE WX‘1111OPARAWAral ADHESIVE MORTAR X" ZINC TERRAllO STRIP (HEIGHT AS REQ'D FOR FLUSH TRANSITION) ADHESIVE MORTAR (BUILD UP AS REQ'D. TO PROVIDE FLUSH TRANSITION) FLOOR TRANSITION DETAIL FULL SCALE TILE TO MALL TILE GENERAL NOTES 1. ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE INDICATES PRIMARY FINISHES FOR EACH ROOM. ADDITIONAL FINISHES ARE INDICATED ON PLANS AND ELEVATIONS. 2. FINISH TRANSITION AND JOINT LOCATIONS ARE INDICATED ON PLANS. 3. ALL WALL AND CEILING FINISHES HAVE CLASS C FLAME SPREAD AND SMOKE - DEVELOPED CLASSIFICATION. 4. ALL MATERIALS MUST BE INSTALLED PER THE BODY SHOP SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS. ANY ITEMS NOT INSTALLED TO THE BODY SHOP STANDARDS WILL BE REPLACED BY THE CONTRACTOR AT NO COST TO THE BODY SHOP. FINISH SPECIFICATIONS DESIGNATION DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER/ SUPPLIER PRODUCT COLOR NOTES P -1 PAINT BENJAMIN MOORE PAINTS AFFINITY LINE EGGSHELL ENAMEL AF -10 GARDENIA (WHITE) P -2 PAINT BENJAMIN MOORE PAINTS AFFINITY LINE SEMI -GLOSS ENAMEL AF -10 GARDENIA (WHITE) P -3 PAINT BENJAMIN MOORE PAINTS AFFINITY LINE FLAT ENAMEL AF -10 GARDENIA (WHITE) P -4 PAINT BENJAMIN MOORE PAINTS COLOR PREVIEW LINE FLAT ENAMEL 2132 -10 BLACK (BLACK) P -5 PAINT KAWNEER PERMANODIC ANODIZED FINISHES NO. 40 DARK BRONZE (BROWN) P -6 PAINT BENJAMIN MOORE PAINTS COLOR PREVIEW FLAT ENAMEL GREEN 2044 -10 BACK OF GLASS AT STOREFRONT HIGH - QUALITY (2) COATS 4 PAINT BENJAMIN MOORE PAINTS COLOR PREVIEW EGGSHELL ENAMEL CARBON COPY 2117 -10 (BROWN) > WINDOW FILM 3M SCOTCHCAL DARK GREEN 7725 -56 OPAQUE SUSPENDED ACOUST. PANEL CEILING ARMSTRONG CORTEGA 747 (24x48x % ") PANELS WHITE SQUARE EDGE PRELUDE XL FIRE GUARD (1W6 ") GRID WHITE SA,' -2 SUSPENDED ACOUST. PANEL CEILING ARMSTRONG DUNE 1774 (24x24x % ") FINE TEXTURED PANELS WHITE TEGULAR EDGE PRELUDE XL FIRE GUARD (t6 ") GRID WHITE OR Usc OLYMPIA MICRO CLIMAPLUS #4221 (24x24x % ") PANELS WHITE - TEGULAR EDGE DOWN DXL (1W6") GRID WHITE SAP -3 SUSPENDED ACOUST. PANEL CEILING ARMSTRONG FINE FISSURED 1728 (24x24x % ") PANELS TECH BLACK SQUARE LAY -IN PRELUDE XL FIRE GUARD (1W6 ") GRID TECH BLACK T -1 PORCELAIN TILE FLOORING OUYA/ ASSOCIATED ACC 6 "X24" #AFC -ELE- ANT -111 RUSTIC WOOD; SILVERED OAK MAPEI KERACOLOR U UNSANDED GROUT 02 PEWTER 1/16" JOINTS; SEAL FLOOR GROUT VB -1 VINYL BASE ARMSTRONG .080" X 6" COVED 71 MID GRAY -1 VINYL COMPOSITION TILE ARMSTRONG IMPERIAL TEXTURE 12 "x12 "x) " 51861 SOFT WARM GRAY W -1 FRP MARLITE MARLITE FRP P -199 BRIGHT WHITE WB -1 WOOD BASE - in X 4" HARDWOOD PAINTED P -2 WC -1 FAUX BRICK PANEL TEXTURE PLUS HISTORIC BRICK PANELS WITH ASTM E -84 CLASS A FIRE RATED COATING WHITE :II:::m*zI::1:: WALMKA OFF MATS INC. BERKSHIRE NATURAL ADHERED TO SLAB ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE ROOM NAME FLOOR WALL/COLUMN BASE WALLS/ COLUMNS CEILING DOORS/ FRAMES NOTES SALES AREA T -1 WB -1 P- 1 /WC -1 P- 3/P -4/ SAP -3 P -2 SEE ELEVATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION; SALES AREA SOFFIT TO BE PAINTED P -3 STOCKROOM /OFFICE MATCH EXISTING MATCH EXISTING P_1 MATCH EXISTING P -2 NEW FLOORING AND BASE ONLY AT EXTENDED PORTION OF ROOM TOILET ROOM MATCH EXISTING VB -1 W -1 -- P -2 CITY OF TUKWItA NOV 16 2012 PERMIT CENTER Aom ARCHITECTURAL GROUP I NTERNATIONAL vVIE.ST EvI Nf C:: C v :. J C)•• IC l N. I1 8 5 , 20 8 - This drawing is the property of ARCHITECTURAL GROUP INT'L and is not to be reproduced or copied in whole or in part, It is only to be used for the project and site specifically identified herein and is not to be used on any other project, It is to be returned upon request, Scales as stated hereon are valid on the original drawing only. Contractor shall carefully review all cimensions and condtions shown hereon and at once report to the Architect any error, inconsis- tency or omission he may discover. Revisions: Mark Date By Description Issued 11/12/2012 CML ISSUED FOR FINAL LANDLORD /PERMIT APPROVAL A N r O cc W W a I. W ' 0 ccki I-- O co W co cc O 1- co H 1 J CC W H Z W 0 2 H O Co CO N Architects Project No. 110912 lltle FINISH SCHEDULE & RESTROOM PLAN Sheet No. A6.1 DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS REJECTION I : T 1. AWARD AND OF BIDS: THE CONTRACT WILL BE AWARDED TO A RESPONSIBLE BIDDER COMPLYING WITH THESE INSTRUCTIONS, PROVIDED HIS BID IS REASONABLE IN THE JUDGMENT OF THE OWNER. THE OWNER, HOWEVER, RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REJECT ANY OR ALL BIDS, AND TO WAVE ANY INFORMALITY IN BIDS RECEIVED. THE COMPETENCY AND RESPONSIBILITY OF BIDDERS AND OF THEIR PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS WILL BE CONSIDERED IN MAKING THE AWARDS. 2. WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS: BIDS MAY BE WITHDRAWN BY THE BIDDER PRIOR TO, BUT NOT AFTER THE TIME DESIGNATED FOR RECEIPT OF BIDS. 3. THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - DOCUMENT A -201, ISSUED BY THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1981 EDITION RELATES TO THE WORK OF THIS PROJECT AND IS HEREBY MADE A PART OF THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. UTILIZE A.I.A. DOCUMENT A -107 "STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT" BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR AS THE CONTRACT DOCUMENT. 4. THE TENANT'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ALL SUB CONTRACTORS SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING THE NECESSARY NUMBER OF COPIES OF DOCUMENT A -201, TO ACQUAINT THEMSELVES WITH THE ARTICLES CONTAINED THEREIN AND TO REVIEW WITH ALL SUB CONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS, AND ANY OTHER PARTIES TO THE CONTRACT OR INDIVIDUALS OR AGENCIES ENGAGED ON THE WORK AS TO ITS CONTENTS. 5. THE TENANT AND THE ARCHITECT, WITHOUT INVALIDATING THE CONTRACT, MAY ORDER EXTRA WORK, ALTER, ADD TO, OR DEDUCT FROM THE CONTRACT WORK. THE CONTRACT SUM SHALL BE ADJUSTED ACCORDINGLY AND SUCH COSTS SHALL BE COMPETITIVE WITH LOCAL CONSTRUCTION COST. 6. WHEN BIDDING THIS PROJECT, EACH CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR VISITING THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING AND VERIFYING EXISTING CONDITIONS AS REFLECTED IN THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. ANY EXTRA WORK REQUIRED BUT NOT INCLUDED IN THE DOCUMENTS SHALL BE REPORTED IMMEDIATELY TO THE ARCHITECT. 7. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO FAMILIARIZE ALL PERSONS AND SUB - CONTRACTORS WORKING ON THIS PROJECT WITH THESE GENERAL NOTES AND THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS NOTED IN THESE DRAWINGS, LANDLORD'S DESIGN CRITERIA, AND THE EXECUTED LEASE AGREEMENT BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT. THE TENANT'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FULLY ACQUAINTING HIMSELF WITH THE CONTENTS AND THE SCOPE OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS, AND SPECIAL ATTENTION SHOULD BE GIVEN THE SPECIFICATIONS THROUGHOUT THE SPAN OF THIS PROJECT BY THE TENANT'S GENERAL CONTRACTORS. SUPERVISORS, AND SUB - CONTRACTORS, AS THE STANDARD ESTABLISHED HEREIN SHALL BE APPLIED, WITH EMPHASIS TO ALL WORK, WORK DECLARED UNACCEPTABLE BY THE OWNER SHALL BE CORRECTED IN A MANNER AND TO A DEGREE OF QUALITY AS ACCEPTABLE BY THE OWNER. 8. TENANT'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ALL SUB - CONTRACTORS ARE REQUIRED TO FURNISH THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM COVERAGE AND LIMITS OF LIABILITY. IF LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENT(S) ARE MORE NUMEROUS IN TYPE OF COVERAGE OR MORE STRINGENT, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO ADHERE TO THE ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS AND THE MOST STRINGENT OF THESE REQUIREMENTS. a. WORKMAN'S COMPENSATION, AS REQUIRED BY STATE LAW, AND INCLUDING EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE WITH A LIMIT OF NO LESS THAN $2,000,000 AND ANY INSURANCE REQUIRED BY ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFITS ACT OR OTHER STATUTES APPLICABLE WHERE THE WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND WILL PROTECT THE CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTORS FROM ANY AND ALL LIABILITY UNDER THE AFOREMENTIONED ACTS. b. COMPREHENSIVE GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE (INCLUDING CONTRACTOR'S PROTECTIVE LIABILITY) IN ANY AMOUNT NOT LESS THAN $2,000,000 FOR ANY ONE OCCURRENCE WHETHER INVOLVING BODILY INJURY LIABILITY (OR DEATH RESULTING THERE FROM) OR PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY OR A COMBINATION THEREOF WITH A AGGREGATE LIMIT OF $2,000,000. SUCH INSURANCE SHALL PROVIDE FOR EXPLOSION, COLLAPSE, AND UNDERGROUND COVERAGE. SUCH INSURANCE SHALL INSURE TENANT'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR BODILY INJURY, INCLUDING DEATH RESULTING THEREFROM AND DAMAGE TO OR DESTRUCTION OF PROPERTY OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER AND TO WHOMEVER BELONGING AND ARISING FROM HIS OPERATIONS UNDER THE CONTRACT AND WHETHER SUCH OPERATIONS ARE PERFORMED BY TENANT'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR, SUBCONTRACTORS, OR BY ANYONE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY ANY OF THEM. 9. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE OWNER'S PROTECTIVE LIABILITY INSURANCE WHICH WILL INSURE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AGAINST ANY AND ALL LIABILITY TO THIRD PARTIES FOR DAMAGE BECAUSE OF BODILY INJURY LIABILITY (OR DEATH RESULTING THERE FROM) AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY OF OTHERS OF A COMBINATION THEREOF WHICH MAY ARISE FROM WORK IN CONNECTION WITH THE LEASED PREMISES, AND ANY OTHER LIABILITY FOR DAMAGES WHICH THE TENANT'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND /OR SUBCONTRACTORS ARE REQUIRED TO INSURE AGAINST UNDER ANY PROVISIONS HEREIN. SAID INSURANCE SHALL BE PROVIDED IN MINIMUM AMOUNTS AS FOLLOWS: a. BODILY INJURY, PER OCCURRENCE FOR PERSONAL INJURY AND /OR DEATH: b. PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY: $5,000,000 10. GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S BUILDERS RISK INSURANCE - COMPLETED VALUE BUILDERS RISK MATERIAL DAMAGE INSURANCE COVERAGE. 11. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AN "ALL PHYSICAL LOSS" BUILDERS RISK INSURANCE POLICY ON THE WORK TO BE PERFORMED FOR TENANT IN THE LEASED PREMISES AS RELATED TO THE BUILDING WITHIN WHICH THE LEASE PREMISES IS LOCATED. THE POLICY SHALL INCLUDE AS INSURED, TENANT, AND TENANT'S ARCHITECT IF APPLICABLE. ITS CONTRACTOR AND SUB - CONTRACTORS, THE LANDLORD, AS THEIR INTERESTS MAY APPEAR. THE AMOUNT OF INSURANCE TO BE PROVIDED SHALL BE 100% OF THE REPLACEMENT COSTS. 12. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO LIST ALL ADDITIONAL INSURED AS PER LANDLORD'S CRITERIA IN ADDITION TO THE TENANT'S ARCHITECT. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS NOT OBTAINED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, AS NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS AND IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS WILL NOT RELIEVE THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR OF THE RESPONSIBILITY OF LIABILITY(S) FOR THIS PROJECT. A COPY OF ALL INSURANCE PAPERS ARE TO BE SENT DIRECTLY TENANT, NOT ONLY FOR REVIEW BUT FOR RECORD DOCUMENT. THE EN OCUMENT. , 13. GUARANTEES FOR ALL WORK BY SUB - CONTRACTORS SHALL BE FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. AT TIME OF FINAL SUBMITTAL FOR ALL COST, INCLUDING BASE BID, EXTRAS, AND CREDITS, THE SUB - CONTRACTORS SHALL FURNISH TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR A WRITTEN GUARANTEE STIPULATING THAT, AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR OR TENANT, ANY DEFECTIVE WORK OR MATERIALS SHALL BE OTHERWISE NOTED. IF REPAIRED OR REPLACED FO R A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR AFTER ACCEPTANCE OF WORK, UNLESS 0 SUCH WORK AFFECTS LANDLORD'S WORK, LANDLORD'S WORK IS TO BE COMPLETED BY THE SUB - CONTRACTOR AT NO COST TO THE TENANT. 14. ALL PAYMENTS MADE TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR FOR THIS PROJECT ARE TO BE ALLOCATED FOR THIS PROJECT ONLY FOR PAYMENTS TO SUB - CONTRACTORS, MATERIAL SUPPLIERS, AND AGENTS AUTHORIZED BY THIS CONTRACT TO PERFORM WORK OR SUPPLY MATERIAL TO THIS PROJECT ONLY. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO SUBMIT FOR SUB-CONTRACTORS SUPPLIERS, UPON WAIVERS OR LIENS 0 HIS WORK AS WELL AS SUB CONTRACTORS OR MATERIAL SUPP PARTIAL , REQUEST OF THE CLIENT OR CLIENT'S ARCHITECT. THE REQUEST FOR PAYMENT OF THE FINAL 10% RETENTION ON THIS PROJECT MUST INCLUDE SIGNED AND EXECUTED WAIVERS OF LIEN INDICATING 100% COMPLETION AND 100% PAYMENT IN FULL, BY SUB - CONTRACTORS AND MATERIAL SUPPLIERS. 15. NO EXTRAS FOR COSTS CAN BE AUTHORIZED UNLESS APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT, THE PROJECT MANAGEMENT COMPANY FOR THE TENANT, OR THE TENANT. AN ISSUANCE OF CREDITS TO BE CALCULATED BASED ON COMPETITIVE RATES AND EQUIPMENT COSTS APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT, THE PROJECT MANAGEMENT COMPANY FOR THE TENANT, OR TENANT. 16. THE CONTRACTOR AGREES THAT IN PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK CALLED FOR BY THE CONTRACT, THEY WILL IMPLY ONLY SUCH LABOR AS WILL NOT DELAY OR INTERFERE WITH THE PROGRESS OF THE PROJECT AND AS WILL BE ACCEPTABLE TO AND WORK IN HARMONY WITH ALL OTHER CONTRACTORS EMPLOYED ON THE CONSTRUCTION SITE OR ON ANY OTHER BUILDING, STRUCTURE, OR OTHER IMPROVEMENT WHETHER PUBLIC OR PRIVATE WHICH GENERAL CONTRACTOR MAY THEN BE ERECTING OR ALTERING IN OTHER LOCATIONS. 17. FOR CLARIFICATION PURPOSES, TENANT, CLIENT, AND OWNER ARE THE SAME PARTY, LANDLORD IS THE PARTY LEASING THE SPACE TO THE TENANT AND THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR WILL BE REQUIRED TO HANDLE ALL WORK IN THESE DOCUMENTS UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. 18. ALL DRAWINGS & SPECIFICATIONS HEREIN CREATE AN ENTIRE PACKAGE. ALL TRADES SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REVIEWING THEIR RESPECTIVE REQUIREMENTS AND COORDINATING THEIR HIDDEN OR EXPOSED WORK WITH OTHER RELATED TRADES. 19. UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED, PROVIDE AND PAY FOR LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT, TOOLS, CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT AND MACHINERY, AND OTHER FACILITIES AND SERVICES NECESSARY FOR PROPER EXECUTION AND COMPLETION OF WORK, INCLUDING PERMITS. TENANT SHALL PROVIDE UTILITIES. 20. USE OF DRAWINGS: THESE DRAWINGS MAY NOT SPECIFICALLY DETAIL OR SPECIFY MATERIALS AND /OR MANUFACTURERS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL SAMPLES AND /OR CUTS AS REQUIRED TO ASSIST THE TENANT OR HIS AGENT IN MAKING MATERIAL SELECTIONS. FOR THE PURPOSE OF ESTIMATING, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL USE THE MATERIALS SELECTED BY THE TENANT OR, IN ABSENCE OF SAME, HE SHALL PROVIDE AN ALLOWANCE AMOUNT AND SO CONDITION ANY COST ESTIMATE. ALL MATERIALS SPECIFIED IN THESE DRAWINGS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN SUCH ESTIMATES. ASSOCIATES IN ARCHITECTURE AND DESIGN SHALL NOT BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DETAILING OR INSTALLATIONS NOT SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS. 21. OWNERSHIP OF DRAWINGS: THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF TENANT. THEY SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE TENANT. THESE DRAWINGS ARE TO BE USED FOR THIS SPECIFIC PROJECT, AND ARE NOT TO BE REUSED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR ANOTHER PROJECT WITHOUT WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION. ARCHITECT ASSUMES NO LIABILITY FOR UNAUTHORIZED USE OR REPRODUCTION OF THESE DOCUMENTS. 22. SHOP DRAWINGS AND /OR MATERIAL SAMPLES: CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT FOUR (4) COPIES OF SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ARCHITECT'S REVIEW. THE ARCHITECT WILL REVIEW THESE DOCUMENTS FOR CONFORMANCE WITH DESIGN INTENT ONLY. THE ARCHITECT S HA LL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSTRUCTION METHODS, Q UANTITY TAKE -OFFS DIMENSIONS, ETC. THE ARCHITECT WILL STAMP THE DRAWINGS. NO CORREC11ONS NOTED, MAKE CORREC11ONS NOTED OR REVISE AND RESUBMIT. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SUBMITTING REQUESTED ITEMS IN SUFFICIENT TIME FOR ARCHITECT'S REVIEW. 23. TENANT'S DECISION: SHOULD ANY DISPUTE ARISE RESPECTING TRUE CONSTRUCTION AND MEANING OF DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS, IT SHALL BE DECIDED BY TENANT, WHOSE DECISION SHALL BE FINAL. a. IN CASE OF WORK PERFORMED BY SUBCONTRACTORS AND WHERE GUARANTEES ARE REQUIRED, SECURE WARRANTIES FROM SAID CONTRACTORS ADDRESSED TO AND IN FAVOR OF TENANT, AND DELIVER COPIES OF SAME TO TENANT UPON COMPLETION OF WORK. CONTRACTOR AND ALL SUBCONTRACTORS AND MANUFACTURERS SHALL GUARANTEE WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT TO BE FREE OF DEFECTS FOR A PERIOD OF NOT LESS THAN ONE YEAR FROM DATE OF TENANTS FINAL ACCEPTANCE. b. SHOULD ANY TROUBLE DEVELOP DURING THIS WARRANTY PERIOD DUE TO DEFECTIVE MATERIALS AND /OR FAULTY WORKMANSHIP, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL NECESSARY LABOR AND MATERIALS TO CORRECT THE TROUBLE AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO TENANT. 24. UPON EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT THE SUCCESSFUL BIDDER SHALL, WITHIN SEVEN (7) DAYS THEREAFTER, SUBMIT THE FOLLOWING: a. A DEFINITIVE JOB CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE SHOWING KEY DATES FOR COORDINATION WITH TENANT SUPPLIED SERVICES AND /OR MATERIALS. b. CUTS AND /OR SAMPLES OF ANY OR ALL ITEMS, MATERIALS OR SAMPLES REQUIRING TENANT'S APPROVAL THAT ARE NOT REFLECTED IN THE DOCUMENTS. c. COMPLETE LIST OF ALL SUBCONTRACTORS, MATERIAL SUPPLIERS AND VENDORS, TO BE UTILIZED, AND NOTICE OF SAID CONTRACT. 25. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ALL SUB - CONTRACTORS ARE REQUIRED TO CHECK AND VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND FIELDS CONDITIONS AT BUILDING SITE AND PREMISES AND NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF ANY AND ALL DISCREPANCIES BEFORE STARTING ANY WORK. 26. ALL WORK ON THIS PROJECT SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL CODES, SUB - CODES, AND BUILDING DEPARTMENTS HAVING JURISDICTION. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO CONTACT LOCAL BUILDING OFFICIALS FOR SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR THIS RETAIL USE. 27. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND THE SUB - CONTRACTOR FOR THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY FOR AND OBTAIN ALL PERMITS REQUIRED FOR THE WORK NOTED ON THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. THIS INCLUDES COST FOR ALL INSPECTIONS BY AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, BUILDING DEPARTMENT PERMIT COST, AND PERMITS COST FOR FIXTURING SUPPLIES BY OWNER (IF APPLICABLE). 28. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM WITH THE LANDLORD'S DESIGN CRITERIA SUPPLIED BY THE LANDLORD AND MADE PART OF THE TENANT'S LEASE. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO OBTAIN A COPY OF THE DESIGN CRITERIA FROM THE TENANT AND THE REQUIREMENTS INCORPORATED IN THE CRITERIA FOR THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND SUB - CONTRACTORS WILL BE PART OF THE BIDS BY THE CONTRACTORS. 29. THE TENANT'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL LAY OUT WORK AS SPECIFIED IN THE DRAWINGS AND SHALL BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR PROPER ESTABLISHMENT AND MAINTENANCE OF ALL LINES AND DIMENSIONS. BEFORE DOING ANY WORK, TENANT'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL MEASUREMENTS AND CONDITIONS AT THE SITE, SPECIALLY REGARDING TENANTS CASE FIXTURE LAYOUT AND EXACT PLACEMENT AND NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES VERBALLY AND THEN IN WRITING. 30. ALL CONTRACTORS SHALL BE BONDABLE, LICENSED CONTRACTORS POSSESSING GOOD LABOR RELATIONS AND MUST BE CAPABLE OF QUALITY WORKMANSHIP, IN HARMONY WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS WORKING ON THE PROJECT. THE LANDLORD'S TENANT COORDINATOR FOR THE BUILDING IS TO BE NOTIFIED OF THE NAMES OF ALL SUB - CONTRACTORS PRIOR TO STARTING WORK - SUCH NOTIFICATION IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 31. PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT AND MEET THE LANDLORD'S HELD REPRESENTATIVE FOR A PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING AT WHICH TIME, HE WILL PRESENT A LIST OF NAMES, ADDRESSES, BUSINESS, AND HOME TELEPHONE NUMBERS OF THE SUB CONTRACTORS OF THIS PROJECT. 32. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ALL SUB - CONTRACTORS SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL THE PROVISIONS OF O.S.H.A. (OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ACT). 33. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE AT ALL TIMES, AT THE PREMISES, "FINAL" LANDLORD APPROVED WORKING DRAWINGS AND BUILDING DEPARTMENT APPROVED PERMIT DRAWINGS. 34. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO ARRANGE WITH THE LANDLORD FOR THE BUILDING, WHERE BUILDING EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS ARE TO BE LOCATED AND HOW TRUCK TRAFFIC IS TO BE ROUTED TO AND FROM THE BUILDING. 35. AN APPROVAL BY THE LANDLORD WILL ONLY BE VALID IF IN WRITING AND SIGNED BY THE LANDLORD OR BY THE LANDLORD'S DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVE FOR SUCH PURPOSE. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING APPROVAL FROM LANDLORD ON ALL STRUCTURAL CHANGES DURING THE COURSE OF THE CONSTRUCTION PHASE OF PROJECT AS WELL AS VERIFICATION OF CORRECT INSTALLATION AND SPECIFICATION FOR MISCELLANEOUS STEEL FOR H.V.A.C., STEEL FOR MEZZANINES, DECKS, ETC. 36. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DAILY REMOVAL, OR AS REQUIRED BY LANDLORD, OF TRASH, RUBBISH AND SURPLUS MATERIALS RESULTING FROM CONSTRUCTION. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR MUST MAINTAIN A CLEAR PATH OF EGRESS FROM THE PREMISES FREE FROM TRASH AND RUBBISH AT ALL TIMES. 37. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND PAY FOR ALL TEMPORARY UTILITY SERVICES; IF SUCH COST ARE SPECIFICALLY NOTED IN THE LEASE TO BE PAID BY THE LANDLORD, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS NOT TO INCLUDE SUCH COST IN THE BID. 38. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL IMMEDIATELY ORDER ALL LONG LEAD EQUIPMENT AND NOTIFY THE TENANT IMMEDIATELY OF ANY PROBLEMS REGARDING ABILITY OR DELIVERY AT THE BEGINNING OF THE PROJECT. 39. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO VERIFY ALL EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS WITH THE TENANT OR THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION. COORDINATION WITH THE ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTOR IS MANDATORY TO CAREFULLY CHECK ALL DRAWINGS AND VERIFY EQUIPMENT SELECTION AND CORRECT VOLTAGES, AMPERAGES, ETC. 40. ANY SUBSTITUTION OF FINISH MATERIALS MUST BE APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR SUBMITTING TWO (2) SAMPLES OF EACH SUBSTITUTION. 41. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ALL SUB - CONTRACTORS ARE TO FAMILIARIZE THEMSELVES WITH THE WORK TO BE X LEASE AGREEMENT PERFORMED BY THE LANDLORD AND BY THE TENANT AS PART OF THE EXECUTED LE SE GRE N T AND ANY AND ALL DESIGN CRITERIA. ANY DISCREPANCY BETWEEN THESE DRAWINGS AND THE LEASE OR DESIGN CRITERIA INFORMATION IS TO BE REPORTED TO THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO THE START OF ANY WORK. 42. ANY SCAFFOLDING, SAFETY RAILINGS, BARRICADES, AND /OR PROTECTION DEVICE REQUIRED FOR THE PROJECT WILL BE FURNISHED AND PAID FOR BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AS PART OF THE BASE BID. 43. PROTECTION OF WORK IN WORK PLACE - WORK IN PLACE THAT IS SUBJECT TO INJURY BECAUSE OF OPERATIONS BEING CARRIED ON ADJACENT THERETO SHALL BE COVERED OR BOARDED UP, OR SUBSTANTIALLY ENCLOSED WITH ADEQUATE PROTECTION. ALL FORMS OF PROTECTIONS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN A MANNER SUCH THAT, UPON COMPLETION, THE ENURE WORK WILL BE DELIVERED TO THE OWNER IN PROPER, WHOLE AND UNBLEMISHED CONDITION. ALL SUCH WORK SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE. 44. THE STRUCTURAL SYSTEM OF THE LANDLORD'S BUILDING HAS BEEN DESIGNATED TO CARRY A MAXIMUM LIVE LOAD AS SPECIFIED IN THE LANDLORD'S CRITERIA. LOADING IMPOSED BY ANY OF THE TENANT'S WORK ON A TEMPORARY OR PERMANENT BASIS SHALL NOT EXCEED SUCH SPECIFIED LOAD. 45. ANY ALTERATIONS, ADDITIONS, OR REINFORCEMENTS TO LANDLORD'S STRUCTURE TO ACCOMMODATE TENANT'S WORK SHALL NOT BE PERFORMED WITHOUT IN EACH INSTANCE TENANT OBTAINING LANDLORD'S PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL; AND THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, IN PERFORMING THIS WORK, SHALL LEAVE LANDLORD'S STRUCTURE AS STRONG AS, OR STRONGER THAN, THE ORIGINAL DESIGN AND WITH FINISHES UNIMPAIRED. 46. THE TENANT SHALL APPLY FOR ALL UTILITY METERS. 47. FURNISH ALL REQUIRED TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND ALL TEMPORARY UTILITIES IMMEDIATELY AFTER RECEIPT OF NOTICE TO PROCEED FOR USE AND CONVENIENCE OF ALL THOSE ENGAGED IN THE PROJECT WORK. 48. ALL CONTRACTORS MUST STAY BEHIND THE BARRIERS AND MAINTAIN ACCESS TO SUCH AREAS CLEAN AND FREE OF CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS AND DEBRIS. FAILURE TO MAINTAIN CLEAN STOREFRONT WILL RESULT IN BUILDING MANAGEMENT HAVING SUCH MATERIALS AND DEBRIS REMOVED AND ALL CHARGES FOR MAINTENANCE WILL BE BILLED TO GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 49. COORDINATE ALL CONSTRUCTION AND SCHEDULING WITH THE BUILDING MANAGER REVIEWING ALL SCHEDULED ACTIVITIES AT OUTSET OF CONSTRUCTION. 50. ALLOWABLE TOLERANCES: UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR INDICATED, THE FOLLOWING TOLERANCES SHALL APPLY TO ALL WORK: a. ALL VERTICAL SURFACES SHALL BE PLUMB OR CONSTRUCTED TO THE EXACT SLOPES AND ANGLES INDICATED. b. THE MAXIMUM DEVIATION FROM THE TRUE PLANE FOR VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL SURFACES SHALL NOT BE GREATER THAN 1/8" IN 10' -0" AS MEASURED BY A STRAIGHT EDGE PLACED ANYWHERE ON THE SURFACE. c. ALL HORIZONTAL SURFACES SHALL BE LEVEL OR CONSTRUCTED TO THE EXACT ANGLE INDICATED OR INTENDED. d. WALL AND SOFFIT INTERSECTIONS SHALL BE 90 DEGREES OR THE EXACT ANGLE INDICATED OR INTENDED. e. ALL CORNERS AND EDGES SHALL BE STRAIGHT AND TRUE WITHOUT DENTS, WAVES OR BULGES OR OTHER BLEMISHES. ALL JOINTS SHALL BE TIGHT, STRAIGHT, EVEN AND SMOOTH. ALL OPERABLE ITEMS SHALL OPERATE SMOOTHLY WITHOUT STICKING OR BINDING AND WITHOUT EXCESSIVE "PLAY" OR LOOSENESS. f. 9- 51. THE TENANT OR THE TENANT'S SUB - CONTRACTORS MAY OCCUPY PORTIONS OF THE PROJECT DURING THE FINAL STAGE OF CONSTRUCTION. COORDINATE AND COOPERATE WITH THE TENANT TO MINIMIZE CONFLICT AND FACILITATE THE TENANT'S OPERATION. 52. ALL DIMENSIONS AND FINISHES SHALL BE VERIFIED AND COORDINATED WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION, FABRICATION OR PURCHASING. IN CASE OF CONFLICT BETWEEN THE PROJECT REQUIREMENTS AND /OR EXISTING CONDITIONS, THE ONE WITH THE MOST STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS SHALL GOVERN, AS APPROVED BY THE TENANT. 53. PERFORM ALL WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACCEPTABLE TRADE PRACTICE TO ENSURE THE HIGHEST QUALITY FINISHED PRODUCT - EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED. PERFORM ALL WORK BY SKILLED MECHANICS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ESTABLISHED STANDARDS OF WORKMANSHIP IN EACH OF THE VARIOUS TRADES. 54. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL USE ITS BEST EFFORTS TO PREVENT THE OCCURRENCE OF ANY STRIKE, SLOWDOWN, OR OTHER LABOR DIFFICULTIES OR DISPUTES ARISING FROM THE PRESENCE OF THE CONTRACTOR ON THE JOB OR THE ACTIVITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR. 55. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE, OR CAUSE TO BE REMOVED, FROM THE JOB ALL EMPLOYEES WHO ARE CONSIDERED UNSATISFACTORY BY TENANT, AFTER NOTICE BY TENANT FOR THE REASON THEREOF. 56. ANY TRADE, WHICH MUST DO WORK IN AN AREA PREVIOUSLY PREPARED, BY ANOTHER TRADE SHALL APPROVE SUCH PRIOR WORK BEFORE COMMENCING. ANY UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS SHALL BE REPORTED TO TENANT AND NO WORK SHALL BE DONE IN THE AFFECTED AREA UNTIL THE UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN ELIMINATED. STARTING WORK SIGNIFIES ACCEPTANCE OF THE AREAS AS SATISFACTORY. 57. SHOULD ANY TRADE DAMAGE WORK OF ANOTHER TRADE, OR SHOULD ANY IMPROPER WORK BY ONE TRADE BE COVERED BY ANOTHER TRADE WHICH RESULTS IN DELAYS OR DEFECTS, ALL AFFECTED WORK, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, SHALL BE CORRECTED BY THE CONTRACTOR WITHOUT ANY EXPENSES TO THE TENANT. 58. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE RELATIONS OF THE VARIOUS TRADES TO THE PROGRESS OF THE WORK AND SHALL SEE THAT THE REQUIRED ANCHORAGE OR BLOCKING IS FURNISHED AND SET AT PROPER TIMES. ANCHORAGE AND BLOCKING NECESSARY FOR EACH TRADE SHALL BE A PART OF SAME, EXCEPT WHERE STATED OTHERWISE. 59. COORDINATE BLOCKING REQUIREMENTS WITH ADJACENT OR RELATED TRADES, ACCESSORIES, EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES. INSTALL REQUIRED BLOCKING AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE CONTRACT. 60. NO CHANGES IN WORK ORDERED BY AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION OVER PROJECT SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN APPROVAL OF TENANT, EXCEPT IN EMERGENCIES INVOLVING HAZARDS TO PERSONS OR PROPERTY. 61. REPAIR PROPERTY DAMAGED BY THE INSTALLERS TO A LIKE NEW CONDITION OR REPLACE DAMAGED SURFACES AND MATERIALS OF THE PREVIOUSLY INSTALLED WORK BY OTHER TRADES, INSTALLERS AND SUB - CONTRACTORS. 62. WHERE REQUESTED BY THE TENANT TO CERTIFY CONFORMANCE TO TRADE STANDARDS OR THE PROJECT REQUIREMENTS THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ENLIST A TESTING LABORATORY AT THE TENANT'S COST. IF THE REQUESTED TEST SHOWS NON CONFORMANCE TO FEDERALLY ACCEPTED TRADE STANDARDS OR THE PROJECT REQUIREMENTS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CORRECT THE DEFICIENCY AT NO ADDITIONAL COSTS TO THE TENANT AND REIMBURSE ALL THE COSTS OF THE TESTING TO THE TENANT, UNLESS THE CONTRACTOR HAS USED PRODUCTS INCORRECTLY LABELED BY THE MANUFACTURER OR HAS MADE PREVIOUSLY APPROVED CHANGES. 63. PROVIDE SECURITY OF THE WORK, INCLUDING TOOLED AND UNINSTALLED MATERIALS. PROTECT THE WORK, STORED PRODUCTS, CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT AND TENANT'S PROPERTY FROM THEFT AND VANDALISM AND THE PREMISES FROM ENTRY BY UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL UNTIL FINAL ACCEPTANCE BY TENANT. 64. MAINTAIN AN ACTIVE FIRE EXTINGUISHER AT THE PROJECT. 65. DO NOT USE MATERIAL OR EQUIPMENT FOR ANY PURPOSE OTHER THAN THAT FOR WHICH IT IS SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED OR SPECIFIED. ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT THAT ARE SIMILAR SHALL BE THE SAME TYPE, MODEL, AND STYLE FOR THE SAME USE THROUGHOUT THE PROJECT OR THEY SHALL BE REJECTED. 66. WHEN THE PROJECT REQUIREMENTS REQUIRE THAT THE INSTALLATION OF WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, PERFORM THE WORK IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE MOST CURRENT WRITTEN MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS TO AVOID DISRUPTION OF THE WORK OR DAMAGE TO THE ITEMS. REPLACE DAMAGED OR UNFIT MATERIALS AT NO COST TO THE OWNER. 67. ALL PRODUCTS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE DELIVERED IN UNDAMAGED CONDITION AND STORED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS TO AVOID DISRUPTION OF THE WORK OR D AMAGE TO THE ITEMS. REPLACE DAMAGED OR UNFIT MATERIALS AT NO COST TO THE OWNER. 68. CONTRACTORS SHALL TAKE CARE TO PROTECT ADJACENT AREAS FROM DUST AND DAMAGE DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS AND SHALL CLEAN UP AFTER THEMSELVES AT THE END OF EACH WORKING DAY. 69. NOTIFY THE OWNER WHEN THE WORK IS SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETE AND READY FOR INSPEC TION. UPON INSPECTION, PROVIDE WRITTEN OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS AND GUARANTEES FOR ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS INSTALLED. PROVIDE WRITTEN GUARANTEES FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR FROM THE DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK. 70. ATTIC STOCK MATERIALS SHALL BE LEFT AT JOB SITE. THEY SHALL BE TAKEN FROM THE SAME MATERIAL, LOT OR RUN USED TO CONSTRUCT AND FINISH THE PROJECT. 71. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A 10 -FOOT ALUMINUM LADDER WHICH WILL TURNED OVER TO THE TENANT AND LEFT AT THE JOB SITE, UPON COMPLETION OF WORK. LADDER SHALL BE OSHA APPROVED. 72. UPON COMPLETION OF WORK, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ALL SUB - CONTRACTORS ARE TO OBTAIN A CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION AND APPROVAL FROM THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT, OR OTHER AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, AND SUBMIT SAME TO THE TENANT'S ARCHITECT. FINAL PAYMENT WILL NOT BE ISSUED PRIOR TO RECEIPT OF SUCH CERTIFICATE(S). 73. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL UNLOAD, PROTECT AND INSTALL (INSTALL ONLY IF NOTED TO DO SO), TENANT'S EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES AND FURNISHINGS. 74. THE TENANT'S DESIGN CONCEPT LEAVES ZERO OR MINIMAL CLEARANCE FOR ERROR IN REGARD TO FIXTURE LAYOUT. "HOLD DIMENSION" INDICATIONS ARE TO BE ADHERED TO AND THE CONTRACTOR IS TOTALLY RESPONSIBLE FOR ERROR OR OMISSION. ANY QUESTIONS RELATING TO DIMENSIONING ARE TO BE ADDRESSED TO THE ARCHITECT ONLY. 75. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR WILL HAVE A MAXIMUM OF 30 DAYS TO COMPLETE ALL PUNCH LIST ITEMS TO THE BODY SHOPS SATISFACTION. AFTER THIS 30 DAY TIME PERIOD THE BODY SHOP WILL TAKE STEPS TO COMPLETE AND AND ALL OUTSTANDING PUNCH LIST ITEMS - BACK CHARGING ALL COSTS INVOLVED TO RESPECTIVE CONTRACTOR. 76. FINAL PAYMENT / PROJECT CLOSE -OUT: a. TENANT WILL APPROVE FINAL PAYMENT WHEN THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS ARE MET: 1. OBTAIN PERMITS, CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION AND OTHER APPROVALS AND RELEASES BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES REQUIRED FOR TENANT'S OCCUPANCY AND USE OF PROJECT. 2. SUBMIT WARRANTIES AND SIMILAR DOCUMENTS. 3. SUBMIT MAINTENANCE MANUALS. 4. SUBMIT PROOF OF PAYMENT ON FEES, TAXES AND SIMILAR OBLIGATIONS. 5. TRANSFER OPERATIONAL ACCESS, SECURITY AND SIMILAR OBLIGATIONS. 6. OBTAIN CONSENT OF SURETY FOR FINAL PAYMENT. 7. LIEN RELEASES FROM ALL SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIES. 8. APPROVAL OF ALL "PUNCH LIST" ITEMS AND FINAL CLEANING OF PREMISES. b. TENANT WILL RETAIN A MINIMUM OF 10% OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT UNTIL THESE ITEMS ARE COMPLETED. COORDINATE CONSTRUCTION WITH LOCAL AUTHORITY. DIVISION 2 - DEMOLITION AND BUILDING ALTERATIONS 1 THE WOR K MAY INCLUDE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING CONSTRUCTION, REMOVAL OF VARIOUS ITEMS OF EQUIPMENT UIPMENT AND CONSTRUCTION, AND THE CUTTING OR ALTERATION OF EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AS SHOWN, NOTED OR IMPLIED ON THE DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR SHALL DETERMINE AND INVENTORY ALL NECESSARY DEMOLITION AND ALTERATION OF ITEMS TO PROVIDE FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF NEW WORK. ALL COSTS OF REMOVAL, REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE BID. ADDITIONAL COSTS FOR DEMOLITION OF ITEMS HIDDEN OR INACCESSIBLE DURING THE BIDDING PHASE SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK. 2. AT ALTERED CONSTRUCTION, REPAIR CUT EDGES, REPLACE CONSTRUCTION, AND FIT NEW TO EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO MATCH EXISTING WORK. MAKE JOINTS OF NEW AND EXISTING PATCHES VERY SMOOTH, EVEN AND PRACTICALLY INVISIBLE. COORDINATE ALL REPLACEMENT AND REPAIR REQUIREMENTS WITH LANDLORD'S CONSTRUCTION CRITERIA AND TENANT'S COORDINATOR. 3. SAW CUT CONCRETE WITH DIAMOND SAW; JACK HAMMERING WILL NOT BE PERMITTED EXCEPT WITH THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE LANDLORD. CUT IN ACCURATELY LOCATED STRAIGHT LINES AND BREAK OUT SECTIONS. FLOOR MAY BE CORE DRILLED WHERE APPROPRIATE FOR INSTALLATION OF PIPES AND SIMILAR ITEMS. COORDINATE ALL CORE LOCATIONS AND SLAB MODIFICATIONS WITH LANDLORD'S STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. WHERE EXISTING PIPING AND OTHER SIMILAR ITEMS ARE UNDER EXISTING SLABS, EXERCISE CARE TO PROTECT FROM DAMAGE. EXERCISE CARE WHEN CUTTING ADJACENT TO EXISTING WALLS TO AVOID DAMAGE TO WALLS. IF DAMAGED, REPAIR AS REQUIRED TO ORIGINAL CONDITION. 4. DOORS AND FRAMES: IF DOORS AND FRAME ARE TO BE REUSED ON THE WORK, CAREFULLY REMOVE DOOR FROM FRAMES AND REMOVE FRAMES FROM OPENING, TAKING CARE TO AVOID DAMAGE. REMOVE HARDWARE, CLEAN, REFURBISH AND STORE FOR REINSTALLATION WHERE INDICATED. FOR DOORS AND FRAMES TO BE SALVAGED, CAREFULLY REMOVE FROM OPENING AND DELIVER FOR STORAGE WHERE INDICATED. 5. PREVENT MOVEMENT OR SETTLEMENT OF STRUCTURE: PROVIDE AND PLACE BRACING AND SHORING AND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SAFETY AND SUPPORT OF STRUCTURE, AS DETERMINED BY G.C. G.C. - ENLISTED STRUCTURAL ENGINEER SHALL ASSUME LIABILITY FOR SUCH MOVEMENT, SETTLEMENT, DAMAGE OR INJURY. 6. ARRANGE AND PAY FOR DISCONNECT, REMOVING AND CAPPING UTILITY SERVICES WITHIN AREAS AFFECTED BY DEMOLITION. PLACE MARKERS TO INDICATE LOCATION OF DISCONNECTED SERVICES. LOCATE SPRINKLER SHUT -OFF VALVE AND SMOKE ALARM PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK. COORDINATE REQUIRED MODIFICATION WITH LANDLORD. 7. CAREFULLY REMOVE MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT WHICH ARE INTENDED TO BE REUSED. STORE IN A SECURE LOCATION. REMOVE DEBRIS, AND REMOVE ANY MATERIALS BEING DEMOLISHED IMMEDIATELY FROM THE SITE. 8. ERECT AND MAINTAIN WEATHERPROOF AND DUSTPROOF CLOSURES AND PARTITIONS TO PREVENT WEATHER DAMAGE OR SPREAD OF DUST, FUMES, AND SMOKE TO OTHER PARTS OF THE BUILDING, IN ACCORDANCE WITH LANDLORD'S GUIDELINES AND STIPULATIONS. 9. PERFORM DEMOLITION IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 10. REPAIR ALL DEMOLITION IN EXCESS OF THAT REQUIRED AT NO COST TO THE TENANT. 11. REMOVE FROM SITE CONTAMINATED, VERMIN INFESTED OR DANGEROUS MATERIALS ENCOUNTERED. DISPOSE OF BY SAFE MEANS TO PROTECT HEALTH OF WORKERS AND PUBLIC. DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 1. FOR PATCHING, LEVELING, AND FILLING OF CRACKS AND HOLES IN FLOOR SLAB, USE RAECOLITH "R35" AS UNDERLAYMENT OR APPROVED EQUAL. MIX SHALL BE TWO PARTS MORTAR MIX AND LATEX BINDER MIX AND INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S LATEST WRITTEN AND RECOMMENDED DIRECTIONS. 2. INFILL OF CONCRETE SLAB AREAS SHALL BE IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS. DIVISION 4 - NOT USED DIVISION 5 - METALS PROVIDE ALL MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS, INCLUDING MATERIALS, FABRICATIONS, FASTENINGS AND ACCESSORIES REQUIRED FOR FINISHED INSTALLATION AS INDICATED AND SPECIFIED. 2. STEEL SHALL BE ASTM -A366 AMERICAN OPEN HEARTH SHEET STEEL, FREE FROM SCALE AND PITTING AND ANOTHER DEFECTS AFFECTING APPEARANCE. 3. STEEL TUBING SHALL CONFORM TO REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM - A500 OR A501 AS APPROVED. 4. STEEL PLATES, SHAPES, AND BARS SHALL CONFORM TO REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM A36, A572, OR A992. 5. SHEET STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM -A606. 6. ALUMINUM EXTRUSIONS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM -B221. REVEALS TO BE BLACK ANODIZED FINISH. 7. FASTENERS SHALL BE AS REQUIRED FOR ASSEMBLY AND INSTALLATION OF FABRICATED ITEMS. 8. BOLTS SHALL BE LOW CARBON STEEL EXTERNALLY AND INTERNALLY THREADED FASTENERS CONFORMING WITH REQUIREMENTS OF ASTMA -307. INCLUDE NECESSARY NUTS AND PLAIN HARDENED WASHERS FOR MEMBERS. FOR SUPPORT OF STRUCTURAL MEMBERS OR CONNECTION THERETO, USE FASTENERS CONFORMING WITH ASTM A325. FOR STAINLESS STEEL AND NON- FERROUS ITEMS, USE TYPE 302 AND 304 STAINLESS STEEL FASTENERS. 9. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS; PROVIDE ALL INCIDENTAL ACCESSORY MATERIALS, TOOLS, METHODS AND EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION OF MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 10. VERIFY DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO FABRICATION OR CASTING. FORM METAL ITEMS TO ACCURATE SIZES AND CONFIGURATIONS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND OTHERWISE REQUIRED FOR PROPER INSTALLATION. FABRICATE WITH ALL LINES STRAIGHT AND ANGLES SHARP, CLEAN, AND TRUE. DRILL, COUNTERSINK, TAP AND OTHERWISE PREPARE ITEMS FOR CONNECTIONS WITH WORK OF OTHER TRADES. MAKE PERMANENT CONNECTIONS BY WELDING AND GRIND ALL EXPOSED WELDS SMOOTH TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES. ROUGH JOINT SURFACES NOT PERMITTED. AVOID USING BOLTS AND SCREW UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED OR APPROVED. WHEN USED, DRAW UP TIGHT AND 11E THREADS TO PREVENT LOOSENING. 11. ALL FERROUS METAL ITEMS SHALL BE SHOP- FINISHED. TOUCH UP OR REPAIR DAMAGED AREAS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION WITH SAME MATERIAL. 12. PROVIDE CONTACT SURFACES WITH CONCRETE MASONRY OR OTHER DISSIMILAR MATERIALS WITH A MINIMUM 10 MIL DRY THICKNESS OF AN APPROVED ZINC CHROMATE PRIMER. 13. PROVIDE ALL STEEL BLOCKING AND BRACING IN METAL STUD FRAMED PARTITIONS NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. INCLUDE AS REQUIRED FOR SUPPORT OF ALL WALL - MOUNTED EQUIPMENT AND FABRICATIONS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. PROVIDE SUPPORTS AT JAMBS OF DOORS AND ELSEWHERE, AS REQUIRED. 14. FABRICATE ALL MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND BRACING ITEMS TO DETAIL OF STRUCTURAL SHAPES, PLATES, AND BARS. WELD JOINTS WHERE PRACTICAL. PROVIDE BOLTS AND OTHER CONNECTION DEVICES REQUIRED. INCLUDE ANCHOR ANGLES, SLEEVES, ANCHOR PLATE, AND SIMILAR DEVICES, WHETHER IMPLIED OR INDICATED. SET ACCURATELY IN POSITION AS REQUIRED AND ANCHOR SECURELY TO BUILDING CONSTRUCTION WITH FASTENERS APPROPRIATE TO THE INSTALLATION. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED NOV 3 0 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA NOV 16 2012 PERMIT CENTER 15 WEST SEVE COVi N C; TO ARCHITECTURAL GROUP 1 NTERNATIONAL KF: This drawing is the property of ARCHITECTURAL GROUP INTL and is not to be reproduced or copied in whole or in part It is only to be used for the project and site specifically identified herein and is not to be used on any other project It is to be returned upon request. Scales as stated hereon are valid on the original drawing only. Contractor shall carefully review all cimensions and ccndtions shown hereon and at once report to the Architect any error, inconsis- tency or omission he may discover. Revisions: Mark Date By Description 11/12/2012 CML Issued ISSUED FOR FINAL LANDLORD /PERMIT APPROVAL 0 0 0 2 D 90) I Architect's Project No, 110912 Title SPECIFICATIONS Sheet No. A7.1 DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS 1. PROVIDE ROUGH LUMBER AND PLYWOOD IN STANDARD DIMENSIONS. MOISTURE CONTENT NOT MORE THAN 19 %. 2. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY ROUGH HARDWARE IN SIZES AND QUANTITIES REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE OR APPROVED BY ARCHITECT. 3. USE FINISH OR CASING NAILS FOR EXPOSED WORK. USE TYPE "S" TRIM HEAD SCREWS FOR ATTACHMENT OF WOOD TRIM TO METAL STUDS, RUNNERS OR FURRING. 4. RELIEVE BACKS OF WOOD TRIM; KEEP BACKS OF MEMBERS MORE THAN 5" WIDE AND 1" NOMINAL THICKNESS; EASE ALL EXTERNAL CORNERS. 5. INSTALL LAMINATES ONLY WHEN RECEIVING SURFACES ARE IN A SATISFACTORY CONDITION FOR INSTALLATION. 6. USE ADHESIVES RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER FOR THE PARTICULAR APPLICATION; INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S MOST CURRENT PRINTED APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS. 7. PROTECT FROM DAMAGE BY OTHER TRADES WORKING ADJACENT TO THE INSTALLATION. REPLACE DAMAGED SURFACES. 8. REMOVE EXCESS ADHESIVE AND CLEAN SURFACES USING MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDED SOLVENT AND CLEANING PROCESS. 9. FILL IN ALL SEAMS WITH MANUFACTURER'S APPROPRIATE COLOR SEAM COMPOUND. 10. INSTALL WOODS AND PLASTICS IN CONFORMANCE WITH DETAILS, WITH THE FOLLOWING GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS: a. b. c. d. e. f. 9. h. INSTALL ALL MATERIAL WITH TIGHT JOINTS. MITER CASINGS AND MOLDINGS. ALL RUNNING TRIM ONE (1) PIECE UP TO 10' -0 ". MATCH GRAINS AND COLOR PIECE -TO- PIECE. USE FINISH NAILS EXCEPT WHERE SCREWS ARE SPECIFICALLY CALLED FOR OR WHERE SCREWS DO NOT SHOW. SET FASTENERS FOR PUTTYING. WHERE SCREW ATTACHMENT REQUIRED, SPACE SCREWS AT EQUAL INTERVALS, SINK AND PUTTY IN FINISH WOOD SURFACES. ALL MEMBERS AND LINES LEVEL AND PLUMB. SELECT AND CUT MATERIAL TO EXCLUDE DAMAGED, MARKED OR DEFECTIVE AREAS. FINISH EXPOSED SURFACES SMOOTH, FREE FROM TOOL AND MACHINE MARKS. EASE ALL EXPOSED WOOD EDGES 1/8" MINIMUM RADIUS. DIVISION 7 - THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION JOINT SEALERS 1. PROVIDE NON -SAG SEALANT COMPLYING WITH REQUIREMENTS OF FEDERAL SPECIFICATION TIS -1543 OR FS T1S -230 TYPE II, CLASS A. PROVIDE ACOUSTICAL SEALANT WHICH SHALL BE NON- HARDENING, NON- DRYING SYNTHETIC RUBBER SEALING COMPOUND WITH MINIMUM 905 SOLIDS. USE AT ALL INTERIOR JOINTS AT INNER SECTIONS BETWEEN PLANES. AROUND DOOR AND WINDOW FRAMES PRIMER SHALL BE MADE OR RECOMMENDED BY SEALANT MANUFACTURER FOR THE SPECIFIC CONDITIONS AND SUBSTRATES. 2. PROVIDE BACKING MATERIAL BY DOW "ETHAFOAM" OR APPROVED EQUAL. APPLY SEALANT OVER BACKING TO UNIFORM THICKNESS IN CONTINUOUS BEADS FILLING ALL JOINTS AND VOIDS SOLID. SUPERFICIAL POINTING WITH THE SKIM BEAD WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. 3. ALL SURFACES SHALL BE ADEQUATELY CLEANED AND PREPARED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. DIVISION 8 - DOORS & WINDOWS DOORS AND FRAMES 1. PROVIDE "TIMELY" KNOCKDOWN DOOR FRAMES AT ALL DOORS, FREE FROM SCALE AND PITTING AND OTHER SURFACE DEFECTS. FACTORY PRIMED FINISH. 2. STORE AND PROTECT DOOR IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND WDMA OR AWS STANDARDS. 3. PROVIDE CUSTOM GRADE HEAVY -DUTY WOOD DOORS PER WDMA OR AWS STANDARDS WITH MINIMUM GRADE B FACES IN ANY SPECIES AND MATCH. 4. FACTORY PRE - MACHINE DOORS FOR HARDWARE THAT IS NOT SURFACE APPLIED. LOCATIONS AND HOLE PATTERNS TO COMPLY WITH SPECIFIED HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS AS PER NFPA 80 STANDARDS FOR DOORS SPECIFIED; AND TO MAINTAIN DOOR MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY. 5. INSTALLATION OF WOOD DOORS TO COMPLY WITH WDMA OR AWS, SPECIFIC DOOR MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS, AND NFPA 80. 6. HARDWARE REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORS (ERECTION, FLOOR AND JAMB) SHALL BE AS REQUIRED FOR A SECURE INSTALLATION AND SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH TRADE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE SPECIFIED HARDWARE AND INTENDED USE. 7. AFTER FABRICATION, DRESS, FILL AND SAND EXPOSED SURFACES, BODY PUTTY HOLES AND IMPERFECTIONS. APPLY UNIFORM COAT OF MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD PRIME COAT TO ALL EXPOSED SURFACES. LEAVE READY TO RECEIVE FINISH PAINTING. 8. INSTALL FRAMES IN ACCURATE LOCATIONS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. INSTALL RIGID, PLUMB, LEVEL AND TRUE, ALIGN WITH ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. SECURE FLOOR ANCHORS TO FLOOR CONSTRUCTION WITH APPROVED TYPE MECHANICAL FASTENINGS; ANCHOR TO ADJOINING WALLS WITH SPECIFIED ANCHORS. BRACE DURING CONSTRUCTION OF ADJACENT WALLS. ADJUST FRAME LOCATIONS AS NEEDED USING SHIMS BEFORE FASTENING. LEAVE READY TO RECEIVE SEALANT WHERE NOTED ON DRAWINGS. 9. PREPARE DOOR FOR FINISH HARDWARE. OBTAIN TEMPLATES FROM HARDWARE MANUFACTURERS AND CONFIRM TYPE, LOCATION AND SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS OF HARDWARE FOR EACH DOOR PRIOR TO CUTTING. 10. HANG DOORS AS SCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS IN ACCURATE LOCATIONS WITH 1/8" CLEARANCE AT TOPS AND 3/8" CLEARANCE AT BOTTOM, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED FOR "UNDERCUTS" OR OTHER DEVIATIONS IN FIT. VERIFY CLEARANCES REQUIRED FOR CARPETING AND MAKE NO JOB SITE FIT CUTS UNLESS APPROVED. HANG PAIRS OF DOORS AS SPECIFIED WITH 3/32" CLEARANCE AT MEETING EDGES. DEMONSTRATE THAT DOORS OPEN FREELY WITHOUT BINDING, AND WHEN CLOSED, WILL LATCH PROPERLY. " " R PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS BY MILCOR AND CEILINGS (OR 11. ACCESS DOORS: P CO OR EQUAL. USE STYLE "DW" AT WALLS A AS REQUIRED FOR RATING). SIZE AS INDICATED. FRAME SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL DRYWALL BEAD FOR FRAME CONCEALMENT. PANEL SHALL BE 14 GA. STEEL WITH SPRINT TYPE CONCEALED HINGES OPENING TO 175 DEGREES. LOCKS SHALL BE FLUSH, SCREWDRIVER OPERATED WITH METAL CAM. PRIME COAT SHALL BE FACTORY APPLIED. COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH REQUIREMENTS OF OVERHEAD COILING DOOR MANUFACTURER. HARDWARE 1. ALL FINISH HARDWARE FOR COMPLETE WORK SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. QUANTITIES LISTED IN ANY INSTANCE ARE FOR THE CONTRACTORS CONVENIENCE ONLY AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED. ITEMS NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED BUT NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE WORK SHALL BE FURNISHED, MATCHING IN QUALITY AND FINISH, THE ITEMS SPECIFIED. 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROPER OPERATION AND FITTING OF HARDWARE IN LOCATIONS SPECIFIED. THE CONTRACTOR MUST SUPPLY A ROOM UNDER LOCK AND KEY TO STORE ALL FINISH HARDWARE UN11L INSTALLATION IS MADE. THE HARDWARE SUPPLIER MUST MARK EACH ITEM OF HARDWARE AS TO DESCRIPTION AND LOCATION OF INSTALLATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROVED HARDWARE SCHEDULE. EXPOSED SURFACES OF HARDWARE SHALL BE COVERED AND WELL PROTECTED DURING INSTALLATION, SO AS TO AVOID DAMAGE TO FINISHES. 3. PROVIDE HARDWARE FOR FIRE -RATED OPENINGS IN COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 80. THIS REQUIREMENT TAKES PRECEDENCE OVER OTHER REQUIREMENTS FOR SUCH HARDWARE. 4. HARDWARE SUPPLIER SHALL PROVIDE APPROVED SCHEDULE AND PAPER TEMPLATES TO VARIOUS OTHER SUPPLIERS FOR DOOR AND FRAME PREPARATION FOR HARDWARE. 5. EACH ITEM OF HARDWARE SHALL BE PACKAGED SEPARATELY WITH ALL NECESSARY SCREWS, BOLTS, TAMPONS, KEYS AND INSTALLATION TEMPLATES. DELIVER PACKAGES CLEARLY IDENTIFIED, WITH HEADING NUMBER AS APPROVED ON HARDWARE SCHEDULE. 6. INSTALL EACH HARDWARE ITEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS AND LOCATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RECOMMENDED LOCATIONS. SET ITEMS LEVEL, PLUMB, AND TRUE TO LINE AND LOCATION. ADJUST AND REINFORCE THE ATTACHMENT SUBSTRATE, AS INDICATED OR IN ACCORDANCE WITH INDUSTRY STANDARDS. 7. MAKE FINAL ADJUSTMENT AND CHECK OF HARDWARE DURING THE WEEK IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE. CLEAN AND RE- LUBRICATE OPERATING ITEMS AS NECESSARY, TO RESTORE PROPER FUNCTIONING AND FINISH OF HARDWARE AND DOORS. MAKE FINAL ADJUSTMENT OF LOCKSETS AND THE CLOSERS TO COMPENSATE FOR OPERATION OF HEATING AND VENTILATING SYSTEMS UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF MANUFACTURERS REPRESENTATIVE. 8. LUBRICATE ALL MOVING PARTS WITH GRAPHITE TYPE LUBRICANT, UNLESS OTHERWISE RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. REPLACE ALL HARDWARE WHICH CANNOT BE LUBRICATED AND ADJUSTED TO OPERATE FREELY AND SMOOTHLY. ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEMS 1. SYSTEMS ARE TO BE FABRICATED AND INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AAMA SFM -1, PERFORMANCE CATEGORY CW. 2. PROVIDE CONCEALED FASTENING WHEREVER POSSIBLE. 3. MANUFACTURER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ENGINEERING OF SYSTEM AND ALL COMPONENTS. 4. PROVIDE FASTENING METHODS THAT ACCOUNT FOR THERMAL MOVEMENT AND LIVE LOAD DEFLECTION OF BUILDING STRUCTURE. 5. SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT LITERATURE AND SPECIFICATIONS, AND SHOP DRAWINGS INDICATING JOB- SPECIFIC ELEVATIONS AND SECTION DETAILS. 6. SYSTEM TO BE INSTALLED ONLY BY MANUFACTURER - APPROVED INSTALLERS. 7. ALUMINUM FRAMING MEMBERS ARE TO BE ASTM B221, ALLOY 6063 -T5, 0.125" MINIMUM WALL THICKNESS EXTRUSIONS. GLASS AND GLAZING: 1. ALL GLASS EDGES SHALL BE GROUND SMOOTH & POLISHED. 2. GENERAL GLASS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH FEDERAL SPECIFICATION DD -G -451 AND FMGA GLAZING MANUAL. 3. STOREFRONT GLASS SHALL BE AS REQUIRED FOR THE SIZES AND CONDITIONS DETAILED. FRAME SECTIONS SHALL BE CONCEALED WHERE INDICATED. 4. PROVIDE RESILIENT NEOPRENE BLOCKS (70 TO 90 SHORE A DUROMETER) HARDNESS AND RESILIENT ACCESSORIES DESIGNED FOR POSITIONING GLASS IN RABBETS. 5. PROVIDE CLIPS OF NON - CORROSIVE METAL DESIGNED FOR CONTACT BLOCKS, NOT GLASS. 6. PROVIDE STANDARD PRE - FORMED GLAZING TAPE, STAINLOCKE 400, TRIMCO 440, OR APPROVED EQUAL. 7. PROVIDE NON- SHRINKING ELASTOMERIC TAPE WHERE REQUIRED. 8. USE SILICONE SEALANT DOW #795 OR GESILPRUF, OR APPROVED EQUAL. 9. ALL EDGES, DRILLED HOLES AND NOTCHES SHALL BE FACTORY CUT AND /OR FACTORY FORMED. TOUCH -UP "RAW" EDGES TO MATCH FRAME. 10. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH FGMA RECOMMENDATIONS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 11. VERIFY THAT FRAMES TO RECEIVE GLAZING ARE SQUARE AND TRUE, THAT PERIMETER CLEARANCES ARE SUFFICIENT TO PREVENT "POINT LOADING" AND THAT SURFACES ARE CLEAN, DRY AND READY TO RECEIVE GLAZING MATERIALS. REMOVE ALL PROTECTIVE COATINGS FROM FRAMING SURFACES. 12. CENTER GLASS IN RABBETS AND POSITION SO AS TO MAINTAIN CLEARANCES ON ALL SIDES, INDOORS AND OUT, IN ACCORDANCE WITH FGMA RECOMMENDATIONS. SHIM AS REQUIRED TO POSITION AGAINST FIXED STOPS AND FRAME BARS. 13. SET ALL EXTRUSIONS IN CORRECT LOCATIONS AS SHOWN IN THE DETAILS. THEY SHALL BE LEVEL, FLUSH, SQUARE, PLUMB AND IN ALIGNMENT WITH OTHER WORK. 14. UPON COMPLETION, REMOVE ALL EXCESS SEALANT AND MATERIALS FROM SURFACES; WASH AND CLEAN ALL GLASS FRAMING MEMBERS. DIVISION 9 - FINISHES METAL SUPPORT SYSTEM (WALL STUDS): 1. PROVIDE CHANNEL - SHAPED ROLL FORMED SHEET STEEL MEMBERS CONFORMING WITH ASTM -C640, HOT DIPPED FINISH WHERE EXPOSED TO MOISTURE; NOT LESS THAN 20 GAUGE. PROVIDE 16 GAUGE AT DOOR JAMBS. 2. PROVIDE COLD ROLLED STEEL CHANNELS NOT LESS THAN 16 GAUGE WHERE INDICATED. 3. PROVIDE ROLL HAT - SHAPED CHANNELS MINIMUM 25 GAUGE, 7/8" DEEP WITH 1/2" HEMMED EDGES, HOT DIPPED FINISH WHERE NOTED. 4. PROVIDE TIE WIRES OF GALVANIZED ANNEALED WIRES NOT LESS THAN 16 GAUGE. 5. PROVIDE GALVANIZED HANGERS OF STEEL WIRE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM -C754 6. PROVIDE JACK STUDS BETWEEN BOTTOM TRACK AND WINDOW AND /OR RELIEF SILLS BETWEEN LINTELS AND HEADERS IN TOP TRACKS. 7. PROVIDE BLOCKING AND FRAMING FOR ALL WALL MOUNTED FINISH HARDWARE AND EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING DOOR STOPS. 8. PROVIDE CEILING SEISMIC BRACING IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF APPLICABLE CODES AND AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 9. PROVIDE DOUBLE BEAD OF BUTYL SEALANT AT FLOOR TRACKS. APPLY DOUBLE BEAD TO CEILING TRACK AND TO STUDS ABUTTING OTHER CONSTRUCTION. 10. PROVIDE CHANNEL SHAPED BLOCKING SUPPORT OR GALVANIZED STRIP SUPPORT OF WALL -HUNG CABINETS, EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES OF NOT LESS THAN 22 GA. MATERIAL. PROVIDE SUPPORT IN WALL OR PARTITION FRAMING SYSTEM WHEREVER WALL HUNG CABINETS AND EQUIPMENT ARE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS, AND WHERE REQUIRED FOR MOUNTING OF MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS REQUIRING BRACING. 11. SET FLOOR TRACKS IN ACCURATE LOCATIONS AND SECURELY ANCHOR IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM STANDARDS. ERECT STUDS AND SECURE TO TRACK. INSTA LL HEAD TRACK IN ACCORDANCE WITH DETAILS. INSTAL L BLOCKING, BRACING AND ANCHOR STRIPS. LEAVE READY TO RECEIVE FINISH MATERIALS. 12. ERECT ALL COMPONENTS FOR CEILING AND SOFFIT FRAMING IN ACCURATE LOCATIONS AS INDICATED, TRUE TO LINE, LEVEL AND PLUMB, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE ASTM STANDARDS, AS REFERENCED ABOVE. USING A LASER LEVEL, ADJUST SUPPORTS, SPANS OR OTHERWISE FOR INSTALLATION WITHIN SPECIFIED TOLERANCES. 13. PROVIDE KICK BRACING IN ACCORDANCE WITH INDUSTRY STANDARDS FOR WALL STUDS, CEILING MEMBERS, DRAFT OR SMOKE STOPS AND CURTAIN WALLS. PAINTING: 1. PROVIDE PAINT FINISHES FOR BUILDING AND OTHER SURFACES AS SCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS OR AS SPECIFIED HEREINAFTER, INCLUDING SEALING OR CONCRETE FLOOR AT CORRIDOR AND STOCK ROOM. NO PAINT FINISH IS REQUIRED ON ITEMS HAVING COMPLETE FACTORY FINISH, EXCEPT AS MAY BE SPECIFIED HEREINAFTER. NO PAINT FINISH IS REQUIRED ON PUTTY AND /OR SEALANT AT ALUMINUM WINDOWS, NON - FERROUS METAL UNLESS SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED IN THE PAINTING SCHEDULE, STAINLESS STEEL, INTERIOR OR EXTERIOR OF EXISTING BUILDING EXCEPT WHERE ALTERATIONS OCCUR OR WHERE SCHEDULED, GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS. NO PAINTING IS REQUIRED FOR INSULATED PIPING, EXCEPT WHERE EXPOSED IN FINISHED NON MECHANICAL ROOM SPACES. 2. PROTECT WORK OF OTHER TRADES FROM DAMAGE AND DEFACEMENT CAUSED BY THIS WORK REPAIR ANY DAMAGE CAUSED BY THE WORK OF THIS SECTION. REMOVE ELECTRICAL OUTLET AND SWITCH PLATES, MECHANICAL DIFFUSERS, GRILLES, ESCUTCHEONS, REGISTERS, SURFACE HARDWARE, FITTINGS AND FASTENINGS PRIOR TO COMMENCING THE WORK. STORE, CLEAN AND REPLACE UPON COMPLETION. 3. PAINT CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IF ANY SURFACE TO BE PAINTED OR STAINED IS FOUND TO BE UNSUITABLE TO PRODUCE PROPER FINISH. APPLY NO FINISH MATERIAL UN11L THE UNSUITABLE SURFACES HAVE BEEN MADE SATISFACTORY. 4. FINISH WORK SHALL BE UNIFORM, OF APPROVED COLOR, SMOOTH AND FREE FROM RUNS. MAKE ENDS OF PAINT ADJOINING OTHER MATERIALS OR COLORS SHARP AND CLEAN. WHERE HIGH GLOSS ENAMEL IS USED, LIGHTLY SAND UNDERCOAT TO OBTAIN A SMOOTH FINISH COAT. 5. PROVIDE ALL NEWLY PAINTED SURFACES WITH ONE (1) COAT TINTED PRIMER AND TWO (2) COATS FINAL COLOR COAT, UNLESS OTHERWISE RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. 6. DELIVER ALL PAINT TO JOB SITE IN UNOPENED CONTAINERS BEARING THE MANUFACTURERS LABEL AND SHOWING PAINT TYPE, SHEEN AND COLOR. 7. PAINT TYPES USED SHALL BE THOSE SPECIFICALLY RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER FOR THE MATERIAL TO WHICH THEY WILL BE APPLIED. PAINTING CONTRACTOR SHALL FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROPER APPLICATION OF THE PAINTS. 8. ALL SURFACES TO BE PAINTED SHALL BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED AND PREPARED FOR PAINTING PRIOR TO APPLICATION OF PAINT. PROVIDE VENTILATORS AS REQUIRED TO PREVENT BUILD -UP OF FUMES. 9. SANDPAPER ALL NEW WOOD TO SMOOTH AND EVEN DUST OFF. AFTER PRIMING COAT HAS BEEN APPLIED THOROUGHLY FILL ALL NAIL HOLES AND OTHER SURFACE IMPERFECTIONS WITH PUTTY TINTED 1MTH PRIMER OR STAIN TO MATCH WOOD COLOR. SAND ALL WOODWORK BETWEEN COATS TO A SMOOTH SURFACE. 10. PRIME ALL SURFACES WHICH RECEIVE PAINT PRIOR TO APPLICATION OF FINAL FINISH, IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. 11. BACK PRIME ALL EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR WOOD AND TRIM PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. THOROUGHLY CLEAN SURFACES AND APPLY NO FINISH UNLESS SURFACES ARE DRY AND READY FOR APPLICATION. SANDPAPER SURFACES OF TRIM SMOOTH AND WIPE CLEAN. AFTER STAIN COAT HAS BEEN APPLIED, FILL CRACKS AND HOLES WITH PLASTIC WOOD OR PUTTY. IF STAIN HAS BEEN USED, TINT CRACK FILLER TO MATCH PRIME BACKS OF TRIM. PRIME BARE WOODS SCHEDULED TO RECEIVE PAINT FINISH, FINISH NAIL HOLES, CRACKS AND OTHER IMPERFECTIONS WITH PUTTY AND SAND SMOOTH. 12. AT COMPLETION, TOUCH -UP AND RESTORE FINISH WHERE DAMAGED AND LEAVE ALL SURFACES IN GOOD AND CLEAN CONDITION. 13. OTHER PAINT MANUFACTURERS MAY NOT BE SUBSTITUTED. 14. FINISH INTERIOR SURFACES AS SCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS, EXCEPT AS MODIFIED AND SUPPLEMENTS HEREINAFTER AND UPON WRITTEN APPROVAL. GYPSUM WALL BOARD: 1. PROVIDE GYPSUM WALL PANELS MANUFACTURED IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM -336. 2. PROVIDE TYPE "X" FIRE RETARDANT GYPSUM WALL BOARD PANELS 5/8" THICK, TESTED AND QUALIFIED FOR 1 HOUR RATING, TAPERED AND ROUNDED AT EDGES THROUGHOUT SPACE, AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 3. PROVIDE METAL EDGE AND CORNER BEADS AT ENDS, EDGES AND CORNERS. 4. WATER RESISTANT GYPSUM WALL BOARD SHALL BE 5/8" THICK, QUALIFIED FOR 1 -HOUR RATING, TAPERED AND ROUNDED EDGES AND BE INSTALLED IN ALL WET AREAS AND AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 5. FOR CONTROL JOINTS, PROVIDE U.S. GYPSUM #093 OR APPROVED EQUAL. INSTALL IN LOCATIONS AS RECOMMENDED BY INDUSTRY STANDARDS AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH U.S. GYPSUM STANDARDS. 6. PROVIDE FASTENERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM -C646, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR INDICATED. PROVIDE TYPE "S" BUGLE HEAD SCREWS FOR ATTACHMENT OF WALL BOARD TO METAL FRAMING, AND TYPE "S" PAN HEAD SCREWS FOR ATTACHMENT OF FRAMING TO DOOR FRAMES. 7. PROVIDE ALL INCIDENTAL AND ACCESSORY MATERIALS, TOOLS, EQUIPMENT, AND METHODS REQUIRED FOR SATISFACTORY COMPLETION OF GYPSUM WALLBOARD CONSTRUCTION INCLUDING ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS. 8. APPLY CONTINUOUS BEAD OF SEALANT AT ALL JOINTS OF WALLBOARD ABUTTING ADJACENT CONSTRUCTIONS, INCLUDING AROUND FRAMED OPENINGS AND OTHER PROTRUSIONS THROUGH WALLBOARD. WHERE UN- EXPOSED, PROVIDE ACOUSTIC SEALANT. 9. APPLY PRE - SEALANT; WHERE UN- EXPOSED, PROVIDE ACOUSTIC INDUSTRY STANDARDS. APPLY EMBEDDING COMPOUND REINFORCING TAPE CENTERED OVER JOINT; APPLY SKIM COAT. AFTER TAPING AND EMBEDDING IS DRY, APPLY SECOND COAT FILLING AND TAPER FLUSH WITH SURFACE, NO SECOND COAT REQUIRED AT INTERIOR ANGLES. FREE TAPE PENETRATIONS AT DEMISING WALLS, CORRIDOR ENVELOPE AND OTHER RATED ASSEMBLIES. 10. PROVIDE LEVEL 5 FINISH AT ALL AREAS EXPOSED TO VIEW. SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS: 1. SYSTEM COMPONENTS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM -C635 INTERMEDIATE DUTY AND UBC STANDARD 47 -18 INTERMEDIATE DUTY. INSTALLATION OF SYSTEMS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTMC636, WITH A DEFLECTION OF NOT MORE THAN 1/360 OF THE SPAN. 2. FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS FOR COMPLETE ACOUSTICAL CEILING. REVIEW JOB SCHEDULE TO VERIFY INSTALLATION DATES AND MATERIAL AVAILABILITY. 3. COORDINATE ACOUSTICAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM WORK WITH OTHER SUCH AS CEILING LIGHT FIXTURES AND AIR OUTLETS. PROTECT FINISHED WORK INSTALLED BEFORE INSTALLATION OF ACOUSTICAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM. REPLACE WORK DAMAGED BY WORK UNDER THIS SECTION. 4. MAINTAIN FIRE AND SMOKE RATINGS AS REQUIRED BY CODES AND LANDLORD'S SPECIFICATIONS AND REGULATIONS. 5. ALL LOCKING CROSS TEES SUPPORTING OTHER CROSS TEES SHALL CONFORM TO THE SAME CLASSIFICATION AS THE MAIN RUNNERS. MAIN RUNNERS AND CROSS TEES SHALL BE COLD ROLLED ELECTRO- GALVANIZED STEEL. 6. WALL ANGLE MOLDINGS SHALL BE COLD ROLLED ELECTRO- GALVANIZED STEEL. 7. CORNERS SHALL BE MANUFACTURER'S PREFABRICATED INSIDE AND OUTSIDE CORNER MOLDINGS. 8. FINISH SHALL BE BAKED ENAMEL IN SELECTED COLOR. 9. HANGER SHALL BE 12 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL WIRE CONFORMING TO FS QQ -W -461, TYPE 1. 10. INSPECT LOCATIONS TO RECEIVE WORK AND CHECK THE EXISTING DIMENSIONS. BE CERTAIN BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH WORK THAT ALL REQUIRED INSPECTIONS HAVE BEEN MADE. COMMENCEMENT OF WORK CONSTITUTES ACCEPTANCE OF RESPONSIBILITY RELATED TO GUARANTEE REQUIREMENTS. 11. THE BUILDING SHALL BE EXAMINED BEFORE BEGINNING WORK TO DETERMINE THAT IT IS PROPERLY ENCLOSED AND THE STRUCTURE IS IN PROPER CONDITION TO RECEIVE ACOUSTICAL MATERIALS. 12. THE AREA SHALL BE BROOM CLEANED AND UNINTERRUPTED FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF SCAFFOLDING. SCAFFOLDING SHALL BE OF A TYPE THAT WILL NOT SCAR OR MAR FLOOR SURFACES AND WILL NOT DAMAGE OTHER CONSTRUCTION. WORK NOT TO PROCEED UNTIL SATISFACTORY CONDITIONS DESCRIBED ABOVE PRESIDE. 13. ATTACH HANGER WIRE TO SOUND, SECURE STRUCTURAL MEMBERS CAPABLE OF CARRYING THE LOAD WITHOUT DEFLECTION. WRAP, BOLT OR CLIP WIRE HANGERS TO STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBERS, OR INSTALL DROP CLIPS ON STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBERS AND TIE WIRE HANGERS TO DROP CLIPS. 14. INSTALL SUPPLEMENTARY FRAMING, BLOCKING AND BRACING WHERE NECESSARY TO SUSPEND CEILING SYSTEM FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT AND WHERE SPACING OF STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS EXCEEDS SPECIFIED HANGER SPACING. WHERE DIRECT SUSPENSION OF SUPPLEMENTARY FRAMING FOR SUPPORT OF EQUIPMENT, FIXTURE OR DUCTWORK IS NOT POSSIBLE DUE TO OBSTRUCTIONS, SUPPLEMENTARY FRAMING MAY BE SUSPENDED BY "TRAPEZE" ARRANGEMENT OF HANGER WIRE. SUSPEND LIGHT FIXTURES FROM STRUCTURE BY ATTACHMENT ON ONE HANGER AT EACH CORNER OR THE FIXTURE. 15. FURNISH ADDITIONAL WIRES FOR LIGHTING FIXTURES AND MECHANICAL REGISTERS IN SUSPENDED CEILING. PROVIDE SEISMIC BRACING AS REQUIRED. 16. INSTALL CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM -C636. LOADING OF ANY COMPONENT MAY NOT CAUSE DEFLECTION OF MORE THAN 1/360 OF THE SPAN. USE LASER LIGHT FOR LAYOUT AND LEVELING. 17. INSTALL MAIN RUNNERS 48 INCHES O.C. TIE HANGER WIRES TO MAIN RUNNERS TIGHTLY WITH AT LEAST THREE FULL TURNS. INTERCONNECT MAIN RUNNERS BY LOCKING CROSS TEES 48 INCHES LONG TO FORM 24 INCH BY 48 -INCH MODULES. WHEREVER SHOWN ON THE DESIGN PLANS, THESE MODULES SHALL BE DIVIDED BY CROSS TEES TO FORM 24 INCH BY 24 -INCH SECTIONS. PROPER LENGTH LOCKING CROSS TEES SHALL ALSO BE INSTALLED ADJACENT TO ALL SIDES OF RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURES NOT SUPPORTED BY A MAIN RUNNER. 18. ALL SUSPENDED CEILINGS SHALL BE BRACED TO RESIST LATERAL AND HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT AS REQUIRED BY THE GOVERNING CODES. THE TENANT'S G.C. SHALL VERIFY ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND CONFORM. 19. CUT PANELS TO MATCH FIELD PATTERN RECESS. ANY ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANELS LESS THAN FULL SIZE SHALL HAVE CUT EDGES TRIMMED TO MATCH FACTORY REGULAR EDGES. SUSPENDED CEILING SHALL HAVE INTERSECT ALL VERTICAL WALLS AT 90 DEGREES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 20. UPON COMPLETION OF WORK FOLLOWING INSTALLATIONS OF SUSPENSION SYSTEMS, DIRTY OR DISCOLORED SURFACES OF SUSPENSION COMPONENTS SHALL BE CLEANED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND LEFT FREE FROM DEFECTS. COMPONENTS THAT ARE DAMAGED OR IMPROPERLY INSTALLED SHALL BE REMOVED AND REPLACED WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO THE TENANT. 21. LEAVE FOUR FULL, UNDAMAGED PANELS AT JOB SITE. TILE 1. TILES MUST BE STORED ON A PERFECTLY FLAT AND HORIZONTAL SURFACE FOR AT LEAST 48 HOURS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION IN THE AREA IN WHICH THEY WILL BE INSTALLED. 2. IT IS CRITICAL THAT ALL FLOORS AND SURFACES ARE LEVEL, SMOOTH, EVEN, DRY, AND FREE FROM ALL DIRT. FLOOR MUST BE SOUND AND PROPERLY PREPARED FOR INSTALLATION. IF SLIGHT LEVELING OF SURFACE IS REQUIRED, USE THE SAME MATERIALS AS SPECIFIED BY TILE MFR. ROOM TEMPERATURE MUST BE BETWEEN 50 AND 90 F. 3. LAYOUT JOB TO ENSURE PROPER PATTERN AND EXACT SPACING BETWEEN 11LES. 4. ONLY USE RECOMMENDED SETTING MATERIALS. IT IS STRONGLY RECOMMENDED TO USE HYDRAULIC SETTINGS MATERIALS DUE TO LARGE FORMAT SIZE. READ AND FOLLOW THE ADHESIVE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. 5. WITH THE NOTCHED EDGE OF THE TROWEL (MAX. 3/8" V- NOTCH) SPREAD MORTAR EVENLY ON TO FLOOR. USING STRAIGHT EDGE TROWEL, UNIFORMLY BACK - BUTTER ENURE BACK OF TILE. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO COVER TOO LARGE OF AN AREA TO AVOID 'SKINNING' OF SETTING MATERIAL. WITH A RUBBER TILLERS MALLET, TAP 11LE TO IMBED AND LEVEL. ENSURE GOOD ADHESION TO SETTING MATERIAL. IN BUTT - JOINTED INSTALLATIONS, MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS NO SETTING MATERIALS BETWEEN 11LES. USE APPROPRIATE SPACERS FOR INSTALLATIONS WITH JOINTS. ALLOW SETTINGS MATERIALS TO CURE FOR 24 HOURS BEFORE GROUTING. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED NOV 3 0 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION b1'31 RECtiVED CITY OF TUKWILA NOV 16 2012 PERMIT CENTER MM ME ARCHITECTURAL GROUP I NTERNATIONAL I> COViNG -KY This drawing is the property of ARCHITECTURAL GROUP INT'L and is not to be reproduced or copied in whole or h part. It is only to be used for the project and site specifically identified herein and is not to be used on any other project. It is to be retuned upon request. Scales as stated hereon are valid on the original drawing only. Contractor shall carefully review all cirnensions and conditions shown hereon and at once report to the Architect any error, inconsis- tency or omission he may discover. Revisions: Mark Date Issued By Description 11/12/2012 CML ISSUED FOR FINAL LANDLORD /PERMIT APPROVAL n A uJ I N T O CC W W a a CO 1.1.1 ' 0 N T i- d � W c° cc O Architects Project No. 110912 Title SPECIFICATIONS Sheet No. A7.2 DIVISION 9 (CONT.) - FINISHES FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC PANELS 1. PROVIDE PANELS, TRIM, SEALANT, AND ACCESSORIES AS INDICATED AND AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. 2. STORE PRODUCTS IN MANUFACTURER'S UNOPENED PACKAGING UNTIL READY FOR INSTALLATION. 3. STORE AND DISPOSE OF SOLVENT -BASED MATERIALS, AND MATERIALS USED WITH SOLVENT -BASED MATERIALS, IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 4. MAINTAIN ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS (TEMPERATURE, HUMIDITY AND VENTILATION) WITHIN LIMITS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR OPTIMUM RESULTS. DO NOT INSTALL PRODUCTS UNDER ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS OUTSIDE MANUFACTURER'S ABSOLUTE LIMITS. 5. DO NOT BEGIN INSTALLATION UNTIL SUBSTRATES HAVE BEEN PROPERLY PREPARED. 6. IF SUBSTRATE PREPARATION IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF ANOTHER UNSATISFACTORY PREPARATION BEFORE PROCEEDING. 7. TAKE PANELS OUT OF CARTONS AND ALLOW TO ACCLIMATIZE TO PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 8. PREPARE SURFACES USING THE METHODS RECOMMENDED BY THE RESULT FOR THE SUBSTRATE UNDER THE PROJECT CONDITIONS. 9. CLEAN SURFACES THOROUGHLY PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 10. PROTECT EXISTING SURFACES FROM DAMAGE DUE TO INSTALLATION. 11. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 12. USE THE ADHESIVES RECOMMENDED BY THE PANEL MANUFACTURER UNLESS PROHIBITED BY LOCAL REGULATIONS; OBTAIN MANUFACTURER'S APPROVAL OF ALTERNATIVE ADHESIVES. 13. INSTALL CONTINUOUS BEAD OF SILICONE SEALANT IN EACH JOINT AND TRIM GROOVE AND BETWEEN TRIM AND ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION, MAINTAINING 1/8 INCH (3 MM) EXPANSION SPACE. 14. AVOID CONTAMINATION OF PANEL FACES WITH ADHESIVES, SOLVENTS, OR CLEANERS; CLEAN AS NECESSARY AND REPLACE IF NOT POSSIBLE TO REPAIR TO ORIGINAL CONDITION. 15. PROTECT INSTALLED PRODUCTS UNTIL COMPLETION OF PROJECT. 16. TOUCH -UP, REPAIR OR REPLACE DAMAGED PRODUCTS AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. INSTALLER, NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ROOM CONDITIONS FOR AT LEAST 48 HOURS MANUFACTURER FOR ACHIEVING THE BEST RESILIENT FLOORING 1. MAINTAIN MINIMUM TEMPERATURE OF 65 DEGREES F (18 DEGREES C) IN SPACES TO RECEIVE RESILIENT FLOORING FOR AT LEAST 48 HOURS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION, DURING INSTALLATION, AND FOR NOT LESS THAN 48 HOURS AFTER INSTALLATION. STORE RESILIENT FLOORING MATERIALS IN SPACES WHERE THEY WILL BE INSTALLED FOR AT LEAST 48 HOURS BEFORE BEGINNING INSTALLATION. SUBSEQUENTLY, MAINTAIN MINIMUM TEMPERATURE OF 55 DEGREES F (13 DEGREES C) IN AREAS WHERE WORK IS COMPLETED. 2. INSTALL RESILIENT FLOORING AND ACCESSORIES AFTER OTHER FINISHING OPERATION, INCLUDING PAINTING, HAVE BEEN COMPLETED. DO NOT INSTALL RESILIENT FLOORING OVER CONCRETE SLABS UNTIL THE LATTER HAVE BEEN CURED AND ARE SUFFICIENTLY DRY TO ACHIEVE BOND WITH ADHESIVE AS DETERMINED BY RESILIENT FLOORING MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED BOND AND MOISTURE TEST. 3. ADHESIVES (CEMENTS): WATERPROOF, STABILIZED TYPE AS RECOMMENDED BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER TO SUIT MATERIAL AND SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS. 4. CONCRETE SLAB PRIMER: NON- STAINING TYPE AS RECOMMENDED BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER. 5. LEVELING AND PATCHING COMPOUNDS: LATEX TYPE AS RECOMMENDED BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER. 6. REQUIRE INSTALLER TO INSPECT SUBFLOOR SURFACES TO DETERMINE THAT THEY ARE SATISFACTORY. A SATISFACTORY SUBFLOOR SURFACE IS DEFINED AS ONE THAT IS SMOOTH AND FREE FROM CRACKS, HOLES, RIDGES, COATINGS PREVENTING ADHESIVE BOND, AND OTHER DEFECTS IMPAIRING PERFORMANCE OR APPEARANCE. 7. DO NOT ALLOW RESILIENT FLOORING WORK TO PROCEED UNTIL SUBFLOOR SURFACES ARE SATISFACTORY. 8. PREPARE SUBFLOOR SURFACES AS FOLLOWS: a. USE LEVELING AND PATCHING COMPOUNDS AS RECOMMENDED BY RESILIENT FLOORING MANUFACTURER FOR FILLING SMALL CRACKS, HOLES AND DEPRESSIONS IN SUBFLOORS. b. REMOVE COATINGS FROM SUBFLOOR SURFACES THAT WOULD PREVENT ADHESIVE BOND, INCLUDING CURING COMPOUNDS INCOMPATIBLE WITH RESILIENT FLOORING ADHESIVES, PAINT, OILS, WAXES AND SEALERS. 9. BROOM CLEAN OR VACUUM SURFACES TO BE COVERED, AND INSPECT SUBFLOOR. 10. APPLY CONCRETE SLAB PRIMER, IF RECOMMENDED BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER, PRIOR TO APPLICATION OF ADHESIVE. APPLY IN COMPLIANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS. 11. INSTALL RESILIENT FLOORING USING METHOD INDICATED IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS. 12. SCRIBE, CUT, AND FIT RESILIENT FLOORING TO PERMANENT FIXTURES, BUILT -IN FURNITURE AND CABINETS, PIPES, OUTLETS AND PERMANENT COLUMNS, WALLS AND PARTITIONS. 13. TIGHTLY CEMENT RESILIENT FLOORING TO SUBBASE WITHOUT OPEN CRACKS, VOIDS, RAISING AND PUCKERING AT JOINTS, TELEGRAPHING OF ADHESIVE SPREADER MARKS, OR OTHER SURFACE IMPERFECTIONS, HAND ROLL RESILIENT FLOORING AT PERIMETER OF EACH COVERED AREA TO ASSURE ADHESION. 14. LAY TILE FROM CENTER MARKS ESTABLISHED WITH PRINCIPAL WALLS, DISCOUNTING MINOR OFFSETS, SO THAT TILE AT OPPOSITE EDGES OF ROOM ARE OF EQUAL WIDTH. ADJUST AS NECESSARY TO AVOID USE OF CUT WIDTHS LESS THAN 1/2 TILE AT ROOM PERIMETERS. LAY TILE SQUARE TO ROOM AXIS, UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN. 15. MATCH TILES FOR COLOR AND PATTERN BY USING TILE FROM CARTONS IN SAME SEQUENCE AS MANUFACTURED AND PACKAGED. CUT TILE NEATLY AROUND ALL FIXTURES. BROKEN, CRACKED, CHIPPED OR DEFORMED TILE ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. 16. ADHERE TILE FLOORING TO SUBSTRATES USING FULL SPREAD OF ADHESIVE APPLIED IN COMPLIANCE WITH FLOORING MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS. 17. LAY SHEET FLOORING TO PROVIDE AS FEW SEAMS AS POSSIBLE WITH ECONOMICAL USE OF MATERIALS. MATCH EDGES FOR COLOR SHADING AND PATTERN AT SEAMS IN COMPLIANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 18. ADHERE SHEET FLOORING TO SUBSTRATES USING METHOD APPROVED BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER FOR TYPE OF SHEET FLOORING AND SUBSTRATE CONDITION INDICATED. a. USE CONVENTIONAL FULL SPREAD ADHESIVE METHOD. b. USE CONVENTIONAL PERIMETER BONDING ADHESIVE PROCEDURES WHERE RECOMMENDED BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER. 19. PREPARE SEAMS IN VINYL SHEET FLOORING IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS FOREMOST INCONSPICUOUS APPEARANCE, SEALING CONTINUOUSLY WITH FLUID - APPLIED SEALANT OR ADHESIVE AS STANDARD WITH MANUFACTURER. 20. APPLY WALL BASE TO WALLS, COLUMNS, PILASTERS, CASEWORK AND OTHER PERMANENT FIXTURES IN ROOMS OR AREAS WHERE BASE IS REQUIRED. INSTALL BASE IN LENGTHS AS LONG AS PRACTICABLE, WITH PRE - FORMED CORNER UNITS. TIGHTLY BOND BASE TO SUBSTRATE THROUGHOUT LENGTH OF EACH PIECE, WITH CONTINUOUS CONTACT AT HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL SURFACES. a. ON MASONRY SURFACES, OR OTHER SIMILAR IRREGULAR SUBSTRATES, FILL VOIDS ALONG TOP EDGE OF RESILIENT WALL BASE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED ADHESIVE FILLER MATERIAL. 21. PLACE RESILIENT EDGE STRIPS TIGHTLY BUTTED TO FLOORING AND SECURE WITH ADHESIVE. INSTALL EDGING STRIPS AT EDGES OF FLOORING WHICH WOULD OTHERWISE BE EXPOSED. 22. PERFORM THE FOLLOWING OPERATIONS IMMEDIATELY UPON COMPLETION OF RESILIENT FLOORING: 0. b. c. d. SWEEP OR VACUUM FLOOR THOROUGHLY. DO NOT WASH FLOOR UNTIL TIME PERIOD RECOMMENDED BY RESILIENT FLOORING MANUFACTURER HAS ELAPSED TO ALLOW RESILIENT FLOORING TO BECOME WELL- SEALED IN ADHESIVE. DAMP -MOP FLOOR BEING CAREFUL TO REMOVE BLACK MARKS AND EXCESSIVE SOIL. REMOVE ANY EXCESS ADHESIVE OR OTHER SURFACE BLEMISHES, USING APPROPRIATE CLEANER RECOMMENDED BY RESILIENT FLOORING MANUFACTURERS. 23. PROTECT FLOORING AGAINST DAMAGE DURING CONSTRUCTION PERIOD TO COMPLY WITH RESILIENT FLOORING MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS. 24. DELIVER STOCK OF MAINTENANCE MATERIALS TO STORE. FURNISH MAINTENANCE MATERIALS FROM SAME MANUFACTURER LOT AS MATERIALS INSTALLED AND ENCLOSED IN PROTECTIVE PACKAGING WITH APPROPRIATE IDENTIFYING LABELS. a. TILE FLOORING: FURNISH NOT LESS THAN ONE BOX FOR EACH 50 BOXES OR FRACTION THEREOF, FOR EACH TYPE, COLOR, PATTERN AND SIZE INSTALLED. DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 1. COORDINATION: COORDINATE ACCESSORY LOCATIONS, INSTALLATION, AND SEQUENCING WITH OTHER WORK TO AVOID INTERFERENCE AND TO ASSURE PROPER INSTALLATION, OPERATION, ADJUSTMENT, CLEANING AND SERVICING OF TOILET ACCESSORY ITEMS. 2. CONFIRM EXISTENCE OF NECESSARY CONCEALED BLOCKING FOR SUPPORT FOR ACCESSORIES BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH INSTALLATION. 3. INSTALL TOILET ACCESSORY UNITS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS' INSTRUCTIONS, USING FASTENERS APPROPRIATE TO SUBSTRATE AND RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER OF UNIT. INSTALL UNITS PLUMB AND LEVEL, FIRMLY ANCHORED IN LOCATIONS AND AT HEIGHTS INDICATED OR AS REQUIRED PER ADA COMPLIANCE. 4. SECURE MIRRORS TO WALLS IN CONCEALED, TAMPERPROOF MANNER WITH SPECIAL HANGERS, TOGGLE BOLTS, OR SCREWS. SET UNITS PLUMB, LEVEL AND SQUARE AT LOCATIONS INDICATED, IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS FOR TYPE OF SUBSTRATE INVOLVED. 5. ADJUST TOILET ACCESSORIES FOR PROPER OPERATION AND VERIFY THAT MECHANISMS FUNCTION SMOOTHLY. REPLACE DAMAGED OR DEFECTIVE ITEMS. 6. CLEAN AND POLISH ALL EXPOSED SURFACES IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AFTER REMOVING TEMPORARY LABELS AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS. WALK -OFF MATS 1. INSTALLER SHOULD BE HIGHLY EXPERIENCED PERFORMING WORK OF THIS SECTION, HAVING PREVIOUSLY DONE WORK SIMILAR TO THAT REQUIRED FOR THIS PROJECT. 2. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S ORDERING INSTRUCTIONS AND LEAD -TIME REQUIREMENTS TO AVOID CONSTRUCTION DELAYS. 3. DELIVER MATERIALS IN MANUFACTURER'S ORIGINAL, UNOPENED, UNDAMAGED PACKAGING. 4. STORE MATERIALS AT TEMPERATURE AND IN HUMIDITY CONDITION RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER AND PROTECT FROM EXPOSURE TO HARMFUL WEATHER CONDITIONS. 5. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED HEREIN, SEQUENCING OR SCHEDULING FOR PERFORMANCE OF WORK, OF THIS SECTION IN RELATION WITH OTHER WORK IS CONTRACTOR'S OPTION. DELAY INSTALLATION OF MATS UNTIL NEAR TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION FOR THE PROJECT. 6. MAINTAIN TEMPERATURE WHERE PRODUCTS WILL BE INSTALLED BEFORE, DURING, AND AFTER INSTALLATION AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. 7. WHERE POSSIBLE, VERIFY ACTUAL MEASUREMENTS BY FIELD MEASURING BEFORE FABRICATION AND INCLUDE MEASUREMENTS IN SHOP DRAWINGS. TO AVOID CONSTRUCTION DELAYS, COORDINATE FIELD MEASUREMENTS AND FABRICATION SCHEDULE BASED UPON CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS. 8. EXAMINE SUBSTRATES AND CONDITIONS WHERE FLOOR MATS WILL BE INSTALLED. DO NOT PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION UNTIL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS ARE CORRECTED. SUB FLOOR SHALL BE CLEAN AND DRY, AND WITHIN ACCEPTABLE TOLERANCES. 9. STRICTLY COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH ADJACENT WORK TO ENSURE PROPER CLEARANCES AND TO PREVENT TRIPPING HAZARDS. 10. WHERE NOT INDICATED OTHERWISE, PROVIDE SINGLE UNIT FOR EACH MAT INSTALLATION, BUT DO NOT EXCEED MANUFACTURER'S MAXIMUM SIZE RECOMMENDATION FOR UNITS INTENDED FOR REMOVAL AND CLEANING. WHERE POSSIBLE, VERIFY SIZES BY FIELD MEASUREMENT BEFORE SHOP FABRICATION. 11. PROVIDE ALUMINUM FRAMEWORK AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. 12. PROTECT INSTALLED PRODUCT AND FINISH SURFACES FROM DAMAGE DURING CONSTRUCTION AND UNTIL ACCEPTANCE. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED NOV 3 0 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECtiVEU CITY OF TUKWILA NOV 16 2012 PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECTURAL GROUP I NTERNATIONAL This drawing is the property of ARCHITECTURAL GROUP INT'L and is not to be reproduced or copied in whole or in part It is only to be used for the project and site specifically identified herein and is rot to be used on any other project. It is to be returned upon request. Scales as stated hereon are valid on the original drawing only. Contractor shall carefully review all cinsions and conditions shown hereon and at once report to the Architect any error, inconsis- tency or omission he may discover. Revisions: Mark Date By Description Issued 11/12/2012 CML ISSUED FOR FINAL LANDLORD /PERMIT APPROVAL n n w Z co N r O Z cc W w a.< co W ' 0 N 147. O 0 W cc 0 '- co H 1 cc J W H W 0 O Co CO Co ao N Architect's Project No. 110912 Title SPECIFICATIONS Sheet No. A7.3 FIRE PROTECTION SPECFICATION GENERAL THE GENERAL CONDITIONS, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SHALL APPLY TO AND BE PART OF THIS SPECIFICATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPUCABLE CODES, RULES AND REGULATIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS, CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION AND APPROVALS REQUIRED. SCOPE OF WORK FIRE PROTECTION DEMOUTION OF ALL UNUSED SPRINKLER HEADS AND BRANCH SPRINKLER PIPING. FIRE PROTECTION DISTRIBUTION PIPING FROM EXISTING BRANCH SPRINKLER PIPING TO NEW SPRINKLER HEAD LOCATIONS. SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING AND REPLACING OF CEIUNGS IN AREAS WHERE NEW PIPING IS TO BE INSTALLED IN THE EXISTING BUILDING. WHERE CONCEAUNG SPRINKLER PIPING IS NOT POSSIBLE, SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PAINTING ALL EXPOSED SPRINKLER PIPING IN FINISHED SPACES. COORDINATE COLOR WITH ARCHITECT. GENERAL STANDARDS THE APPUCABLE PROVISIONS OF THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS SHALL GOVERN: AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TEST MATERIALS (ASTM); AMERICAN STANDARDS ASSOCIATION (ASA); UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL); NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA); STATE BUILDING CODE OWNER'S INSURANCE UNDERWRITER LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT REGULATIONS THE INSTALLATION OF ALL SPRINKLER WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE APPLICABLE LOCAL CODES AND STATUES. QUALITY ASSURANCE MANUFACTURERS: FIRMS REGULARLY ENGAGED IN MANUFACTURE OF FIRE PROTECTION PIPING SYSTEMS PRODUCTS, OF TYPES, MATERIALS, AND SIZES REQUIRED, WHOSE PRODUCTS HAVE BEEN IN SATISFACTORY USE IN SIMILAR SERVICE FOR NOT LESS THAN 5 YEARS. INSTALLER: FIRM, ON LANDLORD'S APPROVED CONTRACTOR UST, WITH AT LEAST 3 YEARS OF SUCCESSFUL INSTALLATION EXPERIENCE ON PROJECTS WITH FIRE PROTECTION PIPING SYSTEMS WORK SIMILAR TO THAT REQUIRED FOR PROJECT. NFPA CODE: COMPLY WITH ANSI /NFPA 13, "INSTALLATION OF SPRINKLER SYSTEMS ". UL LABELS: PROVIDE FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING PRODUCTS WHICH HAVE BEEN APPROVED AND LABELED BY UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES. LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT/MARSHALL REGULATIONS: COMPLY WITH GOVERNING REGULATIONS PERTAINING TO FIRE PROTECTION PIPING. STATE BUILDING CODE: COMPLY WITH GOVERNING REGULATIONS PERTAINING TO FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS. SUBMITTALS PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S DATA FOR FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS, MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS. SHOP DRAWINGS: SUBMIT SCALED LAYOUT DRAWINGS FOR FIRE PROTECTION PIPE AND FITTINGS INCLUDING, BUT NOT NECESSARILY UMITED TO, PIPE AND TUBE SIZES, LOCATIONS, ELEVATIONS AND SLOPES OF HORIZONTAL RUNS, WALL AND FLOOR PENETRATIONS, AND CONNECTIONS. SHOW INTERFACE AND SPATIAL RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN PIPING AND PROXIMATE EQUIPMENT. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO ENGINEER FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL, PRIOR TO SUBMISSION TO APPROPRIATE AUTHORITY AND PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ANY PORTION OF BOTH UNDERGROUND AND OVERHEAD SYSTEMS. APPROVAL DRAWINGS: PREPARE APPROVAL DRAWINGS OF FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS INDICATING PIPE SIZES, PIPE LOCATIONS, FITTINGS, SHUTOFFS, EQUIPMENT, ETC. SUBMIT ONE COPY, BEARING THE STAMP AND SIGNATURE OF A UCENSED SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR, TO THE AGENCY HAVING JURISDICTION, BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH INSTALLATION. APPROVAL CALCULATION: PREPARE HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS OF FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS. SUBMIT ONE COPY, BEARING THE STAMP AND SIGNATURE OF A LICENSED SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR TO THE AGENCY HAVING JURISDICTION, BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH INSTALLATION. CERTIFICATE OF INSTALLATION: SUBMIT CERTIFICATE UPON COMPLETION OF FIRE PROTECTION PIPING WORK WHICH INDICATES THAT WORK HAS BEEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI/NFPA 13, AND ALSO THAT SYSTEM IS OPERATIONAL, COMPLETE, AND HAS NO DEFECTS. FIRE PROTECTION PIPING MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS GENERAL PROVIDE PIPING MATERIALS AND FACTORY - FABRICATED PIPING PRODUCTS OF SIZES, TYPES, PRESSURE RATINGS, TEMPERATURE RATINGS, AND CAPACITIES AS INDICATED. WHERE NOT INDICATED, PROVIDE PROPER SELECTION AS DETERMINED BY INSTALLER TO COMPLY WITH INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE SIZES AND TYPES MATCHING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS; PROVIDE FITTINGS OF MATERIALS WHICH MATCH PIPE MATERIALS USED IN FIRE PROTECTION PIPING SYSTEMS. WHERE MORE THAN 1 TYPE OF MATERIALS OR PRODUCTS ARE INDICATED, SELECTION IS INSTALLER'S OPTION. BASIC IDENTIFICATION GENERAL: PROVIDE IDENTIFICATION IN ACCORDANCE VAN THE FOLLOWING USTING: FIRE PROTECTION PIPING: PLASTIC PIPE MARKERS. FIRE PROTECTION VALVES: PLASTIC VALVE TAGS. BASIC. PIPE. TUBE. AND FITTINGS GENERAL PROVIDE PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGS COMPLYING WITH THIS SPECIFICATION, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING USTING: INTERIOR PIPING: BLACK STEEL PIPE: PIPE WEIGHT: SCHEDULE 40 UP TO 8 "; SCHEDULE 30 FOR 8" AND LARGER. FITTINGS: CLASS 125, CAST -IRON THREADED. PIPE WEIGHT: SCHEDULE 40 FOR LESS THAN 8 "; SCHEDULE 30 FOR 8" AND LARGER. FITTINGS: MECHANICAL GROOVED PIPE COUPUNGS AND FITTINGS; CUT GROOVE TYPE. BLACK STEEL PIPE: PIPE WEIGHT: SCHEDULE 10 FOR 5" AND SMALLER; 0.134" WALL THICKNESS FOR 6 "; AND 0.188" WALL THICKNESS FOR 8" AND 10". FITTINGS: WROUGHT -STEEL BUTTWELDING. PIPE WEIGHT: SCHEDULE 10 FOR 5" AND SMALLER; 0.134" WALL THICKNESS FOR 6 "; AND 0.188" WALL THICKNESS FOR 8" AND 10 ". FITTINGS: MECHANICAL GROOVED PIPE COUPLINGS AND FITTINGS; ROLL- GROOVE OR MECHANICAL LOCKING TYPE. BASIC PIPING SPECIALTIES GENERAL: PROVIDE PIPING SPECIALTIES COMPLYING WITH DIVISION -15 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS SECTIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING LISTING: PIPE ESCUTCHEONS DIELECTRIC UNIONS DRIP PANS SLEEVES SLEEVE SEALS BASIC SUPPORTS. ANCHORS. AND SEALS GENERAL PROVIDE SUPPORTS, ANCHORS, AND SEALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING LISTING: ADJUSTABLE STEEL CLEVISES, ADJUSTABLE STEEL BAND HANGERS, ADJUSTABLE BAND HANGERS, FOR HORIZONTAL PIPING HANGERS AND SUPPORTS. TWO -BOLT RISER CLAMPS FOR VERTICAL PIPING SUPPORTS. STEEL TURNBUCKLES, AND MALLEABLE IRON SOCKETS FOR HANGER -ROD ATTACHMENTS. CONCRETE INSERTS, TOP -BEAM C- CLAMPS, SIDE BEAM OR CHANNEL CLAMPS, AND CENTER BEAM CLAMPS FOR BUILDING ATTACHMENTS. COPPER FLASHINGS FOR PIPING PENETRATIONS. FIRE BARRIER PENETRATION SEALS. BASIC VALVES GENERAL PROVIDE VALVES COMPLYING WITH DIVISION -15 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS SECTIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING USTING: INTERIOR VALVES: SECTIONAL GATE VALVES. CHECK: SWING CHECK VALVES. FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES GENERAL PROVIDE FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES, UL LISTED, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING US11NG. PROVIDE SIZES AND TYPES WHICH MATE AND MATCH PIPING AND EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS. WATER FLOW INDICATORS: PROVIDE VANE TYPE WATER FLOW DETECTORS. SUPERVISORY SWITCHES: PROVIDE PRODUCTS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR USE IN SERVICE INDICATED. AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS: PROVIDE AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS OF TYPE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING US11NG. PROVIDE FUSIBLE UNKS FOR 165 DEG. F (74 DEG. C) UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. FINISH: CONCEALED WHITE PLATE/BRUSHED BRASS FOR OCCUPIED AREAS, CAST BRASS UPRIGHT FOR UNOCCUPIED AREAS. WHERE SUSPENDED LAY -IN CEIUNGS OCCUR LOCATE HEAD IN CENTER OF TILE IN AT LEAST ONE DIRECTION WHERE APPUCABLE. SPRINKLER CABINET AND WRENCH: FURNISH STEEL BAKED RED ENAMELED, SPRINKLER BOX WITH CAPACITY TO STORE 10 SPRINKLERS AND WRENCH SIZED TO SPRINKLERS. AVAILABLE MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, MANUFACTURERS OFFERING FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES WHICH MAY BE INCORPORATED IN THE WORK INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: MANUFACTURER: SUBJECT TO COMPUANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES OF ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: CENTRAL SPRINKLER CORP. ITT GRINNELL GRINNELL CORP. REUABLE AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER CO., INC. VIKING CORP. VICTAUUC GLOBE FIRE SPRINKLER CORPORATION POTTER ELECTRIC SIGNAL COMPANY HONEYWELL INSTALLATION OF PIPE. TUBE. AND FITTINGS GENERAL INSTALL PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS IN ACCORDANCE WITH DIVISION -15 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS SECTIONS. FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING SYSTEMS: GENERAL COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF ANSI/NFPA 13 AND NFPA 14 FOR INSTALLATION OF FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING MATERIALS. INSTALL FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING PRODUCTS WHERE INDICATED, IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH RECOGNIZED INDUSTRY PRACTICES TO ENSURE THAT ARE SPRINKLER PIPING COMPUES WITH REQUIREMENTS AND SERVES INTENDED PURPOSES. COORDINATE WITH OTHER WORK, INCLUDING PLUMBING PIPING, AS NECESSARY TO INTERFACE COMPONENTS OF ARE SPRINKLER PIPING PROPERLY WITH OTHER WORK. SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE INSTALLATION OF HEADS WITH HVAC DUCTWORK. INSTALL HEADS ABOVE AND BELOW DUCTWORK WHERE REQUIRED TO PROVIDE COMPLETE COVERAGE. INSTALL DRAIN PIPING AT LOW POINTS OF PIPING SYSTEMS. INSTALL WATER FLOW INDICATORS WHERE INDICATED AND REQUIRED. MOUNT SUPERVISORY SWITCHES ON ALL CONTROL VALVES. INSTALL VALVED HOSE CONNECTIONS OF SIZES INDICATED, OR 3/4" SIZE IF NOT OTHERWISE INDICATED ON SPRINKLER AT ENDS OF BRANCH LINES AND CROSS MAINS AS REQUIRED. INSTALL INSPECTOR'S TEST CONNECTION AS REQUIRED, OR AT MOST REMOTE POINT OF RISER. PIPE INSPECTOR TESTS TO OUTSIDE. ADJUST AND CLEAN SPRINKLER PIPING FLUSHING: PRIOR TO CONNECTING SPRINKLER RISERS FOR FLUSHING, FLUSH WATER FEED MAINS, LEAD -IN CONNECTIONS AND CONTROL PORTIONS OF SPRINKLER PIPING. AFTER FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING INSTALLATION HAS BEEN COMPLETED AND BEFORE PIPING IS PLACED IN SERVICE, FLUSH ENURE SPRINKLER SYSTEM, AS REQUIRED TO REMOVE FOREIGN SUBSTANCES, UNDER PRESSURE AS SPECIFIED IN ANSI/NFPA 13. CONTINUE FLUSHING UNTIL WATER IS CLEAR, AND CHECK TO ENSURE THAT DEBRIS HAS NOT CLOGGED SPRINKLERS. FIELD QUAUTY CONTROL HYDROSTATIC TESTING: AFTER FLUSHING SYSTEM, TEST FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING HYDROSTATICALLY, FOR PERIOD OF 2 HOURS, AT NOT LESS THAN 200 PSI OR AT 50 PSI IN EXCESS OF MAXIMUM STATIC PRESSURE WHEN MAXIMUM STATIC PRESSURE IS IN EXCESS OF 150 PSI. CHECK SYSTEM FOR LEAKAGE OF JOINTS. MEASURE HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE AT LOW POINT OF EACH SYSTEM OR ZONE BEING TESTED. REPAIR OR REPLACE PIPING SYSTEM AS REQUIRED TO EUMINATE LEAKAGE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI/NFPA STANDARDS FOR "UTTLE OR NO LEAKAGE ", AND RETEST AS SPECIFIED TO DEMONSTRATE COMPLIANCE. GENERAL FIRE PROTECTION NOTES: A. THE TENANT'S FIRE PROTECTIONS SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE DESIGNED TO MEET ORDINARY HAZARD GROUP 2 REQUIREMENTS. B. MAKE PROVISIONS FOR DRAINING AND PROVIDE INSPECTOR TESTS AS REQUIRED. ALL DRAIN PIPING SHALL BE PIPED TO OUTSIDE OR INDIRECTLY TO SINK OR F.D. C. ALL PIPE AND FITTINGS SHALL MATCH LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT THREADS. D. ALL FIRE SUPPRESSION WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED BY A STATE UCENSED FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR. E. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE LOCATED IN CENTER OF CEIUNG TILE IN AT LEAST ONE DIRECTION. (WHERE APPUCABLE) F. NO PVC PIPE SHALL BE PERMITTED. G. RENOVATED AREAS SHALL BE 100% SPRINKLED. H. ALL WORK SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL LOCAL STATE, AND FEDERAL CODES, LAWS, AND REGULATIONS. I. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT SITE AND BE FULLY COGNIZANT OF ALL CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING PROPOSAL J. PROVIDE A VALVED DRAIN AT THE LOW POINT IN EACH PIPING SYSTEM. K. ALL VALVES AND OTHER PIPING SPECIALTIES SHALL BE FULL UNE SIZE UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. L SEAL AROUND ALL PIPES PENETRATING FIRE SEPARATIONS WITH APPROVED INCOMBUSTIBLE PACKING RETAINED BY METAL COLLARS. M. COORDINATE ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR. THE ARE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING FOR HIS WORK. N. AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE INSTALLED IN COMPUANCE WITH NFPA 13 AND BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS. 0. REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS OF UGHT FIXTURES AND CEIUNG TYPES. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF PIPING AND HEADS WITH MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. P. ALL SPRINKLER DRAWINGS, RISERS, CODE REQUIREMENTS ETC. ARE THE RESPONSIBIUTY OF AND SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE SPRINKLER DESIGN CONTRACTOR. Q. SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DRAIN DOWNS/REFIWNG OF THE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM, INCLUDING ALL RELATED COSTS, AS REQUIRED FOR THE BUILD -OUT OF THE TENANTS SPACE. R. SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF A FIVE (5) DAY WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE LANDLORD OF ANY SHUTDOWN OF THE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM. AFOOFFELD VERIFY ADEQUATE COVERAGE IS PROVIDED 5 THROUGHOUT. PROVIDE NEW SPRINKLER HEADS AND MODIFY EXISTING BRANCH SPRINKLER PIPING AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE COVERAGE AT NEW AND REMOVED INTERIOR PARTITIONS AND TO ACCOMMODATE NEV CEILING ELEMENTS. FIELD VERIFY SCOPE 0 r OF WORK. ,A#APA,A ON ON ON • FIRE PROTECTION PLAN SCALE 1/4' • 1'-0' ON RECEIVtu CITY OF TUKWILA NOV 16 2012 PERMIT CENTER FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER SYSTEM IN BUILDING IS EXISTING. ALL SPRINKLER WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED BY A UCENSED SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR. FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR (FPSC) SHALL MODIFY EXISTING SYSTEM AND PROVIDE A COMPLETE AND FUNCTIONING SPRINKLER SYSTEM, WITH VALVES, PIPING, AND HEADS, THROUGHOUT THE TENANT SPACE. FPSC SHALL PROVIDE THE SYSTEM DESIGN, SHALL PREPARE REQUIRED DRAWINGS, AND SHALL OBTAIN APPROVAL OF STATE, LOCAL AND INSURANCE UNDERWRfI1NG AUTHORITIES OF LANDLORD AND TENANT. MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH NFPA 13, LOCAL AND STATE CODES AND SPECIFICATIONS. FPSC SHALL TEST THE SYSTEM PER NFPA STANDARDS, AND OBTAIN INSPECTION AND APPROVAL BY LOCAL FIRE MARSHALL BEFORE ACCEPTANCE BY OWNER. FPSC SHALL COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH THE LANDLORD SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ADEQUATE COVERAGE OF EXISTING FIRE SPRINKLER PENDANT DROPS PER NEW WALLS. SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE FULLY CONCEALED TYPE THROUGHOUT ENURE PUBLIC AREAS. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS TO BE COLOR WHITE IN SALES AREA, HALLWAYS, CORRIDORS, AND DISPLAY AREAS VISIBLE TO THE PUBUC. AT ALL LOCATIONS WHERE FIRE PROTECTION PIPE, HEADS OR FIXTURES ARE TO BE REMOVED, FIRE PROTECTION SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE PIPING TO A POINT BEYOND FINISH SURFACE AND CAP OFF. WHERE PIPING SERVING EXISTING FIXTURE TO BE REMOVED ALSO SERVES FIXTURES THAT ARE TO REMAIN, PIPING SHALL BE REROUTED AND RECONNECTED TO ACCOMMODATE REMODELED AREAS AS REQUIRED. WHERE EXISTING WALLS ARE REMOVED AND PIPING IS FOUND THAT MUST REMAIN, FIRE PROTECTION SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL REROUTE AND RECONNECT PIPING AS REQUIRED. ALL ARE PROTECTION PIPING THAT IS FOUND TO NO LONGER SERVE ANY PURPOSE SHALL BE REMOVED AND CAPPED OFF BEYOND FINISH SURFACE. WHEREVER POSSIBLE, NEW PIPING AND RELOCATED PIPING SHALL BE RUN CONCEALED. COORDINATE LOCATION OF ALL PIPING WITH ALL DESCIPUNE SUBCONTRACTORS. COORDINATE CUTTING AND PATCHING WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR. ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING FOR REMOVAL, REMODELING OR INSTALLATION OF NEW ARE PROTECTION WORK SHALL BE DONE BY THE FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DEMOLITION PLANS FOR EXTENT OF SE,��I' „T re WORK. COORDINATE WITH SAME. tr PERMIT ARCHITECTURAL GROUP I NTERNATIONAL 15 WEST SEVENTH STREET COVINGTON, CKY 41011 PH 859 -261— 1 .261 -5530 Exra.��5 ( .l.,,`tc:`� ''''rr,n •� 1 K KOHRS LON EIIMRI HE L MOWERS, PSC MECHANICAL /ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE, STE. 11 FT. THOMAS, KENTUCKY 41075 859 -442 -8050 859 -442 -8058 FAX THa oawtp le the property of ARCHITECTURAL GROUP INTL and Is not to be reproduced or copied h whole a h pert It b arry to be used for the project and site spedlloely ldent led hereh and le not to be used an any other project It is to be retuned upon request Scales as stated hereon are veld an the atonal daft any. Ocntraotor shall carefully raMem al drnerrebne and oar JUone sham” hereon and at arms report to the Arohlbeot any error. hoanels- tenay or oMeelon he may deoaeer. Reviabna Da% BY D V A 0 0 >•- o ca 1-1 r O z W W a a co W 1 0 r r O z4 W 0 CC C0 N.q 110912 FIRE PROTECTION PLAN FP1.1 SPRINKLER LEGEND L DESCRIPTI ❑N SYMB I O' N NEW CONCEALED WHITE PLATE SPRINKLER FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER SYSTEM IN BUILDING IS EXISTING. ALL SPRINKLER WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED BY A UCENSED SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR. FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR (FPSC) SHALL MODIFY EXISTING SYSTEM AND PROVIDE A COMPLETE AND FUNCTIONING SPRINKLER SYSTEM, WITH VALVES, PIPING, AND HEADS, THROUGHOUT THE TENANT SPACE. FPSC SHALL PROVIDE THE SYSTEM DESIGN, SHALL PREPARE REQUIRED DRAWINGS, AND SHALL OBTAIN APPROVAL OF STATE, LOCAL AND INSURANCE UNDERWRfI1NG AUTHORITIES OF LANDLORD AND TENANT. MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH NFPA 13, LOCAL AND STATE CODES AND SPECIFICATIONS. FPSC SHALL TEST THE SYSTEM PER NFPA STANDARDS, AND OBTAIN INSPECTION AND APPROVAL BY LOCAL FIRE MARSHALL BEFORE ACCEPTANCE BY OWNER. FPSC SHALL COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH THE LANDLORD SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ADEQUATE COVERAGE OF EXISTING FIRE SPRINKLER PENDANT DROPS PER NEW WALLS. SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE FULLY CONCEALED TYPE THROUGHOUT ENURE PUBLIC AREAS. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS TO BE COLOR WHITE IN SALES AREA, HALLWAYS, CORRIDORS, AND DISPLAY AREAS VISIBLE TO THE PUBUC. AT ALL LOCATIONS WHERE FIRE PROTECTION PIPE, HEADS OR FIXTURES ARE TO BE REMOVED, FIRE PROTECTION SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE PIPING TO A POINT BEYOND FINISH SURFACE AND CAP OFF. WHERE PIPING SERVING EXISTING FIXTURE TO BE REMOVED ALSO SERVES FIXTURES THAT ARE TO REMAIN, PIPING SHALL BE REROUTED AND RECONNECTED TO ACCOMMODATE REMODELED AREAS AS REQUIRED. WHERE EXISTING WALLS ARE REMOVED AND PIPING IS FOUND THAT MUST REMAIN, FIRE PROTECTION SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL REROUTE AND RECONNECT PIPING AS REQUIRED. ALL ARE PROTECTION PIPING THAT IS FOUND TO NO LONGER SERVE ANY PURPOSE SHALL BE REMOVED AND CAPPED OFF BEYOND FINISH SURFACE. WHEREVER POSSIBLE, NEW PIPING AND RELOCATED PIPING SHALL BE RUN CONCEALED. COORDINATE LOCATION OF ALL PIPING WITH ALL DESCIPUNE SUBCONTRACTORS. COORDINATE CUTTING AND PATCHING WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR. ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING FOR REMOVAL, REMODELING OR INSTALLATION OF NEW ARE PROTECTION WORK SHALL BE DONE BY THE FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DEMOLITION PLANS FOR EXTENT OF SE,��I' „T re WORK. COORDINATE WITH SAME. tr PERMIT ARCHITECTURAL GROUP I NTERNATIONAL 15 WEST SEVENTH STREET COVINGTON, CKY 41011 PH 859 -261— 1 .261 -5530 Exra.��5 ( .l.,,`tc:`� ''''rr,n •� 1 K KOHRS LON EIIMRI HE L MOWERS, PSC MECHANICAL /ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE, STE. 11 FT. THOMAS, KENTUCKY 41075 859 -442 -8050 859 -442 -8058 FAX THa oawtp le the property of ARCHITECTURAL GROUP INTL and Is not to be reproduced or copied h whole a h pert It b arry to be used for the project and site spedlloely ldent led hereh and le not to be used an any other project It is to be retuned upon request Scales as stated hereon are veld an the atonal daft any. Ocntraotor shall carefully raMem al drnerrebne and oar JUone sham” hereon and at arms report to the Arohlbeot any error. hoanels- tenay or oMeelon he may deoaeer. Reviabna Da% BY D V A 0 0 >•- o ca 1-1 r O z W W a a co W 1 0 r r O z4 W 0 CC C0 N.q 110912 FIRE PROTECTION PLAN FP1.1 HVAC SPECIFICATION GENERAL: General Provisions of the Contract including General and Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements apply to work of this section. SCOPE: The base bid includes furnishing all materials, labor, tools, and equipment and the performance of all work required to install a complete heating and air conditioning system as outlined herein. QUAUTY ASSURANCE: Provide a complete installation in conformance with the following standards. AGA: American Gas Association ASHRAE: American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers NFPA: National Fire Protection Association SMACNA: Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association. Statewide Building Code IMC: International Mechanical Code PERMITS, FEES, INSPECTIONS, LAWS, AND REGULATIONS: Permits and fees of every nature required in connection with this work shall be obtained and paid for by this contractor who shall also pay for all the installation fees and similar charges. Laws and regulations, which bear upon or affect the various branches of this work shall be complied with by this contractor and are hereby made a part of this contract. All work, which such laws require to be inspected, shall be submitted to the proper public official for inspection and a certificate of final approval must be furnished. SEISMIC BRACING: Provide seismic bracing of mechanical and electrical components where required by code. QUAUTY ASSURANCE The contractor shall provide seismic restraint systems to meet total design lateral force requirements for support and restraint of piping, conduit, cable trays and other similar systems and equipment where required by the applicable building code. SEISMIC BRACING AND SUPPORT OF SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS Seismic restraint designer shall coordinate all attachments with the structural engineer of record. Provide engineered stamped and signed drawings of seismic design. Seismic restraint designer shall provide visual inspection after installation and approve installation of seismic design components. Design analysis shall include calculated dead loads, static seismic loads, and capacity of materials utilized for the connection of the equipment or system to the structure. Analysis shall detail anchoring methods, bolt diameter, and embedment depth. All seismic restraint devices shall be designed to accept without failure the forces calculated per the applicable building code. Friction from gravity loads shall not be considered resistance to seismic forces. Fire protection systems shall meet the requirements of NFPA -13 and NFPA -14 for the building seismic requirements. WORK IN EXISTING SPACES: General: Care shall be taken when working in existing spaces so as not to damage existing walls and ceilings where work is being performed. Ceilings: Where work is being performed above ceilings, and the architectural drawings do not indicate ceiling modifications by the general contractor, it shall be the responsibility of this contractor to remove and replace existing ceilings where work is being performed. In those instances, all repair and installation of new grid, ceiling panels, etc shall be the responsibility of this contractor. Match existing finishes. Walls & Floors: It shall be the responsibility of this contractor to patch existing walls and floors and match existing finishes where work is being removed or installed and patching is being performed, unless noted otherwise on the architectural drawings. DEMOLITION: Any Equipment to be demolished shall also include the demolition of any and all ductwork, piping etc serving or served by the equipment, all accessories, air devices, wiring, gas piping, venting, control wiring and power wiring associated with the equipment. Demolition shall be coordinated with all trades. All materials shall be turned over to the owner or disposed at the owner's direction. Contractor is responsible for reclaiming any refrigerant in association with the demolition in accordance with all local, state and federal regulations. Any roof or wall penetration shall be patched watertight to the satisfaction of the architect. TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS: No ducts, piping, fixtures or equipment shall be concealed or covered until they have been inspected and approved by the Architect and the inspector who shall be notified by the contractor when the work is ready for inspection. Work shall be completely installed, tested and leak tight before inspection is required. All tests shall be repeated to the satisfaction of those making the inspection. METAL DUCTWORK DUCTWORK MATERIALS Exposed Ductwork Materials: Where ductwork is indicated to be exposed to view in occupied spaces, provide materials which are free from visual imperfections including pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains and discolorations, and other imperfections, including those which would impair painting. Exposed ductwork which is to be painted shall have paint grip applied. Sheet Metal: Except as otherwise indicated, fabricate ductwork from galvanized sheet steel, lock forming quality, with G 90 zinc coating and mill phosphatized for exposed locations. Minimum gauge shall be 24. MISCELLANEOUS DUCTWORK MATERIALS Volume Dampers: Provide volume dampers in all branch ducts or as required for balancing to required air flows. Fittings: Provide radius type fittings fabricated of multiple sections with maximum 15 deg. change of direction per section. Unless specifically detailed otherwise, use 45 deg. laterals and 45 deg. elbows for branch takeoff connections. Where 90 deg. branches are indicated, provide conical type tees. Duct Sealant: Non— hardenin g, non—migrating mastic or liquid elastic sealant, type app licable for fabrication /installation detail, as compounded and recommended by manufacturer specifically for sealing joints and seams in ductwork. Duct Cement: Non — hardening migrating mastic or liquid neoprene based cement, type applicable for fabrication /installation detail, as compounded and recommended by manufacturer specifically for cementing fitting components, or longitudinal seams in ductwork. P Ductwork Support Materials: Except as otherwise indicated, provide hot — dipped galvanized steel fasteners, anchors, rods, straps, trim and angles for support of ductwork. FLEXIBLE DUCTS: Either spiral —wound spring steel with flameproof vinyl sheathing, or corrugated aluminum. Unless specifically mentioned, the maximum length of flex duct on the supply equals 5 feet. Flex is not allowed for return, relief or exhaust applications. The flexible ducts indicated for use in the H.V.A.C. system shall conform to the requirements of UL 181 for Class 0 or Class 1 flexible air ducts and shall be so identified. Flexible Ducts: Where installed in unconditioned spaces other than return air plenums, provide 1" thick 1 -1/2 Ib. continuous flexible fiberglass sheath with vinyl vapor barrier jacket. Flexible Ducts: Installation is not permitted above drywall ceilings and inaccessible ceilings. FABRICATION Shop fabricate ductwork in 4, 8, 10 or 12 —ft lengths, unless otherwise indicated or required to complete runs. All ductwork shall be Pittsburgh Construction with a minimum of thickness of 24 gauge. In addition, ductwork used in systems over 3" W.G. shall have cold sealant applied. Shop fabricate ductwork of gauges and reinforcement complying with SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards ". LINED DUCT Fabricate ductwork with duct liner in each section of duct where indicated. Laminate liner to internal surfaces of duct in accordance with instructions by manufacturers of lining and adhesive, and fasten with mechanical fasteners. Duct liner to be 3—lb density for acoustic requirements 1" thick or as noted. Size of ductwork shown on the drawings is free net area, outside dimension of ducts will need to be increased if lined duct is used. Size of ductwork shown on the drawings is free net area, outside dimension of ducts will need to be increased if lined duct is used. Duct Liner. Fibrous glass of thickness indicated. 3—lb density. All liners, insulation and adhesives shall have a flame spread index not more than 25 and a smoke developed index of not more than 50. Duct Liner Adhesive: Duct Liner Fasteners: Comply with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards. INSTALLATION OF METAL DUCTWORK General: Assemble and install ductwork in accordance with recognized industry practices which will achieve air —tight (5% leakage for systems rated 3» and under, 1% for systems rated over 3 ") and noiseless (no objectionable noise) systems, capable of performing each indicated service. Install each run with minimum number of joints. Align ductwork accurately at connections, within 1/8" misalignment tolerance and with internal surfaces smooth. Support ducts rigidly with suitable ties, braces, hangers and anchors of type which will hold ducts true —to —shape and to prevent buckling. Support vertical ducts at every floor. Sealing: Seal all longitudinal seams, S's and drives and all Joints with mastic or cement. Install according to SMACNA standards. Balancing Dampers: The sheet metal contractor shall be fully responsible for installing dampers ers in the ductwork, (whether shown on the drawing The balancing ( wing or not) in order to arrive at the intended air flow. Th g sub — contractor shall provide direction and assistance in determining locations where dampers are required. Additional dampers, if required shall be installed at no additional cost to the owner. Wall Penetrations: Seal and pack around all ducts and piping sleeves which pass through walls that extend to bottom side of structure and rated walls. Field Fabrication: Complete fabrication of work at project as necessary to match shop— fabricated work and accommodate installation requirements. Routing: Locate ductwork runs, except as otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally and avoid diagonal runs wherever possible. Run ductwork in shortest route which does not obstruct useable space or block access for servicing building and its equipment. Hold ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and permanent enclosure elements of building. Limit clearance to 1/2" where furring is shown for enclosure or concealment of ducts, but allow for insulation thickness, if any. Where possible, locate insulated ductwork for 1" clearance outside of insulation. Wherever possible in finished and occupied spaces, conceal ductwork from view, by locating in mechanical shafts, hollow wall construction or above suspended ceilings. Do not encase horizontal runs in solid partitions, except as specifically shown. Coordinate layout with suspended ceiling and lighting layouts and similar finished work. Electrical Equipment Spaces: Do not route ductwork through transformer vaults and their electrical equipment spaces and enclosures. Penetrations: Where ducts ass through interior g terior partitions and exterior walls, and are exposed to view, conceal space between construction opening and duct or duct insulation with sheet metal flanges of same gage as duct. Overlap opening on 4 sides by at least 1 -1/2 ". Fasten to duct and substrate. Where ducts pass through fire —rated floors, walls, or partitions, provide fire dampers and firestopping between " duct and substrate, in accordance with requirements of Division -7 Section Firestopping . Coordination: Coordinate duct installations with installation of accessories, dampers, coil frames, equipment, controls and other associated work of ductwork system. INSTALLATION OF DUCT LINER General: Install duct liner in shown on the drawings is free used. Store internally lined ductwork "Butter the leading edge of all Inspect and repair all damaged accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards. Size of ductwork net area, outside dimension of ducts will need to be increased if lined duct is up off of the floor. Protect internally lined ductwork from water and dust. internal duct lining with the manufacturer's recommended adhesive. lining prior to installation of ductwork. INSTALLATION OF FLEXIBLE DUCTS Maximum Length: For any duct run using flexible ductwork, Installation shall have smooth full radius turns down to diffuser. Installation not permitted above inaccessible ceilings. do not exceed 5' — 0" extended length. ACCESS PANELS: Furnish all access panels required for proper servicing of equipment. Provide access panels for all concealed valves, vents, controls and cleanout doors, and sprinkler devices required by NFPA. Provide frame as required for finish. Fumish panels to General Contractor. Exact locations to be approved by the Architect. Minimum size to be 12" x 12 ", units to be 16 gauge steel, locking device shall be screwdriver cam locks. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: Support all piping, ductwork and equipment by hangers or brackets. Fumish structural steel members where required to support piping and equipment. No portion of piping or valves shall be supported by equipment. Ductwork — Support by means of hangers as follows: Duct Width Hanger Size and Type Max. Spacing 30 or less (#16 gage) 8 31 to 60 ( #14 gage) 8 61 to 90 3/8" dia. Rod 8 A pair of hangers shall be located at every transverse joint and elsewhere according to the table. Rod sizes to conform to the following: 3/8" rods for 3/4 " -2" pipe; 1/2" rods for 2- 1/2 " -3" pipe; 5/8" for 4" -5" pipe and 3/4" for 6" pipe. Hangers shall be sized to allow insulation to pass through unobstructed, provide saddle support for insulation at all hanger. Hanger spacing for steel piping unless otherwise noted is to be as follows: 1 -1/4" or smaller to be 8' on center; 1- 1/2 " -2" to be 10' on center, 2 -1/2" and larger to be 12' on center and at each change of direction. Hanger spacing for copper pipe to be as follows: 1" or smaller 6' on center; 1 -1/4" or larger 8' on center. Piping shall be also supported at each change in direction, at valves, and at equipment. CEILING AIR DIFFUSERS: Diffuser Faces: Square: Square housing, core of square concentric louvers, square or round duct connection. Diffuser Mountings: Surface Mount: Diffuser shall have rolled edge below finished ceiling for surface mounting or diffuser shall be furnished with accessory plaster frame. Lay —In: Diffuser housing sized to fit between ceiling exposed suspension tee bars and rest on top surface of tee bar. Diffuser Dampers: Opposed Blade Dampers: Multiple opposed blade dampers connected to linkage adjustable from face of diffuser with key. Diffuser Accessories: Plaster Ring: Perimeter ring designed to act as plaster Diffuser Finishes: White Enamel: Semi —gloss white enamel prime finish. Manufacturer. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide diffusers of Anemostat Products Div., Dynamics Corp. of America. Metal —Aire Titus Products Div., Philips Industries, Inc. Tuttle and Bailey. Price stop and diffuser anchor. one of the following: CEILING & WALL REGISTERS & GRILLES: Steel Construction: Manufacturer's standard stamped sheet steel frame and adjustable blades. Register Dampers: Opposed Blade: Adjustable opposed —blade damper assembly, key operated from face of register. Register and Grille Finishes: Register and Grille Finishes: White Enamel: Semi —gloss white enamel prime finish. Register and Grille Acoustic Performance: NC less than or equal to 30 Manufacturer. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide diffusers of one of the following: Anemostat Products Div., Dynamics Corp. of America. Metal —Aire Titus Products Div., Philips Industries, Inc. Tuttle and Bailey. Price ROOFTOP HEAT PUMP UNITS Warranty. Warranty on Compressor: Provide written warranty, signed by manufacturer, agreeing to replace /repair, within warranty period, compressors with inadequate and defective materials and workmanship, including leakage, breakage, improper assembly, or failure to perform as required; provided manufacturer's instructions for handling, installing, protecting, and maintaining units have been adhered to during warranty period. Replacement is limited to component replacement only, and does not include labor for removal and reinstallation. Warranty Period: 5 years from date of substantial completion. tailor. ROOFTOP HEAT PUMP UNITS: Unit Casing: Panels are of 20 —gauge steel, cleaned, phosphatized and coated with resin primer and baked enamel finish. Access doors provide access to unit controls, filters, indoor coil, supply air fans and optional economizer supply /return air dampers. Inside air section is completely insulated with fireproof, permanent, odorless, glass fiber material. All removable panels and access doors have neoprene gaskets to prevent leakage. The unit base pan is insulated with polyurethane foam insulation. Knockouts are provided for utility and control connections. Drain connections are provided to accommodate indoor and outdoor coil water runoff. Lifting lugs are provided as an integral part of the unit. Compressor. All units have hermetically sealed, high efficiency reciprocating compressors designed for heat pump duty. Compressors are equipped with over temperature, over current and high pressure controls. Crankcase heaters are standard. Refrigerant Circuit: All units have expansion devices to provide proper refrigerant flow control in both heating and cooling. Heavy duty, high capacity solenoid type reversing (four —way) valve is standard to provide automatic refrigerant cycle changeover. Condenser Coil: Outdoor coils are specially designed for heat pump application with widely spaced, wavy —finned surface and staggered row copper tubing. 3/8 —inch OD seamless copper tubing is mechanically bonded to aluminum fins. Each coil is factory pressure and leak tested. Evaporator Coil: Indoor coils are 3/8 —inch OD seamless copper tubing mechanically bonded to aluminum fins and are factory pressure and leak tested. Condenser Fan: Direct drive, statically and dynamically balanced propeller fans are used. All fans are weatherproof and UL listed for outdoor use. Permanently lubricated motors have built —in thermal overload protection. Evaporator Fan: Belt— driven, forward — curved, centrifugal type fans equipped with an adjustable motor sheave are standard. Fan and motor bearings are permanently lubricated. Motor has built —in overload protection. Fan drive components are mounted on rubber —in —shear isolators to reduce noise and vibration. Defrost Control: The demand defrost system compares precise temperature difference between the outdoor ambient temperature and outdoor coil fin surface temperature to assess outdoor coil heat transfer capacity. Solid —state comparator and defrost logic circuitry activates the reverse cycle defrost strictly on a demand basis to eliminate unnecessary defrost cycling. Logic circuitry has an integral time override to limit defrost cycle to a maximum of 8 minutes. Filters: 1 —inch throwaways are standard. OUTSIDE AIR OPiiONS Motorized Outdoor Air Dampers: Manually —set outdoor air dampers will provide up to 25 percent outside air. ACCESSORIES Provide the following accessories as indicated and/ or scheduled: Electric Supplemental Heaters: Slide —in heater module mounts in unit discharge air passage. Curb: Provide insulated roof curb under unit, constructed in accordance with NRCA Standards. Provide seal strip between curb and unit, and wood nailer for flashing. Low Ambient Control: Provide head pressure control, designed to operate at temperature down to 0 deg F ( -18 deg. C). Provide for all units without economizers Thermostat: Provide thermostat assembly for 7 day /night setback staged heating and cooling with manual or automatic changeover on standard subbase. MANUFACTURER Manufacturer. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide rooftop units of one of the following: Carrier Air Conditioning; Div. of Carrier Corp. Trane Co. Bryant Johnson Controls INSPECTION: Examine areas and conditions under which rooftop units are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer. INSTALLATION OF ROOFTOP UNITS: General: Install rooftop units in accordance with manufacturers installation instructions. Install units plumb and level, firmly anchored in locations indicated, and maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances. The rooftop unit(s) shall be installed a minimum of 10' -0" from any roof edge regardless of location indicated on plans, unless a screen wall or railing is installed per the local building code. See the architectural plans for coordination. Support Install units on roof curb, in accordance with National Roofing Contractor's Association (NRCA) installation recommendations. Provide one year written guarantee on roofing. Roof shall be free from leaks, guarantee shall cover materials and labor. Electrical Wiring: Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be factory — mounted. Furn :sh copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to Electrical Installer. Verify that electrical wiring installation is in accordance with manufacturer's submittal and installation requirement of Division -16 sections. Do not proceed with equipment start —up until wiring installation is acceptable to equipment Installer. Start —up rooftop units, in accordance with manufacturer's start —up instructions. Test controls and demonstration compliance with requirements. marts. Re lace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment. GROUNDING: Provide positive equipment ground for rooftop unit components. TRAINING OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL: Provide services of manufacturer's technical representative for 1 —half day to instruct Owner's personnel in operation and maintenance of rooftop units. Schedule training with Owner, provide at least 7 —day notice to Contractor and Engineer of training date. SPARE PARTS: General: Furnish to Owner, with receipt, the following spare parts for each rooftop unit: 1 set of matched fan belts for each belt — driven fan. 1 set filters for each unit. SEQUENCE OF OPERATION: PACKAGED ROOF TOP UNITS Packaged Rooftop Unit 1. Startup The unit shall operate on a 7 day /night programmable thermostat. During startup, the fan shall run with the dampers in the full recirculation position. Provide occupied changeover sequence with optimum start function. When the return air temperature reaches occupied setpoint (adjustable), the minimum outside air damper shall open to the controlled minimum outdoor air position. 2. Supply Fan Control The supply fan speed shall be constant and set to the required CFM. 3. Space Temperature Control Provide local wall mounted room temperature thermostat with digital display of room temperature and setpoint ( +/— deg. F. adjustable), and override feature. 4. Minimum Outside Air Control During occupied mode the minimum outside air damper shall be open. Provide motorized outdoor air damper. 5. Cooling Control Cooling shall be controlled to maintain temperature setpoint. On a call for cooling, the heating shall be off. On a further call for cooling the mechanical cooling shall be staged on. Provide Low Ambient Controls for operation down to —20 degrees F. 6. Heating Control Heating shall be controlled to maintain temperature setpoint. On a call for heating, the mechanical cooling shall be off. On a further call for heating the heat pump then electric heating shall be staged on. 7. Unoccupied Mode During the unoccupied mode of operation, the RTU shall go into night setback mode. 8. Night Setback /Shutdown At night setback /shutdown the RTU shall go to fail safe position. Fail safe position is defined by the following: The supply fan is off, the outdoor air intake damper is closed, the heating is off and the mechanical cooling is off. The supply fan shall cycle in conjunction with either the heating or cooling system to maintain a minimum /maximum space temperature depending on the season. EXHAUST FANS Toilet Exhaust Fans (Manual) Exhaust fans shall be controlled by local manual switch furnished, installed and wired by electrical contractor. When activated, exhaust fan motor damper shall open and fan shall start. (Indicated by EC on MESCH schedule) CONTROLS Electrical contractor will provide power wiring. HVAC contractor shall provide all the low voltage wiring of HVAC units and controls, thermostats and controllers. Thermostat shall be by the manufacturer of the HVAC unit (heat /cool /auto /off) with night setback. Provide plastic protective cover for all. CONTROL WIRING Low Voltage Thermostats Low voltage thermostats shall be furnished, installed and wired by the HVAC contractor. The electrical contractor shall provide 4" square x 1— 1/2" deep wall outlet boxes (with single —gang rings) for all thermostats /sensors. The electrical contractor shall provide one 3/4" empty conduit from each thermostat /sensor location, turned out above accessible ceilings (in joist space or against overhead slab /deck). The HVAC/Temperature Control Contractor shall provide all other necessary conduit, raceway and wiring related work. Conduit shall be identified in ceiling cavity and shall be provided with sweep bends, bushings and dragline. General Control Wiring Requirements and Installation Methods Except where specifically indicated otherwise above, the HVAC/Temperature Control Contractor shall provide all electrical work as required for all temperature control related wiring (i.e. conduit, raceway, outlet boxes, junction boxes, wiring, etc.) in accordance with Division 16 requirements. All conduit shall be 3/4" minimum. Coordinate all thermostat /sensor locations in field (case by case) with Architect, Owner and Electrical Contractor to ensure that they are placed in locations that will not interfere with furniture, equipment, artwork, wall —hung specialties, room finishes, etc. All thermostat /sensor wall locations indicated on HVAC drawings are schematic only and must be verified case —by —case prior to rough —in. All electrical work as described in this specification shall be per the latest edition of the National Electrical Code (NEC) and per applicable state and local codes. Where "free —air" installation methods (either exposed above the ceilings, in bridle rings or in cable trays) are permitted under Division 16 above ceilings, provide plenum —rated cables wherever plenum ceilings (if any) exist and install as defined under Division 16. Install low voltage circuits, located in concrete slabs and masonry walls, in inaccessible locations, or exposed in occupied areas, in electrical conduit regardless of what wiring methods are permitted under Division 16. Where cable trays or bridle rings are provided by the electrical contractor for low voltage cables, these raceways may be utilized for control wiring by this contractor (provide special color coded jackets, label cable jackets per Division 16 and group control wiring cables together). Provide conduit drops from cable tray /bridle ring paths to wall outlet boxes and equipment unless directed otherwise under Division 16. Regardless of permitted methods in Division 16, all cables /wiring installed concealed by gypsum board, masonry or other inaccessible materials aria s in walls or above ceilings shall be installed led in conduit, 3/4" minimum. All conduit, bridle rings, raceway, outlet boxes, etc. necessary for complete operational installation of control wiring shall be provided (fumished and installed) by the temperature control contractor in strict compliance with Division 16 documents. Coordinate all work with all other applicable trades including the electrical contractor. Provide all required conduit work to and between equipment in a manner compliant with that described above (i.e. between VAV boxes, to boilers, starters, condensing units, etc. as applicable). Install control wiring without splices between terminal points, color — coded. Install in neat workmanlike manner, securely fastened. Install in accordance with National Electrical Code and per Division 16. Install circuits over 25 volt with color —coded No. 12 wire in electrical metallic tubing, per Division 16. Install circuits under 25 volt with color —coded No. 18 wire with 0.031 M high temperature (105 degs. F [41 degs CD plastic insulation on each conductor and plastic sheath over all. Install electronic circuits with color —coded No. 22 wire with 0.023" polyethylene insulation on each conductor with plastic — jacketed copper shield over all. SMOKE DETECTOR All duct smoke detectors will be furnished by electrical contractor, installed by the HVAC contractor, and wired by the electrical contractor per local codes. HVAC contractor will interlock RTU fan with smoke detector. MOTOR OPERATED DAMPERS: All fresh air intakes and exhaust louvers shall have motor operated dampers. Dampers shall be low leak with blade and edge seals. Motor operated dampers shall provided, installed and wired by the mechanical contractor unless otherwise noted. Provide all necessary transformers, contactors, controls and wiring for interlocking equipment to motor operated dampers. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING Test, adjust, and balance the following mechanical systems: Supply air systems, all pressure ranges including variable volume and double duct systems: Retum air systems. Exhaust air systems. Quality Assurance Codes and Standards: AABC: "National Standards for Total System Balance ". ASHRAE: ASHRAE Handbook, 1984 Systems Volume, Chapter 37, Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing. SUBMITTALS Certified Reports: Submit testing, adjusting, and balancing reports bearing the seal and signature of the Test and Balance Engineer. The reports shall be certified proof that the systems have been tested, adjusted, and balanced in accordance with the referenced standards; are an accurate representation of how the systems have been installed; are a true representation of how the systems are operating at the completion of the testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures; and are an accurate record of all final quantities measured, to establish normal operating values of the systems. Follow the procedures and format specified below: Final Report: Upon verification and approval prepare final reports, type written, and organized and formatted as specified below. Submit 2 complete sets of final report to the owner / landlord. Report Format: Report forms shall be those standard forms prepared by the referenced standard for each respective item and system to be tested, adjusted, and balanced. QUALIFICATIONS The contractor shall procure the services of an independent Balance and Testing Agency, a roved b the P P 9 PP by Engineer, and a member of Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) or NEBB, which specializes in the balancing and testing of heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems, to balance, adjust and test all air and water systems and equipment as herein specified. All work by this agency shall be done under direct supervision of a qualified heating and ventilating Engineer employed by this agency. All instruments used by this agency shall be accurately calibrated and maintained in good working order. SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING Test, adjust, and balance the air systems before hydronic, steam, and refrigerant systems. Test, adjust and balance air conditioning systems during summer season and heating systems during winter season, including at least a period of operation at outside conditions within 5 deg F wet bulb temperature of maximum summer design condition, and within 10 deg F dry bulb temperature of minimum winter design condition. Take final temperature readings during seasonal operation. Check all filters for cleanliness, provide new as required. Check dampers (volume and fire) for correct and locked position, and temperature control for completeness of installation before starting fans. Place outlet dampers in full open position. Lubricate all motors and bearings. Check fan belt tension. Check fan rotation. Open valves to full open position. Remove and clean all strainers. Set temperature controls so all coils are calling for full flow. Air balance and testing shall not begin until the system has been completed and is in full working order. The Contractor shall put all heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems and equipment into full operation and shall continue the operation of same during each working day of testing and balancing. The contractor shall submit within 30 days after receipt of contract, 8 copies of submittal data for the testing and balancing of the air conditioning, heating, and ventilating systems. The Air Balance and Testing Agency shall provide proof of having successfully completed at least five projects of similar size and scope. The air balancing contractor shall include the additional cost to change every fan factory installed sheave, pulley and /or belt of in order to obtain the design air flows Renovations: In areas where existing HVAC equipment is being utilized, balancing contractor shall include the cost to pre —check each equipment air flows, serving the area of work, prior to demolition, and re —check and adjust each air handler after new construction. Air flows of existing air handlers serving existing spaces shall be similar after project is complete. PERFORMING TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system identified, in accordance with the detailed procedures outlined in the referenced standards. Cut insulation, ductwork, and piping for installation of test probes to the minimum extent necessary to allow adequate performance of procedures. Patch insulation, ductwork, and housings, using materials identical to those removed. Seal ducts and piping, and test for and repair leaks. Seal insulation to re— establish integrity of the vapor barrier. Mark equipment settings, including damper control positions; valve indicators, fan speed control levers, and similar controls and devices, to show final settings. Mark with paint or other suitable, permanent identification materials. Retest, adjust, and balance systems subsequent to significant system modifications, and resubmit test results. PIPING: Copper tubing, 3 inch and smaller: ASTM B 88, Type L with wrought— copper, solder joint, streamlined pattern fittings. Steel pipe, 2 inch and smaller. ASTM A 53, Type S (seamless) or Type F (furnace —butt welded), Grade B, Schedule 40, black steel, plain ends with malleable —iron threaded fittings. Steel pipe, 2-1/2 inch through 8 inch: ASTM A 53, Type E (electric— resistance welded), Grade 8, Schedule 40, black steel, plain ends with seamless or welded steel fittings for welded joints. Refrigerant piping shall be ASTM B 280 Type ACR, hard —drawn temper, wrought — copper, solder —joint fittings; brazed joints. Condensate drain piping shall be Type L copper piping with soldered or brazed joints. PIPING INSTALLATION Locations and Arrangements: Drawings (plans, schematics, and diagrams) indicate the general location and arrangement of piping systems. Locations and arrangements of piping take into consideration pipe sizing and friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. So far as practical, install piping as indicated. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit full insulation and servicing of valves. Install all hydronic piping, except for condensate piping, at a uniform grade of 1 inch per 40 feet upward in the direction of flow. Install all condensate piping at a uniform grade of 1/8 inch per 1 foot downward in the direction of flow to the nearest drain location. Install isolation valves in all branches serving two or more pieces of equipment. Install valves at the inlet and outlet of each terminal with unions or flanges and shutoff/balancing valves. Refrigerant Piping shall be sized and installed per manufacturer's recommendations including all necessary traps, double suction risers, etc, and pipe size increases based on actual layout, distance and unit sizing. Install refrigerant piping with 1/4" per foot (196) downward slope in direction of oil retum to compressor. Clean refrigerant piping by swabbing with dry tintless (linen) cloth, followed by refrigerant oil soaked swab. Remove excess oil by swabbing with cloth soaked in high flash point petroleum solvent, squeezed dry. Bleed dry nitrogen through refrigerant piping during brazing operations. Prior to initial operation, clean and test refrigerant piping in accordance with ANSI B31.5, "Refrigeration Piping ". Perform initial test with dry nitrogen, using soap solution to test all joints. Perform final test with 27" vacuum, and then 200 psi using halide torch. System must be entirely leak —free. Install core in filter dryer after leak test but before evacuation. Evacuate refrigerant system with vacuum pump; until temperature of 35 degree F is indicated on vacuum dehydration indicator. During evacuation, apply heat to pockets, elbows, and low spots in piping. Maintain vacuum on system for minimum of 5 hours after closing valve between vacuum pump and system. Break vacuum with refrigerant gas, allow pressure to build up to 2 psi. Complete charging of system, using new filter dryer core in charging line. Provide full operating charge. Provide minimum 3 —inch deep P —trap at coil section drain connection. Install all condensate piping at a uniform grade of 1/8 inch per 1 foot downward in the direction of flow to the nearest drain location. PIPING INSULATION: Provide 3/4" armaflex on refrigerant piping. Provide 1" fiberglass insulation on concealed condensate drain piping. Insulation shall have a minimum R value as required by Code. All insulation and adhesives shall have a flame spread index not more than 25 and a smoke developed index of not more than 50. DUCTWORK INSULATION: Provide insulation on all concealed supply, return and outside air ductwork. All liners, insulation and adhesives shall have a flame spread index not more than 25 and a smoke developed index of not more than 50. Rigid Fiberglass Ductwork Insulation: Glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 612, Type IB, without facing and with vapor barrier all— service jacket manufactured from kraft paper, reinforcing scrim, aluminum foil, and vinyl film. Insulation shall have a minimum R value as required by Code. Flexible Fiberglass Ductwork Insulation: Glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 553, Type 11, without facing and with vapor barrier all— service jacket manufactured from kraft paper, reinforcing scrim, aluminum foil, and vinyl film. Insulation shall have a minimum R value as required by Code. Vapor Barrier Material for Ductwork: Paper— backed aluminum —foil, except as otherwise indicated; strength and permeability rating equivalent to factory — applied vapor barriers on adjoining ductwork insulation, where available; with following additional construction characteristics: High Puncture Resistance: Low vapor transmission (for ducts in exposed areas: Mech. Rooms, etc.) Moderate Puncture Resistance: Medium vapor transmission (for ducts in concealed areas). GUARANTEE The contractor shall provide a guarantee in written form stating that all work under this section shall be free of defective work, materials, or parts for a period of one year from the date of owner's final acceptance and shall repair, revise or replace at no cost to the owner any such defects occurring within the guarantee period. Contractor shall also state in written form that any items or occurrences arising during the guarantee period will be attended to in a timely manner and will in no case exceed four (4) working days from date of notification by owner. PSePAIR E q RECtiVED FQ CITY OF TUKWILA NOV 1 b 2012 PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECTURAL GROUP 1 NTERNATIONAL 15 WEST SEVENTH STREET COVINGTON, KENTUCKY 41011 PH 859- 261 -5400 JA, ,,859- 261 -5530 g K L KOHRB LOIYANN H!L ENOWERB, P8C MECHANICAL /ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE, STE. 11 FT. THOMAS, KENTUCKY 41075 859 -442 -8050 859 -442 -8058 FAX The diming le the prq:erty of ARCHTECTURAL GROUP INl'L and Is not to be reproduoed or copied h whole cc h pert It b only to be used far the protect and elte epealloely IderAlled herein and b not to be used an any other project R le to be repined upon request Soelee as elated hereon ere veld on the arthal draelro any. Contactor shall carefuly role" al &nand:: and ooMUons shown hereon and at once report to the Arodtect any error, homee- tanoy or a nleebn he may deoover. Revise Mek A o _4( 1 N 5 V) d cr W 1- >imi ZZJ 0 :I 21.1.1 El Q = W 12 En Z 0 Z �W C° � 0 0 LLI 1- CO s Z °° N l'—' ,t.1 ,;*:�cae No, 110912 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS C CATIONS M1.1 AIR FLOW AIR FLOW A FLOW QKEYED NOTES: 1. 20 GAUGE DOUBLE SHEET METAL AIR FOIL FULL DEPTH OF MAIN DUCT UP TO 12" WIDE BRANCHES 18 GAUGE ON WIDER BRANCHES 2. MAIN DUCT 3. GALVANIZED 3/16" ROD 4. VENTLOCK NO. 600 -3 DAMPER / BLADE, BRACKET & LOCKING BALL JOINT WITH 1 /4 "0 GALVANIZED OPERATOR PAD 5. BRANCH DUCT 6. DOUBLE THICKNESS TURNING 1 VANES (TYPICAL) 7. 3" RADIUS MINIMUM ASR FLOW AIR FLOW 033113.00- 0)RECTANGULAR LOW PRESSURE BRANCH SCALE: NONE SCALE: NONE NSULATION 0 vm � MAIN OSUPPLY DUCT o MEM QKEYED NOTES: 1. MAXIMUM LENGTH OF INSUL. FLEX DUCT EQUALS 5 FEET. FLEX NOT PERMITTED IN INACCESSIBLE CEILINGS 2. INSULATED DUCT, COLLAR AND DIFFUSER BY HVAC CONTRACTOR 3. SCOOP 4. SPIN IN FITTING WITH MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER 5. INTERNAL BUTTERFLY DAMPER FOR DRYWALL APPLICATIONS ONLY. (PROVIDE KEY FOR ADJUSTMENT) 33713.00 -04 6. SECURE TO CEILING PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND PER CEILING FINISH. PROVIDE GRID CLIPS PER MFG'R REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE FRAMING FOR DRYWALL INSTALLATION. 7. HANGER, SECURE TO STRUCTURE AND DUCTWORK 8. PEEL BACK INSULATION AND PROVIDE STRAPPING AND SHEET METAL SCREWS AT FLEX CONNECTION TO DUCT. THEN PROVIDE STRAPPING AROUND INSULATION. 9. SUPPORT FLEX TO PREVENT COLLAPSING DIFFUSER INSTALLATION (TYPICAL) SCALE: NONE QKEYED NOTES: 1. ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONING UNIT LOCATE A MINIMUM OF 10' -0" FROM EDGE OF ROOF 2. CANVAS FLEXIBLE CONNECTION 3. 1" ACOUSTIC INSULATED DUCTS 4. 4x4 ANGLE FASTENED TO ROOF DECK AND STRUCTURAL SYSTEM PROVIDE SUPPORTS AS REQUIRED 5. FACTORY FABRICATED CURB (BY SAME MFG'R AS UNIT) 6. FASTEN CURB TO DECK 7. RADIUSED ELBOW 8. SECURE TO CURB 9. WOOD NAILER 10. CURB TYPE AND FLASHING PER ROOFING MANUFACTURERS REQUIREMENTS. FLASH UP OVER OVER WOOD NAILOR. 11. CANT STRIP 12. ROOF DECK, CUT OPENING FOR DUCT PENETRATIONS ONLY 13. CONDENSATE TRAP - SEE CONDENSATE DRAIN TRAP DETAIL GENERAL NOTES: A. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CURB TO MAINTAIN 10" MINIMUM ABOVE FINISHED ROOFING SYSTEM. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL BLOCKING AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE ROOF INSULATION THICKNESS. B. FINAL LOCATION AND STRUCTURAL VERIFICATION BY OTHERS. O 37433.00- OJROOF CURB AND MOUNTING SCALE: NONE SCALE: NONE RECb+vEL) CITY OF TUKIMLA NOV 16 2012 PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECTURAL GROUP I NTERNATIONAL 15 WEST SEVENTH STREET COVINGTON, KENTUCKY 41011 PH 859-261-549, ,r . n$,59- 261 -5530 BgK L KOHRS LONIIEYANN NEL ENGINEERS, PSC MECHANICAL /ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE, STE. 11 FT. THOMAS, KENTUCKY 41075 859 -442 -8050 859 -442 -8058 FAX Trio dravdra le the property at ARCHITECTURAL GROUP INTL and Is not to be reproduced or oopled h whole or h pert It Is any to be need for the project and dte epecdoey bedded harsh and le not to be used on any other proJeat It b to be retuned upon rupee& Soalee as abated hereon are veld an the aimed diming arty. Contractor dial oerefuly reVew al drnensbne erd oordlkne show' hereon and at aloe report to the Architect any errs; hooneb- tsnoy or ombebn he may aboarer. A w 2 1- co T 0 z cc W W a a co W 1 0 T T 0 Z O W cc 0 1— C0 Qt 110912 MECHANICAL DETAILS 4 Yes ' 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Mechanical - Complex Systems (back) back 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential MECH -COMP 2009 Washingtert ate Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Reeidential Mechanical Summary MECH -SUM 2009 "Jashrngtor State Energy Coda, Compliance Forms for Non sidential and 'Multifamilv Resider' tiai Revised Febnua y 211 Project Info Project Address The Body Shop -Store No 1126 Date 11112 /2012 2800 Sot4hcenter Mall I° or BJ•lding Dept Use Space No- 126' [. FulIAir Econo; RTU -1 Applicant Nam a.: pt � D� i n i Description stn o of . ic.�ttar or Use Applicant Address; 11 Ex 9a Applicant Phone* I_ ". Ex 2: ': Ex 6: Project Description. Briefly describe mechanical system type and features: f s Includes Pains Drawings must contain notes r'equirelng compliance with commissioning requirements - Section 1416 Compliance Option ption ()Simple System (l �i)ComplexSystem C,l$ystemsAnalysis {Sea Decision Flowchart (over) for qualifications Use separate MECH SLJrvI forsimpla & complete Equipment Schedules w Tne following information is required to be incorporated with the mechanical equipment schedules on the plans- For projects without plans fill in the required information below Cooling Equip ment Schedule Equip ID Equip Tripe Brand Narne' iModel No.1 Capac:it` Btuth OS/', CFM or Econo? SEER or EER IFLVo Econmizer Option or Exceptions Heat Recovery YIN RT1J-1 RTU CARRIER. 5CHCQA04 36400 176 15..'6 SEER 1432.2.2 YES , N Mi.1 Pkg. elec. htg.& clg. N.A. 1432.3.1 Hydr. Var. Flog' Indicate variable flow method for all applicable systems Unendosed Heat Indicate radiant heat system and occupancy controls N.A. 1432.3.X Hydronic Isolation Indicate method of isolation for all applicable systems HVAC Controls Yes N.A. 1432.4 DDC Capabilities Indicate control capabilities including demand response setpoind adj. Indicate pool heater efficiency Yes N.A. 1432.4 DDC data mgmt Indicate metering and trending capabilities. Indicate switch and 65 degree control N. A. N.A. 1432.5 Pressure Reset indicate static pressure reset for VAV systems 1 Yes Yes 1433 Air Economizer Indicate economizer on equipment schedule or provide calculations to justify exemption. Demonstrate higher efficiency equipment if required. M1.4 Yes N.A. 1433 Water Economizer Indicate water economizer and provide calculations showing compliance with 1413 if 1433 Exception 3 is utilized Indicate method and capacity of exhaust air temperature reduction N. A. N .A. 1434 Separate air sys. Indicate special requirement zones and indicate systems Cold Storage N. A. Heating Equipment Schedule , Equip. ID Equip Type. Brand Name" Model No;' Ceipaatvt etum OSA.efr orErrno3? Input Btuh --- Output Btuh Efficiency° Heat RArnk+eiy ,r>!r`l RTU-1 RTU CARRIER S01-1CQA04: 3400.0. 176 N.A. 1438 M'IA- N RTU -1 RTU CARRIER 5 CHC 0AO4 111.E s:... HEATER} 11270 176 F 1 A Hot Gas Bypass Indicate cooling equipment staging and capacity modulation abilities t_ f1cl c Srcilroitcra.,s SCeed '''l'" 3,300 1,$001 1.200 '.600 1800 1200 `,101:13!' HP 1439.1 1 £ 7.0 55.E g ?-C 88 c & 5 15 4.0 843.5 c .._ Y.4. 0. , e requirements for H VAC equipment (Iabies14- 1 A or 1el-18). 3. Matorsthat are an'inte raj art i e. not g p d. seal r6mtwed and te laced sped Y' t? ) of p process equipment (.e. equipment ',Mich requires special motor,' Uh as an explosion- proof Motor) 4. Motorsintegral to a listed piece of egtipment tqr t>ihich no qualifying motor has been approved :(i.e.if the oriyUJ.„ Wing for the equipment isvuthales ~- seefcientmotorand there it no energy- efficient motor option). For motoors claim ing an exception; It st m otor and. note W ich except' applies. 2.0 15 ` Indicate 100% capacity at 45 degF db & 40 deg F wb ut',~ 65,5 w,,5 1413.2 3,0 as 5, 9.5 dos 56_5 n ,c Fan E u ipment Schedule cruip ID Equip Type ararid Name" Model No,' CFM SP1 .HP+BH?' Flow Controls - Location of Service 91.0. 90.2.. 39 4 91,7 01.0 10 89. 91 :7 91.7 9C2 91.7 91.0 " ( I &0,z 93.a 91 7 91 a2.4 91.E 202 , a. 9i .,.� a 9.,..0 92.4 9'1...£ 93 C 91.' 91:7 93.0 9d.0 91;7 98.S on 30 '1.7; 94:t h_. v3.E 93.6. 9'..0 n: 4 System Balancing 9 a ., 4 a 1 cv:l, 93?3 x`4,5: 94..1 9 3 ' 9:+.5 :Gtr 1 11f availabies As tested acrardino to Table 14 -1A through 14 -1G. 3-if required. ° C:CP HSPF, Combustion Efficiency, OarAFUE, as applreabie: 5 Flow control types variable air volUme(v:AV), Constant volume (CV), or variable. speed (VS) 6 Exception number from Section 1433. 2009 Washington S t t e En e r gy C ode Compliance orms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Reside Residential Economizer All Systems: MECH -ECO 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential ; Constant vol? f i Split system? < =84,000 Btuh? t - -- Economizer r Air roofed. I._ = t Packaged sys? W <= 135,000 Btuh? [....1 Cooling Cap < -15 Btuh/ft2? i i Heating Cap. > 0 a < =10 Btuh/ft2? Revised February 2011 Economizer Summary Check boxes) for exceptions' being claimed. List the system /equipment that qualifies for each exception See Section 1433 for full description of Economizer requirements. [. FulIAir Econo; RTU -1 Type `a d p er do.,ed ) pt � D� i n i Description stn o of . ic.�ttar or Use iEx is ri Ex 5: 11 Ex 9a ADDITIONAL CHECKLIST ITEMS FOR COMPLEX SYSTEMS ONLY I_ ". Ex 2: ': Ex 6: j Ex 9b: Field assem. sys. I, „„ Ex 3: fl Ex 7s 1...1 Ex 9c: Minimum efficiency 1 Ex 4: >.... 71 Ex 10: System Sizing Flowchart Ex 8. Use this flowchart to determine if project complies with Economizer p q p zer requirements. If not, the Systems Analysis Option must be used. Combustion htg. Yes START 1004, Air `.�con.CNnlz r' oelrhed Ur F rEri Table 14 -1A, S / EER 15 %:i \Code No Reference section 4 3 1 3 Yes Exce n 8. - -05 -' Group R Occ. \- Yes -1r<. UnitCap <20,00. -Yes ,,� /` // �Btuh /N'o' exception T:-..,„„,, . ?Bldg. Cap\. �.iiii�it Cap < 33,000 8tUh� `w /o economizer -.I nit not Exterior or.- Yes - ", <72.000 Btuti or l Yes �4djacen \ 5%, i' �4 Yes: Exceptlon 2: .�� r Chilled Water Sys. (ter 25% over -+:e. / Yes �'Bidg Cap wo Econ3 > i x`80 000 Btu or 2St N No ftt. Full Air EcononilZ r - ,i Complies; _ r eptlam3: er Cooled Ree`v/1 Waterside Economiz Serving chilled b No cep5on e lit Cap <54,000 B `t iiit not Exterior.o acent� N e xception 3 System., Yes_ Yes Cap: <= 500 ton j No . Exception 4'2-- s.. Cooling 75% Site .-Ye �HR orSola9 No %Exception Bedicated Server or;:- E q Rm No -. Exception 6' e' I Spe ra OA .> Ye s- ` ' -Fltration Nee No /Ekception --Dehumidification with supporting energy analysd \1' No es Exception 7: -►!:` Heat Pump Loop Tdteting All Critterre- No � Ye '14 -1A or 14 16 s ► ``Equtp No Exception <`VRF System Meeting`? --, Criteriaa Yes. No IF �Does NotComply A No c RAE 127 Ei3 _ s 141A/14j& .,EEg /�Ihr . •txc. ga s Yes -lie EER !Poi >Ye 111 Over $ ede No No_< Water Econo'"-ye DER & IPL�1- 5603vef.Code Yes ►. L' .Note C or belt .:Yes if cap >85,OO6i No Yes Ouali8es -for Air Economlier Full Exception - Complies 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Mechanical Summary (back) MECH -SUM 2009 .Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised February 2011 System Description See Section 1421 for full description of Simple System qualifications. All Systems: _LI No humidification? L j No Reheat? If Heating/Cooling or Coding Only: ; Constant vol? f i Split system? < =84,000 Btuh? t - -- Economizer r Air roofed. I._ = t Packaged sys? W <= 135,000 Btuh? [....1 Cooling Cap < -15 Btuh/ft2? i i Heating Cap. > 0 a < =10 Btuh/ft2? If Heating Only: i--1 <1000 cfm? 11 <3O %outside air? I Heating Ca < =10 Btuh/ft2? Decision Flowchart- Use this flowchart to determine if project qualifies for Simple System Option. If not, either the Complex System or Systems Analysis Options must be used. Yes START Humidifi t. or Reheat? NO ▪ System Type sue` ✓: Heating:Only t� <1000 �. efm? Yes No- 'C <30% OSAN`= NN Z Yes ,Heating �No Cap < =10 -Yes- ` uh/ftV Heating/Cooling or Cooling Only Reference Section 1421 ! _ Cool Cep < =15 etUM/ft`, or r= Heat /Cool Eq. withr �Ca�Cap < =10 h%ft`? Yes. r *� Air Coded, 'constant Volume -' Yes �` Total < ''CFM Serving 7 Single' Room."' { Yes Package Unit _No p < =135,000.- Yes Split System',.., Btuh ? -` Yes 7�. N' Econo N No Included ?,- N\ C alifies Far r . Economizer Exception (3e tr`ion 1 1�- Yes Yes Simple System Allowed (section 1420) ) Y !Complex Systems No ! Use Complex Systems (section 1430) S 1 Refer to MECH -COMP Mechanical Complex Systems for assistance in determining which Complex Systems requirements are applicable to this project. 2009 #VaSfllte 9 turrc Energy :Culr'rur IiariteFurrSfu Nu r� i iarllal soil Uttifdriifly ResjUufilidl Electric Motors MECH-MOT 2009 Was-ii State n :n Energy Code rgy G de Compliance Forms is r Nonresidential and Multifamily Fosidenla7: Retired Fe tyruary20 t 1 Ptoled Address late ,: . Lompletr; the follovrng to all deslgnr4 & 5 squirrel -cage, T -frame induction permanently varad pdyphas6 motors of 1 hp or more having) synChronousvee k a of 3600, 1803 or 1200 rpm (ilnless one ofthe exceptions telowapplies).. orB i Building Department g p meat Use Motor No. or Location HP Type `a d p er do.,ed ) pt � D� i n i Description stn o of . ic.�ttar or Use Spoil. ,a aid Speed l� Min Nam'. Full load Efficiency 'y ADDITIONAL CHECKLIST ITEMS FOR COMPLEX SYSTEMS ONLY Yes 1431.1 Field assem. sys. Provide calculations for total onsite energy input/output to equip. Mi.4 Minimum efficiency Yes 1431.2 System Sizing indicate equipment & system sizing complies with 1431.2 Mi.4 Combustion htg. Yes 1432.1 Setback & shut -off Indicate separate systems or show isolation devices on plans M1.4 Air -coded chiller. Yes 1432.2.1 Air system reset Indicate automatic temperature reset & operation sequence Mi .1 Water - cooled chiller Yes 1432.2.2 Hydr. Sys. reset Indicate automatic temperature reset & operation sequence Mi.1 Pkg. elec. htg.& clg. N.A. 1432.3.1 Hydr. Var. Flog' Indicate variable flow method for all applicable systems Unendosed Heat Indicate radiant heat system and occupancy controls N.A. 1432.3.X Hydronic Isolation Indicate method of isolation for all applicable systems HVAC Controls Yes N.A. 1432.4 DDC Capabilities Indicate control capabilities including demand response setpoind adj. Indicate pool heater efficiency Yes N.A. 1432.4 DDC data mgmt Indicate metering and trending capabilities. Indicate switch and 65 degree control N. A. N.A. 1432.5 Pressure Reset indicate static pressure reset for VAV systems 1 Yes Yes 1433 Air Economizer Indicate economizer on equipment schedule or provide calculations to justify exemption. Demonstrate higher efficiency equipment if required. M1.4 Yes N.A. 1433 Water Economizer Indicate water economizer and provide calculations showing compliance with 1413 if 1433 Exception 3 is utilized Indicate method and capacity of exhaust air temperature reduction N. A. N .A. 1434 Separate air sys. Indicate special requirement zones and indicate systems Cold Storage N. A. N.A. 1435 Simul. htg. & clg, Indicate method of prohibiting simultaneous heating and cooling, or state excpetion and show supporting calculations N. A. N.A. 1436 Heat recovery Indicate heat recovery of all applicable systems on plans; complete and attach heat recovery calculations Yes N.A. 1437 Elec. motor effic. MECH -MOT or Equip. Schedule with hp, rpm, efficiency N. A. N.A. 1438 Variable speed drives Indicate VS control or equivalent on schedules for all applicable equip. N. A. N.A. 1438.1 Heat Rejection Indicate heat rejection equipment types and fan types F tonal; :Nmirrliciat Fitfl-Lciacif flficiertcies tit As of f r194040 Exceptions 1. Motors in system sdesigned to use more than one speed' of a multi -speed motor 2. Motors already included in the efficiency Hot Gas Bypass Indicate cooling equipment staging and capacity modulation abilities t_ f1cl c Srcilroitcra.,s SCeed '''l'" 3,300 1,$001 1.200 '.600 1800 1200 `,101:13!' HP 1439.1 1 £ 7.0 55.E g ?-C 88 c & 5 15 4.0 843.5 c .._ Y.4. 0. , e requirements for H VAC equipment (Iabies14- 1 A or 1el-18). 3. Matorsthat are an'inte raj art i e. not g p d. seal r6mtwed and te laced sped Y' t? ) of p process equipment (.e. equipment ',Mich requires special motor,' Uh as an explosion- proof Motor) 4. Motorsintegral to a listed piece of egtipment tqr t>ihich no qualifying motor has been approved :(i.e.if the oriyUJ.„ Wing for the equipment isvuthales ~- seefcientmotorand there it no energy- efficient motor option). For motoors claim ing an exception; It st m otor and. note W ich except' applies. 2.0 15 ` Indicate 100% capacity at 45 degF db & 40 deg F wb ut',~ 65,5 w,,5 1413.2 3,0 as 5, 9.5 dos 56_5 n ,c c -.l c. i 9 r 89 5 33:,, c as 's9. ` c. 335 91.0. 90.2.. 39 4 91,7 01.0 10 89. 91 :7 91.7 9C2 91.7 91.0 " ( I &0,z 93.a 91 7 91 a2.4 91.E 202 , a. 9i .,.� a 9.,..0 92.4 9'1...£ 93 C 91.' 91:7 93.0 9d.0 91;7 98.S on 30 '1.7; 94:t h_. v3.E 93.6. 9'..0 n: 4 System Balancing 9 a ., 4 a 1 cv:l, 93?3 x`4,5: 94..1 9 3 ' 9:+.5 :Gtr 1 n' L 93.5 95.D E. 3.. 95,0 5 0 93.6 95, a .94 . E :‹:.E 95 ;4 95:4 100 ,0 93.ti 95.4 95.0 941 95.. 12w' t/4.1 Y-t.4 ,d:•.0 ' '. i, 9:.4 v.t.u. 150'u 9s 1 as. 8 95,4 95,0 95.8 2 ,1 y 95.0 • . £P.4 95.4 SS.2 , 9''•.8 250.3` 5.5.0 05.6 .� 9E n: 8 Sr. 195. 5...3 9T�1Gk+,2 -9`.. 41 t;.S 75 E.L 95 8 '.2'..•. 9 .2 95.8 450 95.a 2 93.2 5.8 '13.2 S'. x.00.0 95.0: 91.E 9s-v.2 54. :3 3-2 BS 2009 Washington State Ener Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamil Residential Mechanical - Complex Systems Checklist MECH 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential -COMP Revised February 2011 Project Address Date The following additional information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for a complex mechanical system for compliance with the mechanical requirements in the Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code. Use the checklist as a reference for notes added to the mechanical drawings (see the MECH -CHK checklist for additional requirements). This information must be on the plans since this is the official record of the permit. Having this Information in separate specifications alone is NOT an acceptable alternative. For Building Department Use Applicability (yes, no, na) Code I Section Component Information Required Location Building Department on Plans Notes ADDITIONAL CHECKLIST ITEMS FOR COMPLEX SYSTEMS ONLY Yes 1431.1 Field assem. sys. Provide calculations for total onsite energy input/output to equip. Mi.4 Minimum efficiency Yes 1431.2 System Sizing indicate equipment & system sizing complies with 1431.2 Mi.4 Combustion htg. Yes 1432.1 Setback & shut -off Indicate separate systems or show isolation devices on plans M1.4 Air -coded chiller. Yes 1432.2.1 Air system reset Indicate automatic temperature reset & operation sequence Mi .1 Water - cooled chiller Yes 1432.2.2 Hydr. Sys. reset Indicate automatic temperature reset & operation sequence Mi.1 Pkg. elec. htg.& clg. N.A. 1432.3.1 Hydr. Var. Flog' Indicate variable flow method for all applicable systems Unendosed Heat Indicate radiant heat system and occupancy controls N.A. 1432.3.X Hydronic Isolation Indicate method of isolation for all applicable systems HVAC Controls Yes N.A. 1432.4 DDC Capabilities Indicate control capabilities including demand response setpoind adj. Indicate pool heater efficiency Yes N.A. 1432.4 DDC data mgmt Indicate metering and trending capabilities. Indicate switch and 65 degree control N. A. N.A. 1432.5 Pressure Reset indicate static pressure reset for VAV systems Indicate vapor retardant cover Yes Yes 1433 Air Economizer Indicate economizer on equipment schedule or provide calculations to justify exemption. Demonstrate higher efficiency equipment if required. M1.4 Yes N.A. 1433 Water Economizer Indicate water economizer and provide calculations showing compliance with 1413 if 1433 Exception 3 is utilized Indicate method and capacity of exhaust air temperature reduction N. A. N .A. 1434 Separate air sys. Indicate special requirement zones and indicate systems Cold Storage N. A. N.A. 1435 Simul. htg. & clg, Indicate method of prohibiting simultaneous heating and cooling, or state excpetion and show supporting calculations N. A. N.A. 1436 Heat recovery Indicate heat recovery of all applicable systems on plans; complete and attach heat recovery calculations Yes N.A. 1437 Elec. motor effic. MECH -MOT or Equip. Schedule with hp, rpm, efficiency N. A. N.A. 1438 Variable speed drives Indicate VS control or equivalent on schedules for all applicable equip. N. A. N.A. 1438.1 Heat Rejection Indicate heat rejection equipment types and fan types Yes N.A. 1438.2 Hot Gas Bypass Indicate cooling equipment staging and capacity modulation abilities Yes N.A. 1438.3 Large Volume sys Indicate multiple system rooms & indicate ventilation control N -A. 1439.1 Kitchen Hoods Indicate source and conditioning of make -up air Yes 14121 N.A. 1439.2 Laboratory Exhaust Indicate HR, VAV. semi - conditioned makeup, orCERM talc Indicate multiple cooling stage control capability. M1.1 circled for any question, prouide explanation: Decision Flowchart Start Here ) Section 1411.1 Equipment Efficiency Shall Meet Tables 14 -1A through 14 -1G as /Oil Fumae input 225,000 tuh or Any U eate Yes IUse flowchart to determine how the requirements of the Complex Systems Option apply to the project. Refer to the indicated Code sections for complete information on the requirements. ,-Any Fuel Furna input 225,000 \�B tuh? Yes 1411.1 IID & Power Venting or Damper. If input > 225,000 Btuh then 1412.8 Modulating Controls Required Section 1411.1 0.75% Maximum Jacket Loss ace > 500sf� with Design 5 25 - }N \_ people per .- Yes Section 1412.8 Ventilation Controls for High- Occupancy Areas Meldeld� t Equipment? 7 Yes Section 1431.1 Calculations of Total On -Site Energy Input' & Ouput Required (continued on back) r /Air System o *(, Serving Multiple Zones? Yes Section 1432.2.1 Supply Air Reset Controls Required 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compiance Forms for Nonresidential -and Multifamily Residential MECH -CHK Revised February 011 ry Project Address Date The following_ information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical requirements in the Washington-State Nonresidential Energy Code. PP P q 9 9Y Applicability (yes, no, na) I Code Section 'Component 'Information Required Location I on Plans Building Department Notes HVAC REQUIREMENTS (Sections 1401- 1424) Service water htg. 1411 Equipment Performance Yes 1411.1 Minimum efficiency Equipment schedule with type, capacity, efficiency enc Y M1.4 1442 N.A. 1411.1 Combustion htg. Indicate intermittent' ignition, flue /draft damper & jacket loss N.A. 1443 N.A. 1411.1 Air -coded chiller. Provide total air and water chiller capacity N.A. 1444 N.: A. 1411.2.1 Water - cooled chiller Full -load and NPLV values adjusted' for any non-standard conditions M1.4 1445 Yes 1411.4 Pkg. elec. htg.& clg. List heat pumps on schedule N. A. 1411.5 Unendosed Heat Indicate radiant heat system and occupancy controls N.A. 1452 1412 HVAC Controls Yes 1412.1 Temperature zones Indicate locations on plans M1.4 Indicate pool heater efficiency Yes 1412.2 Deadband control Indicate 5 degree deadband minimum 141.1 Indicate switch and 65 degree control N. A. 1412.3 Humidity control Indicate humidistat Pool covers Indicate vapor retardant cover Yes 1412.4 Setback and Shutoff Indicate thermostat with 7 day program capability & required setback M1.4 Indicate R -12 pool cover Yes 1412.4:1 Dampers Indicate damper location, leakage rate, control type, & max leakage M1. 4 Indicate method and capacity of exhaust air temperature reduction N. A. 1412.4.2 Optimum Start Indicate optimum start controls 1460 Cold Storage N. A. 1412.5 Heat pump control Indicate heat pump thermostant & outdoor lockout on schedule N. A. 1412.6 Combustion heating Indicate modulating or staged control Yes 1412.7 Balancing Indicate balancing features on plans M1.4 N. A. 1412.8 Ventilation Control Indicate demand control ventilation for high - occupancy areas N. A. 1412.9 Loading Dock & Garage Ventilation Indicate enclosed loading dock & parking garage ventilation system activation and control method. Yes 1422 Thermostat interlock Indicate thermostat interlodk on plans 141.4 Yes 1432.2.1 Temperature Reset indicate temperature reset method 141.1 1413 Air / Water Economizers Yes 14121 Single zone systems Indicate multiple cooling stage control capability. M1.1 Yes 1413.1 Air Econo Operation Indicate 100% capability on schedule M1. 4 N. A. 1413.1 \Mr Econo Operation Indicate 100% capacity at 45 degF db & 40 deg F wb N.A. 1413.2 Wtr Econo Document Indicate max. OSA condition for design clg Toad & equipment performance data. N. A. 14133 Integrated operation Indicate capability for partial cooling N. A. : 1413.4 Humidification Indicate direct evap or fog atomization w/ air economizer 1414 Ducting Systems Yes 1414.1 Duct sealing Indicate duct design pressures, sealing, and testing requirements 1.11 .1 Yes 14 4.1.2 Low press. duct test Indicate applicable low pressure duct systems shall be leak tested 141..1 N.A. 1414.1.3 High press. duct test Indicate high pressure duct systems shall be leak tested, and identify the location of this ductwork on plans Yes 1414.2 Duct insulation Indicate R -value of insulation on duct Mi:1 1415 Piping Systems Yes 1415.1 Piping insulation 'Indicate R -value of insulation on piping M1.1 1416 Completion Requirements Yes 1416.3.2 System Balancing Indicate air and water system balancing requirements 141.1 Yes 1416.3.3 Functional Testing Provide sequence of operations and test procedures. Mi.1 Yes 1416.3.4 Documentation: Indicate O &M manuals , record drawings, staff training 141.1 Yes 1416.3.5 Comm. Report Indicate requirements for final commissioning report 141.1 Yes 1416.4 Compliance Chklist Submit to building official upon substantial completion. tit . 1 Yes Mechanical Summary Form Completed and attached. Equipment schedule with types, input/output, efficiency; cfm, he. economizer MI. .3 Revised February 2011 Hydronic System No Section 1432.3 .2 through 1432.3.5 Device Isolation Required ump HP > 3 HAS Yes ► or HP >1.5 and ontrol v No Section 1 :3.1 n 43 e ctio 2 Variable Flow Design Required dronic Systi Heated or Cooled 7300,000 Btu Yes. Section 1432.2.2 Water Temperature Reset Required Mechanical Cooling? Section 1433 Economizer Required Supply OSAA }Ye > =5000CFM - Section 1436.1 50% Effective Heat Recovery Required No Present Total Coding > 780kBtuh No Section 1432.4 rl DDC Required Leith Trending, and Demand Response �Steam System %- 4 Hour Ops . ter Coded Condens tuh, & Sery > -OkBti >1,50 No No 4 Section 1436.2 Condensate Recovery Required e of Refrigeration N7Condensers 5001cla No Yes Section 1436.3 Condenser Heat Recovery on ensRequired Yes* Section 1436.4 Refrigeration Condenser Heat Recovery Required /stem or Z\ multaneous tg. & clg. ?/ No Section 1435 Zone Controls Must Reduce Supply Air Quantity Before Reheating/Recooling ystem stems servingN. a room have / Yes- ► ^510,000 CF No Section 1438.3 Controls Must Reduce Airflow When System In Not Heating or Cooling / Fan or Pump Motors >= 7.5 HP? ,!c��� Total B Laboratory Exhaust > 5,000 cfm? /1yo hen Exhau <_ Hood > 1,000 cfm7 No Yes.. N1 Section 1438 Variable Flow Devices Required DONE Yes of Incl. in Egpmt. Covr'd by Tbl14-1A14- 10? Section 1439.1 No Heating or Cooling for at Least 50% of Make -up Air Yes Section 1439.2 One Required: a. Heat Recovery per 1439.2 b. 50% VAV Exhaust& Make -up c. 75% Direct Makeup w/ Tempering Only d. Combined Energy ._• ct'.n+- =0 i Yes i Multi- speed Motor in Mufti - No-for peed system Yes Section 1437 Motors Must Meet Efficiencies in Table 14-4 Yes 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist Continued MECH -CHK 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Mulifamiy Residential Revised February 2011 Project Address 'Date The following information is necessary to check a mechanical arm'ttapplication for com compliance the mechanical WashingtonState Nonresidential Energy Code. p P he requirements in the Applicability (yes, no, na) I Code Section (Component Information Required I on `Plans Department I Notes SERVICE WATER HEATING AND HEATED POOLS (Sections 1440 -1454) 1440 Service water htg. N.A. 1441 Sec. water e heater Indicate R -10 in I ' su anon under tank N.A. 1442 Shut -off controls Indicate automatic shut -off of circulators or heat trace N.A. 1443 Pipe Insulation Indicate R -value of insulation on piping N.A. 1444 Pump Energy indicate method of pump energy management (Sec 1438) N.A. 1445 Heat Recovery Indicate preheat capacity as % of peak service water demand. 1460 Heated Pools N.A. 1452 Heat Pump COP Indicate minimum COP of 4.0 N.A. 1452 Heater Efficiency Indicate pool heater efficiency N.A. 1453 Pool heater controls Indicate switch and 65 degree control N.A. 1454 Pool covers Indicate vapor retardant cover N.A. 1454 Pools 90+ degrees Indicate R -12 pool cover N.A. 1455 Heat Recovery Indicate method and capacity of exhaust air temperature reduction COLD STORAGE (Sections 1460 -1465) 1460 Cold Storage N.A. 1463 Evaporators Indicate motor type and speed control N.A. 1464 Condensors Indicate condenser coding type, design vrla temp and control N.A. 1465. Compressors Indicate design minimum condensing temp and control. If "no" is indicated for any item in Sections 1401 -1424 or 1440 -1465 , provide explanation: b z RECI ft/ W CITY OF TUK MLA NOV 16 2012 PERMIT ATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED NMI X01. •• ARCHITECTURAL GROUP I NTERNATIONAL 15 WEST SEVENTH STREET COVINGTON, KENTUCKY 41011 PH 859- 261 -5 0 $'A)� 8959 -261 -5530 Bg K KOHRS LOWS/ANN IIEIL MOWERS, PSC MECHANICAL /ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE, STE. 11 FT. THOMAS, KENTUCKY 41075 859- 442 -8050 859 -442 -8058 FAX Title chawhg h the property of ARCHITECTURAL GROUP INTL- and is not to be reproduced a copied In whole a h pert It le a1y to be used for the project and eta specifically Identified harsh and la not to be used an any other project It le to be returned upon request Scales ae stated hereon are meld co the alpha) (teeth(' a Ccnb'aokor Mal carefully mew/ ei dtner'talone and oondtlone shown hereon and at aioe sport to the AroHtect arty error, hoarse s- tenoy or arrieeicn he may deooeear. Revisbna i ua 0 0 AtetPsotNo. 110912 MECHANICAL ENERGY COMPLIANCE awe Ma M1.3 AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES (ALL TITUS) NOTES : 1. SYMBOL KEY -FIRST LETTER S- SUPPLY R- RETURN E- EXHAUST 5. FINISH - SECOND LETTER: D- DIFFUSER R- REGISTER G- GRILLE "A' N� CNI TSH V.UM. CLEAR ENAMEL L ANODIZED 2. CATALOG NUMBERS REFER TO TITUS AIR DEVICES. "C' f26 STANDARD WHITE GC TO FIELD PAINT TO MATCH CEILING OR WALLS 3.1.2,3, AND 4-WAY AIR DEVICES ARE DETERMINED BY D • #84 STANDARD BLACK GC TO FIELD PAINT TO MATCH CEIUNG OR WALLS DIRECTIONAL ARROWS ON DRAVANGS. 4. DAMPERS SHALL BE CPERABLE FROM FACE 6. BORDER STYLE - "A" OPPOSED BLADE "A' SURFACE MOUNTED "B" RADIAL OPPOSED BLADE 'B" LAY IN MOUNTING •C" BUTTERFLY "C• LAY -IN PANEL. PROVIDE TITUS MODEL # XY -13363 FRAME FOR PLASTER CEILING MOUNTING SYMBOL CATALOG# SIZE MOUNTING MATERIAL FINISH ACCESSORIES BORDER STYLE REMARKS MOD. NECK WALL lb- DUCT STEEL ALUM. DPR. CD -1 OMNI 24 "x24" 12 "0 101 • 1 • 616 C B C 10 SR -1 300FL 12 "x6" 781 • 125 128 • 0 C B A STOCK RG -1 350RL 24 "x12" 22 "x10" 0 • 0 • 0 C B C 39 RG -2 350RL 24 "x12" 22 "x10" • 103 RESTROOM • C B C 0 HVAC ACCESSORIES ACCESSORIES: 1. MOTOR DAMPER 2. ECONOMIZER 3. ROOF CURB 4. SMOKE DETECTOR 5. INTAKE HOOD 6. VIBRATION ISOLATION 7. FLAT FILTER 8. FILTER/MIXING BOX 9. ACCESS DOOR 10. FLEX CONNECTIONS 11. MOUNTING COLLAR 12. HOT GAS BYPASS 13. FACE/BYPASS DAMPER 17. DUCT FLANGES 21. ECON POWERED EXHAUST 14. CONDENSATE PUMP 18. BASE RAIL 22. ECON BAROMETRIC REUEF 15. MOTOR GUARD 19. HUMIDIFIER 23. HEAT RECLAIM COIL 16. GREASE TRAP 20. CO2 SENSORS ARM CL.IC 0 KEYED NOTES 1. PROVIDE AND BALANCE NEW ROOFTOP UNIT AND CURB AS SCHEDULED. PROVIDE CONNECTION TO EXISTING CONDENSATE PIPING AS REQUIRED. FIELD VERIFY LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS WITH LANDLORD PRIOR TO BID. 2. COORDINATE ALL DUCTWORK PRIOR TO DUCTWORK FABRICATION. INSTALL DUCTWORK AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. COORDINATE THE PATH OF THE DUCTWORK WITH THE UGHTING PLAN, SPRINKLER PIPING, EXISTING STRUCTURE, EXISTING DUCTWORK AND ALL OTHER EXISTING CONDITIONS. (TYPICAL). 3. EXISTING EXHAUST FAN TO REMAIN. CLEAN AND BALANCE TO 80 CFM MIN. VERIFY PROPER OPERATION. REPLACE AS REQUIRED. FIELD VERIFY REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO BID. 4. PROVIDE 1" INTERNALLY LINED DUCTWORK. 5. FURNISH AND INSTALL 7 -DAY PROGRAMMABLE HEATING /COOUNG AUTO CHANGE OVER THERMOSTAT WITH FAN ON OCCUPIED DIP SWITCH. 6. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO UNDER DOOR 1" FOR AIRFLOW. GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES A. REMOVE ALL EXISTING EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, CONTROLS, AND MISCELLANEOUS HVAC EQUIPMENT NOT INTENDED FOR REUSE. FIELD VERIFY THE EXACT SCOPE OF WORK PRIOR TO BID. COORDINATE ALL DEMOUTION WORK WITH THE LANDLORD AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR. CUT AND PATCH ROOF AS REQUIRED. ALL ROOFING WORK TO BE COMPLETED BY LANDLORD APPROVED ROOFING CONTRACTOR. HVAC LOAD HVAC VENTILATION SCHEDULE ROOMNUM ROOMNAME SYSTEM ZONE AREA CLNGHT AIR CHGS OA CHGS PEOPLE DES PEOPLE RED OA PER OA SQFT REQ SUP ACT SUP REQ OA ACT OA ACT RET ACT EXH CRITICAL PRESSURE 101 SALES 1 HOA 616 0 0 0 10 10 7.5 0.12 781 800 125 128 800 0 0.1862 E 102 STOCK 1 0.0 139 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.12 244 250 39 40 250 0 0.068 E 103 RESTROOM 1 20 0 0 0 0 0 _0 0 50 50 8 8 0 80 0 N HVAC LOAD SCHEDULE EQUIPMENT MARK CROOF CWALL CPART CGLASS CSOLAR CUGHTS CEQUIP CPSENS CSSENS CFAN COAS CTSENS CPLAT COAL CTLAT CTOT HROOF HWALL HPART HGLASS HSLAB HSPACE HOA HTOT RTU -1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 5.6 4.7 2.4 12.8 0.7 1.8 24.7 2.0 0.0 2.0 26.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.7 0.7 9.4 10.2 MECHANICAL PLAN SCALE 1/4' • 1-0' HVAC GENERAL NOTES: A. ALL MECHANICAL WORK SHALL BE DONE PER THE STATE MECHANICAL CODE AND LOCAL MECHANICAL CODES HAVING JURISDICTION. B. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL HOLD ALL DUCTWORK AS TIGHT AS POSSIBLE TO THE UNDERSIDE OF THE STRUCTURE. C. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ROUTING WITH UGHTING. NO DUCTWORK SHALL BE ROUTED OVER OR UNDER ANY UGHT FIXTURES. D. SPIN IN FITTINGS WITH AIR SCOOPS SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL ROUND BRANCH TAPS E. FLEX CONNECTIONS TO DIFFUSERS ARE TO BE INSULATED AS SPECIFIED WITH A MAXIMUM OF 5 FEET. F. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL CONTROL WIRING. G. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR REGARDING THE WIRING OF THE MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. H. PROVIDE BALANCING DAMPERS AT ALL BRANCH DUCTWORK SERVING DIFFUSERS. I. DOORS SHALL NOT BE UNDERCUT IN EXCESS OF THE CLEARANCE PERMITTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA -80. J. PIPE AND DUCTS PASSING THRU HORIZONTAL ASSEMBUES SHALL BE PROTECTED WITH AN APPROVED NON - COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL TO RESIST THE FREE PASSAGE OF FLAME AND THE PRODUCTS OF COMBUSTION. K. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE LOCATION OF AIR DEVICES WITH THE REFLECTING CEIUNG PLAN AND THE UGHTING LAYOUT. L. FIRST TWENTY FEET OF SUPPLY/RETURN DUCTWORK FROM/TO THE UNIT SHALL BE INTERNALLY LINED IN 1" ACOUSTICAL UNER (TO MEET R =6.0) DUCT DIMENSIONS SHOW ARE CLEAR INSIDE. M. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS OF HVAC EQUIPMENT BEFORE FABRICATING. N. COORDINATE THE EXTENSION, MODIFICATION, FINAL CONNECTION AND TESTING OF ALL UTIUTIES OR INTERFACED SYSTEMS WITH THE LANDLORD'S FIELD REPRESENTATIVE. 0. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO VISIT THE JOB SITE AND BECOME FAMILIAR WITH THE STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS, PLUMBING LOCATIONS, ELECTRICAL RUNS, AND POINTS OF CONNECTION TO EXISTING DUCT SYSTEMS. VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS AND DIMENSIONS OF HVAC EQUIPMENT DUCTWORK, PIPING, ETC PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORK. P. ALL HVAC WORK TO BE PERFORMED IN COMPUANCE WITH THE LANDLORDS TENANT CRITERIA. HVAC ELECTRICAL C❑❑RDINATI ❑N SCHEDULE (MESCH) ABBREVIATIONS DC MC SD CN TS C/B FUSE FLA MCA CP LOCAL DISCONNECT MOTOR CONTROL (POWER) DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR CONTROLS TOGGLE SWITCH H.A.C.R. CIRCUIT BREAKER AT SOURCE PANELBOARD FUSE AT LOCAL DISCONNECT (VERIFY FIELD RATING) OPERATING FULL LOAD AMPS MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY CORD AND PLUG CONNECTION CONTRACTOR TYPE MOTOR CONTROL TYPE CONTROL TYPE EC EX FC GC HC MFR PC OR ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR HVAC CONTRACTOR MANUFACTURER PLUMBING CONTRACTOR OWNER OR OTHERS CS MCC MG MS VFD MSR OV COMBINATION STARTER MOTOR CONTROL CENTER MAGNETIC STARTER OR CONTACT MANUAL STARTER VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE MANUAL STARTER W /CONTROL RELAY OVERCURRENT PROTECTION TC CPT BAS LOW UNE RUNE MAN FA CO INT 11MECLOCK CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMER BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM LOW VOLTAGE CONTROLS UNE VOLTAGE CONTROLS REVERSE ACTING UNE VOLTAGE STAT MANUAL ARE ALARM CARBON MONOXIDE SENSOR INTEGRAL TO EQUIPMENT MARK DESCRIPTION EXISTING VOLTS PHASE EMERG BHP HP RTU -1 ROOFTOP UNIT 208 3 HTG KW 3.3 WATTS FLA MCA OCP DC FURN DC INST DC WIRE MC TYPE MC FURN MC INST MC WIRE CN TYPE CN FURN CN INST CN WIRE SD QUAN 34.8 40 EC EC EC MG MFR MFR MFR LOW HC HC HC 0 bi & RECI IVtL CITY OF TUKW ILA tow 162012 °ERMIT CENTER CD-1 400 CFM HVAC DUCTWORK LEGEND HVAC SYSTEM EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE RETURN GRILLE EG V EXHAUST GRILLE MARK DESCRIPTION AREA SERVED EXISTING MFGR MODEL MIN EER MIN COP VOLTS PHASE WEIGHT EMERG CFM STATIC OACFM BHP HP RPM COND GPM CLG MBH CLG SENS CLG GPM HTG MBH HTG GPM HTG KW ACCESS FLA MCA OCP RTU -1 ROOFTOP UNIT BODY SHOP . ROOF CARRIER 50HCQA04 DUCT WITH MANUAL DAMPER 208 3 700 ELBOW WITH TURNING VANES 1100 0.5 176 EXISTING WORK T REMAIN NEW WORK 27 25 0.00 11 0.00 3.3 1,2,3,5,10 32.9 40 HVAC ELECTRICAL C❑❑RDINATI ❑N SCHEDULE (MESCH) ABBREVIATIONS DC MC SD CN TS C/B FUSE FLA MCA CP LOCAL DISCONNECT MOTOR CONTROL (POWER) DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR CONTROLS TOGGLE SWITCH H.A.C.R. CIRCUIT BREAKER AT SOURCE PANELBOARD FUSE AT LOCAL DISCONNECT (VERIFY FIELD RATING) OPERATING FULL LOAD AMPS MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY CORD AND PLUG CONNECTION CONTRACTOR TYPE MOTOR CONTROL TYPE CONTROL TYPE EC EX FC GC HC MFR PC OR ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR HVAC CONTRACTOR MANUFACTURER PLUMBING CONTRACTOR OWNER OR OTHERS CS MCC MG MS VFD MSR OV COMBINATION STARTER MOTOR CONTROL CENTER MAGNETIC STARTER OR CONTACT MANUAL STARTER VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE MANUAL STARTER W /CONTROL RELAY OVERCURRENT PROTECTION TC CPT BAS LOW UNE RUNE MAN FA CO INT 11MECLOCK CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMER BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM LOW VOLTAGE CONTROLS UNE VOLTAGE CONTROLS REVERSE ACTING UNE VOLTAGE STAT MANUAL ARE ALARM CARBON MONOXIDE SENSOR INTEGRAL TO EQUIPMENT MARK DESCRIPTION EXISTING VOLTS PHASE EMERG BHP HP RTU -1 ROOFTOP UNIT 208 3 HTG KW 3.3 WATTS FLA MCA OCP DC FURN DC INST DC WIRE MC TYPE MC FURN MC INST MC WIRE CN TYPE CN FURN CN INST CN WIRE SD QUAN 34.8 40 EC EC EC MG MFR MFR MFR LOW HC HC HC 0 bi & RECI IVtL CITY OF TUKW ILA tow 162012 °ERMIT CENTER CD-1 400 CFM HVAC DUCTWORK LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION RG 1.2 RETURN GRILLE EG V EXHAUST GRILLE SR ►�i SUPPLY REGISTER CD El SQUARE CEILING DIFFUSER CD -10 "0 CEIUNG DIFFUSER WITH 10"0 NECK UNEAR SLOT DIFFUSER LD • t 1.1 LOW VOLTAGE SENSOR iil HVAC UNIT CONTROLLER MOD MOTOR OPERATED DAMPER =1 SUPPLY DUCT WITH ELBOW TURNED UP fix; SUPPLY DUCT WITH ELBOW TURNED DOWN i RETURN OR EXHAUST DUCT, ELBOW TURNED UP L% RETURN OR EXHAUST DUCT, ELBOW TURNED DOWN CEIUNG MOUNTED EXHAUST FAN r ABU ROOF TOP UNIT . ROOF ® FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK CONNECTION DUCT WITH MANUAL DAMPER + l_ + till ELBOW WITH TURNING VANES - - a..... _ . EXISI1NG WORK TO REMOVE - . - EXISTING WORK T REMAIN NEW WORK FELD VERY ALL CONDITIONS DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING OR AWARD OF CONTRACT TO INSPECT EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR FIELD MODIFICATIONS DUE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER PRIOR TO BIDDING FOR INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OF THE DESIGN AND INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL COSTS TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT. CLARIFICATIONS MADE BY THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER AFTER BIDDING WILL BE FINAL AND SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED AT CONTRACTORS COST. BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHALL HAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES AND SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR BIDS THE COSTS FOR ALL WORK DD GOVERNING I CODS,, THE PLLANSNAND SPECIFICATIONS NOT WITHSTANDINGSI�IEARATE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALERT ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER OF ANY AST AN DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN GOVERNING CODES AND DESIGN INTENT. APPROVAL REQUIRED D ARCHITECTURAL GROUP I NTERNATIONAL 15 WEST SEVENTH STREET COVINGTON, ,IcE0Tyr4CY 41011 PH 859- 261- 5e4,60 , FAX 855 - 241 -5530 rn K KOHRS LOIRIEMANN HEE. ENGINEERS, PSC MECHANICAL /ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE, STE. 11 FT. THOMAS, KENTUCKY 41075 859 -442 -8050 859 -442 -8058 FAX This cfrawhp Is the property of ARCHITECTURAL GROUP INT'L and le not to be reproduced cr copied In whole or h pert K b any to be used for the pled and alts epedloely Identhled herein end le not to be used an any other project It b to be returned upon request Scabs as stated hereon are van' an the ariphel drawing any. Contractor ehel carefully re.4ew al dimensions and oondions shown hereon and at aloe report to the Arolteot any error, hooneb- tancy or mission he may deoover. kkk D EXAnOlIm A 0 CO r O z cc L11 W W 1 0 11 r I- CS z 0 w u) cc 0 co AzdtwAtR 110912 MECHANICAL PLANS M1.4 1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS The General Provisions of the Contract including any General and Supplemental COnditions and General Requirements apply to the work in this section. Before submitting a bid, examine all Mechanical. Architectural, and /or Structural documents, visit the site and get acquainted with all conditions that may in any way whatsoever affect the execution of this contract. Take measurements and be responsible for exact size and location of all openings required for the installation of work. Figured dimensions are reasonably accurate and should govern in setting out work. Where detailed method of installation is not indicated or where variations exist between described work and approved practice, direction of the Owners representative on job site shall be followed. The contract includes all items of material and labor required for the complete installation and full operation of the electrical work as shown on the drawings and hereinafter specified. All work, motprials, and equipment shall have a one year warranty after acceptance of the work by the Owner. My defective iteffs shall be removed and replaced at the electrical sub-contractor's expense and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Perform work under this contract in close harmony with other contractors so cord� Plted work shall present a neat and workmanlike installation. Exposed finished materials and equipment shall be carefilly cleaned and wiped to remove grease, smudges, dust and other spots and left smooth and clean. During the dingress of the work, the electrical sub- contractor shall carefully clean up after his men and shall leave the premises and all portions of the building in which he is working free of debris and in a clean and safe condition. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with equipment manufacturer's published torque tightening values for equipment connectors. Where manufacturers torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and terminals to comply with tightening torques specified in applicable UL and NEC Standards. Whenever the words 'contractor "this contractor", etc. appear on drawings or in these specifications for the Electrical Work, it shall refer to the Electrical Sub - Contractor. Whenever the word provide' appears in these documents. it shall be interpreted to mean "Furnish & Install ". Outlet mounting heights as indicated on the plans are approximate to be used for bidding purposes only. The exact mounting height of outlets shall be determined architectural Id with relation details and 9 9 I ran to architect equipment being It shall be the responsibility of this contractor to coordinate outlet location with p 9 po ltY equipment. The Owner's representative shall be permitted to relocate any outlet prior to installation within a 15 foot limit at no additional charge in contract price. All fasteners, hangers and methods of hanging exposed work in finished areas shall be submitted to the Owner's representative for approval before installation. If during construction if becomes apparent that certain minor changes in layout will effect a neater job or better arrangement, such alterations shall be made as part of the contract. Engineers approval shall be obtained before making such changes. Workmanship throughout shall conform to the standards of best practice. Marks, dents or finish scratches will not be permitted on any exposed materials, fixtures or fittings. Inside of panels & equipment boxes shall be left clean. The system shall ring entirely free from ground when tested out in the presence of the Owner's representative. This contractor shall be responsible for the proper instruction of each system to the satisfaction of the Owner's representative. Upon completion of the job, this contractor shall fumish the Owner with a complete set of operating instructions on all electrical systems installed. The Electrical Contractor shall consult the plans of all other trades in all instances before installing his work so that his piping will not interfere with those branches. In the event of a conflict, this contractor shall report to the Owner's representative at once and do no further work to be installed until a satisfactory arrangement is decided upon. Any work done, or equipment placed in position by this contractor, creating a conflict in violation hereof, shall be readjusted to the satisfaction of the Owners representative at the expense of the contractor. The decision of the Owner's representative shall be final in regard to changes due to conflicting conditions. Contractor shall complete his work or any part thereof at such time as may be designated by the Owner, so that it can be used for temporary or permanent use and such use of the system shall not be construed as an acceptance of same by Owner. 2. SHOP DRAWINGS The contractor shall submit shop drawings on all items of material and equipment for approval by the Engineer (i.e. conduit and fittings, wires and cables, outlets and junction boxes, switches, receptacles, panelboards, etc). The contractor is not authorized to purchase any material until such approval is obtained. A minimum of six separate sets of drawings is required and will be distributed as follows: 1 copy for Engineers file; 1 copy for Architect's file; 2 copies for the Owner's file; 2 copies for the contractor. Shop drawings shall be neatly bound in a flat ring binder having job name and contractors name on cover. ?A single submission is preferred having all items included. Loose sheet or incomplete submittals will not be accepted. M items of material to be supplied which do not require shop drawing submission such as conduit, wire, boxes, etc., shall be listed as separate material showing manufacturer's name and catalog number and type and shall be included with shop drawings submittal. 3. RECORD DRAWINGS AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS & SERVICE MANUAL Two sets of mechanical /electrical drawings shall be provided as record drawings which shall be separate, clean, sepia reproducibles reserved for the purpose of showing a complete picture of the work as actually installed. These drawings shall also serve as work progress report sheets and the electrical sub - contractor shall make any notations, neat and legible thereon daily as work proceeds. The drawings shall be available for inspection at all times and shall be kept at the job at a location designated by the Owners representative. At the completion of the work, these record drawings shall be signed by the electrical sub - contractor, dated and retumed to the Owners representative. Final payment of contract will not be made until receipt and review of said drawings. Provide two neatly bound (with tabbed sections) copies of maintenance and instruction books, parts list pertaining to all equipment furnished. Submit to the Owner's representative for approval. Final payment will not be made until drawings for record; maintenance and instruction manuals are delivered to the Owner's representative. 4. PERMITS AND REGULATIONS The latest edition of the National Electric Code shall be the minimum requirement for all work. M electrical materials used in this work and all workmanship and testa performed therein, unless specifically specified shall conform to the latest rules and regulations and specifications of the National Board of Fire Underwriters, local and state codes and authorities having jurisdiction and utility company. Examine the drawings and specifications for compliance with prevailing codes, regulations and ordinances and base bid and work accordingly. Any minor discrepancy between these drawings /specifications and codes, laws, ordinances, rules and regulations shall be corrected by this contractor as required without any additional reimbursement. Major discrepancies shall immediately be brought to the attention of the engineer (in writing), prior to installation, along with the contractors proposed cost for correction. This contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits or certificates of inspection and approval required for this branch of the work. Owner shall be fumished with certificates of final inspection and approval prior to final acceptance of this branch of the work. 5. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS The specifications and accompanying drawings are intended to describe the scope of all electric /mechanical work. The drawings are an outline to indicate the approximate location and arrangement of raceways, wiring and equipment. The drawings shall be followed as closely as possible in executing of the work. Should there be a conflict between drawings and specifications, this contractor shall refer the matter to the Owner's representative for a decision as to method or material. Electrical Contractor shall refer to drawings of all other trades for details, dimensions and locations of other work and route his work so as not to conflict with any other branch. This contractor shall be responsible for checking quantities of equipment mentioned in the specifications with those shown on the drawings. If discrepancies are noted, provide the greater of the quantities or the better of the qualities as applicable. 6. MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT All materials and equipment shall be new. All materials, apparatus and equipment shall bear the Underwriter s Laboratories Inc., label where regularly supplied. Certain manufacturers of material and equipment are specified and plans are detailed according to this material. This contractor shall base his bid on fumishing and installing this make of material and equipment. Where more than one make of material or equipment is specified, the contractor shall state in his bid which make he proposes to fumish. 7. ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION Provide manufacturers standard self - adhesive vinyl tape not less than 3 mils thick by 1 -1/2' wide. Where applicable, install on all concealed raceways at connection to all junction boxes, pull boxes, equipment, wall /floor /, etc. Unless otherwise indicated or required by governing regulations, provide orange tape with black letters. Provide circuit identification bands for all cables and conductors. Provide manufacturer's standard color coding for cable/conductor jacket and /or insulation for all cables and conductors of all systems. Match identification with marking system used in existing systems (where applicable), shop drawings, contract documents, and similar previously established identification for project's electrical work. Provide on all conductors of all systems. Install engraved plastic - laminate sign on major units of electrical equipment, including central or master unit of each electrical system including communication /control /signal systems, unless unit is specified with its own self - explanatory identification or signal system. Except as otherwise indicated, provide single line of text, 1/2' high lettering, on 1 -1/2' high sign (2" high where 2 lines are required), white lettering in black field. Unless determined otherwise in field, provide text matching terminology and numbering of the contract documents and shop drawings. Secure to substrate with fasteners, except use adhesive where fasteners should not or cannot penetrate substrate. As a minimum provide signs for each unit of the following categories of electrical work where such work exists on the project all starters and disconnects; M remote fixture or equipment switching devices (via engraved wallplates); All System devices, ports, taps, J.B.'s, P.B.s, etc.; Panelboards, electrical cabinets; Any other equipment designated by Owner or engineer in field. All equipment & system identification nomenclature shown on drawings or listed heroin is shown for general design and installation reference only. The actual nameplate, etc. nomenclature for this project shall be verified by electrical contractor in field prior to fabrication and where applicable, shall be an extension of existing nomenclature used on the site as determined in field by electrical contractor. In addition to the above, all labeling for all electrical wiring work (for all systems) shall be 3M DCI No. 054007 -11954 'SWD' Write -on Tape Dispenser Kit with factory provided special fast drying marker included with kit. All markings shall be clear and legible. As determined in field, provide color -coding for junction boxes, pull boxes and associated plates to match existing building standards. The following insulation color code shall be used for system and voltage identification for feeder and branch circuit wiring. 480Y/277V System - Brown, Orange, Yellow & Gray (neut) 208Y/120V System - Black, Red, Blue & White (neat.) Equipment Grounding - Green Equipment Grounding - Green Systems - To match existing - verify in field. Systems - To match existing - verify in field. 8. GROUNDING All metallic conduit, surface wireways, supports, cabinet and equipment shall be grounded in accordance with the latest issue of the National Electrical Code and shown on plans. The ground terminals of receptacles shall be connected to the equipment ground bus of the source branch circuit panelboard. All grounding conductors shall be protected from mechanical injury. M connections to equipment or conduit shall be make with an approved conductor and same shall be bolted or clamped to equipment and conduit. ?NI contact surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned and bright before connections to insure a good metal contact. 9. CONDUIT AND FITTINGS All wiring for different power voltages shall be installed in raceway systems separate from each other (i.e. 24V separate from 120/208V). Only voice and data cables may share raceways. All wiring run in finished spaces shall be run in wiremold steel raceway. All conduit installed indoors shall be galvanized steel EMT (3/4' minimum); all fittings for same shall be set screw type steel, with insulated throats. M wiring of all systems shall be installed in conduit unless specifically indicated otherwise herein or on drawings. Conduit runs exceeding 100 feet in length or having in excess of three 90 degree tume shall be provided with pull boxes. Conduit fill shall not exceed 30 percent. M conduit systems (including J.B.'s, P.B.'s, etc.) shall be permanently identified. New branch circuit home -run conduits shall be no larger than 1 -1/4' diameter. Conduit fill shall not exceed NEC requirements. Conduit shall be cleaned inside before any wires are pulled. Conduit ends shall be capped and plugged with standard accessories as soon as conduit has been permanently installed. Conduit installed without conductors shall be provided with sweep bends and baling wire for pulling. All joints shall be made tight with watertight couplings matching conduit and all comers shall be make with long The ends of all conduits shall 9 be cut square and reamed and all joints brought to a shoulder. Conduit shall be continuous between outlets to make o complete installation and to effect a continuous ground. Suitable supports and fastening shall be provided for conduit. Conduit shall be supported by approved strops, fasteners and hangers. Hangers shall be suspended from rods. Perforated straps will net be acceptable. Fasteners shall be lead expansion shields in block or concrete, toggle bolts in hollow walls, machine screws on metal surfaces and wood screws on wood construction. All conduit shall be supported independently from all Other building systems and shall be supported directly from structural components. Provide sleeves for all firewall and smoke partition penetrations (sealed accordingly). M raceways shall lie entirely free of plaster, mortar, water and other foreign matter. Raceways installed under this contract without conductors shall have baling wire left in raceways from outlet to outlet for future pulling of conductors. Raceways open ends shall be plugged or capped in an approved manner.? 10. METHOD OF WIRING - POWER Branch sub feeder circuits shall be installed as shown on the floor plans. Where outlets are indicated by letters on plans, they shall be controlled by corresponding switches. No wire size smaller than No. 12 shall be used for any branch circuit unless otherwise noted on plans for control circuits. Larger sizes shall be used where required and /or indicated on the plans. Distances from panel to first outlet of a 15 or 20 ampere branch circuit shall require the following minimum wire size to the first outlet. Up to 100 feet: 12 100 TO 200 FEET: 110 More than hen 200 feet: 8 All branch circuits more than 200 feet in length shall No. 14 except for runs exceeding 300 feet where they on the plans and shall be wired to provide control of same conduit. All wires shall be run continuous from of wire. Mechanical wire splicers shall be Scotchlock i terminating at each wired outlet shall be left not less devices of fixtures. Friction and rubber tape conform electrical tape shall be Scotch #33+ or approved equa Type MC Cable shall be formed from continuous length outside) strip steel. All conductors shall be rated for equipment ground conductor. Provide compatible steel compliant with NEC 350 -5. Cables shall be 90 deg. C. compliant with the following. a) UL Std.4 and UL Std. 83. b) ANSI E119 and E814. c) NEC Articles 250 and 333. be minimum No. 10 to the lost outlet. Control circuits shall be shall be No. 12. Outlets shall be located approximately as shown outlets indicated. M wires of any one circuit shall be run in the outlet to outlet. Insulation value of joints to be 100X in excess nsulated type, T&B Stakon or approved equal. The conductors than 8' long at their outlet fittings to facilitate installment of to Federal Specifications HH -T -11 and HH -T -111. Plastic of spirally wound, interlocked zinc- coated or galvanized (inside & 90 deg. C. minimum. Provide with full parity sized green insulated fittings with integral red plastic insulated throat bushings, rated with all components and fittings listed for grounding and Type MC cable may be utilized only if NEC approved and if approved by local authority having jurisdiction and if included in the limited applications defined below. 1) All new 15 or 20 ampere branch circuit work. This shall apply only under all of the following circumstances and conditions. a) Only where concealed (all exposed wiring shall be installed in conduit). b) Route all cables perpendicular and parallel to the building architectural lines/surfaces/structural members, keeping offsets to a minimum and following surface contours where possible. Maintain a uniform elevation for all cable runs wherever possible. All cables shall be supported /anchored at maximum 4 foot intervals and within 12' of box or outlet and shall not sag. Install cables in a manner that prevents overheating. Cables shall be fastened directly to the structure using factory clamps /clips specifically designed for the respective cable (Caddy or equal). c) Only where installed for normal utility circuits; all wiring for emergency system feeders and receptacle branch circuits shall be in conduit (EMT), no exceptions. 11. METHOD OF WIRING - COMMUNICATIONS All wiring /cables of voice /data systems and all other systems shall be installed in conduit, 3/4" minimum as indicated on plans and details. Outlets shall consist of a flush wall mounted 4' square X 2 -1/8' deep box with a single gang plaster ring. Maximum conduit fill for new work shall be 40%, based on manufactures published data of cable outside diameter. Provide, cable, terminations, jacks, labeling, hardware, etc. as required for complete working systems. Determine exact locations of communication technology equipment, equipment outlets, etc. in field. Use caution not to exceed the allowed bending radius for respective cables and not to compromise the integrity of the cables during installation by pulling tie -wraps too tightly, damaging cables, etc. Raceway /Cabling bending radii shall be minimum as directed by cable manufacturer. Use pulling compound or lubricant, where necessary; compound must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Neatly dress all cable work. Work shall be installed in a manner which results in maintaining a minimum distance of 24 inches from feeder /branch circuit raceways and from any ballasted lighting fixture. Provide color coded jackets to identify runs of different systems. Neatly route cables parallel and perpendicular to building architectural lines. Group cables by system type wherever possible. Verify exact locations of telephone switch, data server(s), head -end equipment, equipment outlets, etc. in field. Review all termination and labeling requirements with Owner in advance. M cable shall be provided with permanent adhesive labeling identification by this contractor. Provide transparent adhesive coverings over each label, wrapped around the labels at least two times. The long axis of the labels shall installed be parallel to the long axis of the respective cable assemblies. Labels shall be approximately 1 -1/2" long by 3/8' high. Conduit 12. OUTLET, JUNCTION AND SWITCHBOXES Gong type outlet boxes shall not be used. The outlet box locations indicated on drawings shall be considered approximate, and therefore, it shall be incumbent upon this contractor to study the general construction with relation to spaces and equipment surrounding each outlet. All outlet, switch and junction boxes shall be made of code galvanized steel complete with rings and screw cover plates and located where shown and noted on drawings. Where conduit is concealed, boxes shall not be less than 4" square x 1 -1/2' deep. All boxes shall be equipped with proper covers to bring flush with finished wall surface. Where outlet boxes occur in block, cinder, or concrete block, facing tile or other material where such materials form the finished wall surface, the opening for the box shall be cut neaty and of the size that the cover plate will cover all parts of the opening. In general, junction boxes shall be furnished and required by the National Electric Code, of the proper sizes, and shall be constructed of #12 gauge steel with removable front fastened on with counter sunk head screws or other approved means. ?For special application, junction boxes shall be noted, detailed and /or sized on the drawings or in the field as required. 13. HEIGHT OF BOXES Prior to rough -in, verify all box /device mounting heights and locations in field with Owner's representative relative to equipment being served and relative to existing conditions where applicable. In general, where not located at counter areas, the height of boxes from finished floor to center of boxes shall be as follows, unless otherwise noted on plans: Switches Receptacles Telephone Outlets (desk phone) Telephone Outlets (Wall phone) Data Cable Outlets Devices at special heights 14. WIRE AND CABLE 1'6' 4'0' 1'6' As directed in field. Fumish and install all necessary cable of the size and type indicated on the drawings or specified hereinafter. All wire shall be copper. wiring shall NI g e all be new. No wire smaller than #12 AWG shall be installed unless specifically Use of #14 color coded wire will be allowed for control circuits only. All wiring shall be in conduit unless specifically indicated otherwise herein. M conductors shall be copper. Provide stranded conductors for all sizes unless indicated otherwise. Provide THHN/THWN insulation for all conductors size 500 MCM (kcmil) and larger, and no. 8 AWG and smaller. For all other sizes provide THW or THHN/THWN insulation as appropriate for the locations where installed. Provide color coded insulation /jacket for phase identification. NI wires shall be rated at 600 volts. Keep conductor splices to minimum. Pull conductors simultaneously where more than one is being installed in same raceway. Use UL listed pulling compound or lubricant, where necessary. Install splice and tap connectors which possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation rating than conductors being spliced. Use splice and tap connectors which are compatible with conductor material. Increase wire sizes per NEC to offset voltage drop as/if required. 15. WIRING DEVICES DEVICE COLORS: Unless indicated otherwise within contract documents or directed otherwise in field, all normal devices shall be white in color. SPECIFICATION GRADE RECEPTACLES: Duplex receptacles shall be equal to Leviton #5362 series (NEMA 5 -20R). Ground fault circuit interrupter duplex receptacles shall be equal to Leviton #6898 series (NEMA 5 -20R). Duplex isolated ground receptacles shall be equal to Leviton /5362 -IG. Special purpose receptacles shall be of the size, type and manufacturer as indicated on the plans or as determined in field. SWITCHES: Single pole switches shall be equal to Leviton #1221 -2 series. WALL PLATES: Provide wall plates with engraved legends where indicated on drawings and /or where required per ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION Section. M device wallplates shall be standard size; "midway", "oversized" ( "jumbo") or "extra deep' wallplates shall not be acceptable. Construct with metal screws for securing plates to devices; screw heads colored to match finish of plates. Wallplatea in finished areas shall be commercial specification grade, white with beveled edges, equal to Leviton Type 430 series. Wallplatea in unfinished areas shall be white. 16. SUPPORTS, INSERTS, CUTTING AND PATCHING This contractor shall do all cutting and patching required for the admission of his work. Any damage done by this contractor to the building during the progress of his work shall be made good at his own expense. M patching shall be done by a skilled craftsman in that respective trade. It shall be the responsibility of this contractor to supervise the installation of, and pay for all additional members, wood or metal and labor which may be required to support any type of permanent or temporary electrical apparatus employed in the execution of this contractor's work. SEAL ALL NEW FLOOR, CEIUNG, WALL, SLAB, ETC. PENETRATIONS TO MATCH OR EXCEED EXISTING /NEW ASSEMBLY FIRE RATINGS. PROVIDE SLEEVE SEALS FOR ALL SLEEVES; PROVIDE SLEEVES FOR ALL. PENETRATIONS. VERIFY REQUIREMENTS IN FIELD. ALL PENETRATIONS OF FIRE - RATED OR SMOKE -RATED WALLS, FLOORS, CEIUNGS, ETC. SHALL BE SEALED IMMEDIATELY AFTER RACEWAYS ARE INSTALLED ALL NEW ELECTRICALLY RELATED WORK SHALL BE SUPPORTED DIRECTLY FROM BUILDING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. NEW ELECTRICALLY RELATED WORK SHALL NOT BE SUPPORTED FROM DUCTWORK, DUCTWORK HANGERS, CEIUNG SUPPORTS, EXISTING CONDUIT SUPPORTS, ETC. ALL CONDUITS (AND CABLE ASSEMBLIES, WHERE APPLICABLE) SHALL BE ROUTED PARALLEL TO BUILDING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. ANY AND ALL NONCOMPLYING WORK INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE REMOVED AND REINSTALLED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND THE ENGINEER, AT THE EXPENSE OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 17. UGHIING FIXTURES M surface mounted ballasted fixtures shall be mounted with air spaces between fixture and surface per latest edition of NFPA/NEC. All recessed fixtures shall be equipped with necessary plaster frames and surface trim. All recessed fluorescent fixtures shall be equipped and suitably constructed to operate with "P" rated ballasts. All junction boxes and serviceable components (ballasts, thermal protection devices, fuses, etc.) for recessed fixtures shall be readily accessible for service or replacement from below the ceiling, without removing any ceiling components (other than All lighting fixtures utilized for emergency egress lighting shall be connected ahead of switching. M ballasts of the some type shall be of the same manufacturer and catalog number. All lamps of the same type shall be of the same manufacturer and catalog number. Provide low energy solid state rapid start electronic fluorescent lamp ballasts (less than or equal to 20% THD) specifically designed for operating lamp types indicated. Fluorescent ballasts shall be Motorola or Advance equal. Incandescent lamps shall be Sylvania or Philips, long life type (3000 hours). All incandescent lamps shall be inside frosted unless specifically directed otherwise. Provide socket adapters/extenders if required for accommodating the specified lamp. Fluorescent lamp color temperature shall be 3500K. Compact fluorescent twin tube /dual twin tube lamps shall be Osram or Philips, 82 CRI, minimum 10,000 hours rated. Long fluorescent twin tube lamps shall be Osram or Philips, 82 CRI, 3150 initial lumens, minimum 20,000 hours rated. F32T8 fluorescent lamps shall be rapid start, energy saving type, minimum 80 CRI, minimum 3200 initial lumens and minimum 20,000 hours rated. Lamps shall be Sylvania, Osram or Philips, equal to Sylvania #F032 /RS. Provide fixtures and /or fixture outlet boxes with hangers to properly support fixture weight. All lighting fixtures installed in or on suspended ceiling systems shall be anchored directly to the building structural system above (anchored per NEC). Such anchoring shall be independent of the ceiling support system. M fixtures shall be installed plumb and level. Support surface mounted fixtures greater than 2 feet in length at a point in addition to the outlet box fixture stud. 18. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT Provide all conduit and outlet boxes as required for all control wiring and thermostats. Furnish and install power wiring and make line connections to all heating, ventilating and air conditioning equipment. Electrical Contractor shall examine the approved drawings of all branches and shall wire and connect all motors, disconnects, control devices and other items requiring electricity for operation. This contractor shall make the necessary electrical connections between the specified equipment and the junction box near equipment with flexible metallic conduit and matched connectors. No flexible conduit shall be exposed in finished rooms. Each motor shall have disconnect switch or manual starter installed per mechanical /electrical schedule ahead of motor or motor magnetic starter. The Electrical Contractor shall provide control and interlock wiring as specifically indicated on the drawings. All other control wiring required for operation of the systems shall be provided by the Heating Contractor. 19. ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT SAFETY SWITCHES, STARTERS, CONTACTORS & TIME CLOCKS: All safety switches shall be safety type, quick make and quick break, externally operated, heavy duty (type HD) as manufactured by Square D. Provide NEMA 1 or NEMA 3R enclosures as required. Size for load unless indicated Starters shall be Men Bradley. Starters, in general, shall be equal to that indicated below unless otherwise indicated on 1 Phase Manual Starter in Finished Areas Allen Bradley Bul. 600110X109 flush mounted, 2 pole toggle switch type with neon pilot; (for starters surface mounted to equipment, provide same except Bul. 600 TAX109 NEMA 1. 3 Phase Combination Magnetic Starters With Disconnect Size 1 minimum, equal to Allen Bradley Bul. 512, NEMA I enclosure. All magnetic starters shall be equipped with external pilot lights (color as directed), external reset button, external non- fused disconnect switch and external HOA selector switches in cover and with auxiliary contacts and with fused control transformers. All starters shall be sized according to load being served. Manual and magnetic starters thermal overload elements shall be rated between 115X and 125% full load current or as called for under NEC. Coordinate overload requirements with respective equipment manufacturer prior to installation. Multi- Purpose Time Clock shall be equal to Intermatic /ET90415CR (or equal by Paragon, Tork). Time clock shall be programmable 365 day, 24 hour with override controls. Unit shall be 4 channel. Provide all required external contactors, relays, etc. to render the control systems fully operational. Verify zone control requirements in field prior to rough -in. Provide battery backup extended power carryover. Custom programming shall be configured as specified and detailed on plans. Lighting contactors shall be equal to Square D Class 8903 (or Allen- Bradley Bul. 500L -BA•94 series) for tungsten & ballast lighting and resistance heating loads. Lighting contactors shall be electrically held in factory NEMA 1 enclosure, with 120V coil and characteristics as indicated on drawings or as required. 'Dry' contacts shall be rated at 30A. 250V or 600V as required. Provide number of poles (minimum of four poles) and number of contactors as required for each application. Verify all coil voltage ratings in field. PANELBOARDS: 208Y/120 volt low voltage panels shall be Square D NQOD with bolt -on type branch breakers. 480Y/277V Lighting and Appliance panelboards shall be equal to Square D NF with bolt-on branch breakers. All busses shall be copper. All branch circuit breakers shall be full size and rated for switching duty (SWD). All multi - pole branch breakers shall have internal common trip with single handle (handle -ties shall not be acceptable). Provide 20 ( + / -) non - padlock type breaker lock -on devices and install on branch breakers as directed in field (night lights, computers, security, etc.). Provide detailed typewritten schedules for all panelboards. Circuit breakers shall be furnished as scheduled on the drawings or as otherwise required based on field determinations. MI branch circuit breaker numbering shall be vertical, verify in field. TRANSFORMERS: Power Distribution Transformers shall be Square D Dry Type. Provide copper windings. Provide 4' high concrete housekeeping pad (with chamfered edges) for all floor mounted transformers. Install units on vibration mounts; comply with manufacturers indicated installation method. 20. TELEPHONE AND P.O.S. SYSTEM 1. Provide complete empty raceway system as indicated on the plans. 2. Provide a system of conduits, wiring and outlet boxes with 3/8' diameter bushed cover plates as indicated and /or required. 3. Coordinate all work with the requirements of the telephone company or P.O.S. contractor as required. 4. Provide Teflon CAD 5 cable (4 TV/ pair 22 AWG unshielded). Each location requires 3 cables. Two with blue jacket and one with white jacket. Provide 5 feet slack. the plans: RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWLA NOV 16 2012 TE PERM ND APPROVAL AA: ARCHITECTURAL GROUP 1 NTERNATIONAL 15 WEST SEVENTH STREET COVINGTON, KENTUCKY 41011 PH 859- 261 -5400 FAX 859 -261 -5530 H KOHRS LONNEMANN HEIL ENGINEERS, PSC MECHANICAL /ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE, STE. 11 FT. THOMAS, KENTUCKY 41075 859 - 442 -8050 859-442-8058 FAX This clawing le the property of ARCHITECTURAL GROUP INl'L and Is not to be reproduced or copied h wtale o h pert !Hs only to be used far the project and ells epeolfioay Identified hersh and Is not to be used an any other project It Is to be reb.ined won request Soalee as stated harem am veld on the oral dtawhg my. Contractor ehal carefully review al dmensions and carillons shown hereon and at aloe report to the Architect any error, homels- tanoy or omission he may deoover. MP_ l a% Lawaa kal n n 0 ty) >1- 0 co MaiMmta aMM 110912 ELECTRICAL LEGEND AND SPECIFICATIONS Mama Ma E -1.1 ELECTRIC LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION A,B,C LUMINAIRE /LIGHTING FIXTURE TYPES - REFER TO LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE LIGHTING CONTROL /SWITCHING a,b,c SWITCHING DESIGNATION NL nl UNSWITCHED NIGHT -LIGHT FIXTURE $ SINGLE POLE SWITCH 3$ 3 -WAY SWITCH DIMMER SWITCH lb] LIGHTING CONTACTOR ( "L" INDICATES LIGHTING CONTACTOR; "A" INDICATES CONTACTOR DESIGNATION) LA LB ® OCCUPANCY SENSOR (PIR) AUTO WALL SWITCH 0 48" AFT /AUTO -OFF & DIP SW. CHOICE OF AUTO OR MANUAL ON, 180 DEG. /1000 SQ.FT. (WS #WI -200, 0- 800W/120V, 0- 1200W/277V) LCP -ME LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL RECEPTACLES /MISCELLANEOUS OUTLETS 0 DUPLEX RECEPTACLE 1 DUPLEX RECEPTACLE - AT COUNTER HEIGHT OR SPECIAL HEIGHT PER ARCHITECT IN FIELD 40 DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE ( "QUAD ") QUAD RECEPTACLE - AT COUNTER HEIGHT OR SPECIAL HEIGHT PER ARCHITECT IN FIELD ell DUPLEX GFCI RECEPTACLE - COUNTER HEIGHT OR SPECIAL HEIGHT - DO NOT FEED DOWNSTREAM OUTLETS FROM LOAD SIDE TERMINALS UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE ON DWGS. Off) FLUSH CEIUNG DUPLEX RECEPTACLE ® FLOOR OUTLET SEE POWER AND SYSTEMS PLAN FOR SPECIFICATION MISCELLANEOUS O THERMOSTAT (LOW VOLTAGE) - FURNISHED, INSTALLED AND WIRED BY H.C. OUTLET BOX AND CONDUIT STUB -UP BY E.C. INDICATES A DIRECT CONNECTION TO EQUIPMENT D HEAVY DUTY DISCONNECT SWITCH (NON- FUSED) 3 HEAVY DUTY DISCONNECT SWITCH (FUSED) MS MANUAL STARTER WITH PILOT LIGHT ® MOTOR ®- MOTOR OPERATED DAMPER (120V) - FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY H.C., POWER AND INTERLOCK WIRING BY E.C. CEILING MOUNTED EXHAUST FAN II MISCELLANEOUS RECESSED OR SURFACE MOUNTED PANELBOARD AS INDICATED ON PLANS nm PLYWOOD EQUIPMENT BOARD BY E.C. (SEE DIVISION 16 SPECIFICATIONS) CIRCUIT BREAKER (NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE) IN ice! r� INDICATES GROUNDING BY E.C. PER N.E.C. ARTICLE 250 MINIMUM TRANSFORMER ligT g ELECTRIC METER iii RAC EWAY /WIRE /CABLE , -- -(1,3) HOME RUN WITH CIRCUIT NUMBER(S) CABUNG /RACEWAY - CEIUNG OR WALL - SEE SPECS. FOR APPL CONDUIT /RACEWAY REQ'TS. (FULLY CONCEALED IN FINISHED AREAS, CONCEALED TO OVERHEAD STRUCTURE IN UNFIN. AREAS) ----- - ----- CABUNG /RACEWAY - BELOW FLOOR /GRADE - SEE SPECS. FOR APPL CONDUIT /RACEWAY REQ'TS. ® JUNCTION BOX - ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEIUNG OR AT STRUCTURE IN AREAS WiTH NO CEILING JUNCTION BOX - WALL (FLUSH IN FINISHED AREAS) 0 ABBREVIATIONS AND NOTES E.C. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR G.C. GENERAL CONTRACTOR A ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR (OR GRADE /PAVEMENT WHERE APPLICABLE) TO CENTER OF OUTLET (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) W/P PROVIDE WEATHERPROOF EQUIPMENT /FIXTURE /DEVICE 42" DISTANCE ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR (OR GRADE /PAVEMENT WHERE APPUC.) TO CENTER OF OUTLET GFl / GFCI GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER DEVICE (UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS, DO NOT FEED DOWNSTREAM OUTLETS FROM LOAD SIDE TERMINALS OF GFl RECEPTS.) IG INDICATES ISOLATED GND. DEVICE W /PARITY SIZED ISOLATED /INSULATED EQT. GND. CONDUCTOR (GREEN W/YELLOW TRACER). PROVIDE DEDICATED #10 AWG NEUTRAL COND. FOR EA. PHASE COND. EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER TTB TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD EWH ELECTRIC WATER HEATER FURNISHED & INSTALLED BY P.C., WIRED BY E.C. DATA /VO I C E • # TELEPHONE OUTLET # = NUMBER OF CABLES (PROVIDE ONE CABLE DROP WHERE NO NUMBER IS INDICATED) O #D #V COMBINATION TELEPH. /DATA OUTLET; #D= NUMBER OF DATA CABLES; #V= NUMBER OF VOICE CABLE$ (PROVIDE 1 DATA CABLE DROP & 1 TELEPHONE CABLE DROP WHERE NO NUMBER IS INDICATED) V' # DATA OUTLET # = NUMBER OF CABLES (PROVIDE ONE CABLE DROP WHERE NO NUMBER IS INDICATED) RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWLA NOV 16 2012 TE PERM ND APPROVAL AA: ARCHITECTURAL GROUP 1 NTERNATIONAL 15 WEST SEVENTH STREET COVINGTON, KENTUCKY 41011 PH 859- 261 -5400 FAX 859 -261 -5530 H KOHRS LONNEMANN HEIL ENGINEERS, PSC MECHANICAL /ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE, STE. 11 FT. THOMAS, KENTUCKY 41075 859 - 442 -8050 859-442-8058 FAX This clawing le the property of ARCHITECTURAL GROUP INl'L and Is not to be reproduced or copied h wtale o h pert !Hs only to be used far the project and ells epeolfioay Identified hersh and Is not to be used an any other project It Is to be reb.ined won request Soalee as stated harem am veld on the oral dtawhg my. Contractor ehal carefully review al dmensions and carillons shown hereon and at aloe report to the Architect any error, homels- tanoy or omission he may deoover. MP_ l a% Lawaa kal n n 0 ty) >1- 0 co MaiMmta aMM 110912 ELECTRICAL LEGEND AND SPECIFICATIONS Mama Ma E -1.1 *I** *i * \* bad \ ** . . 1' -2" 10' -6" ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN 1/4' • 1' -0' 10' -6" 2' 8" 2' -5" 2' -4" 2' -5" 2' -4" 1�1 I'1 TO SIGNAGE A- 2628,30 18 A -29 POWER AND LK 1TNG KEYED NOTES: 3' -3" 8' 5" PROVIDE NEW LIGHTING SWITCH BANK FOR SALES AREA LIGHTING. REFER TO DETAIL ON SHEET E1.4 FOR MORE INFORMATION. MOUNT SWITCH BANK SO THAT THE CENTER OF THE TOP ROW OF SWITCHES IS AT 46" AFF. 2. LOCATION OF ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT. SEE RISER DIAGRAM ON SHEET E -1.3 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 3. EXISTING JUNCTION BOX AND DISCONNECT SWITCH IN A CONCEALED BUT ACCESSIBLE LOCATION FOR STOREFRONT SIGNAGE SHALL REMAIN. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE WHIP FOR CONNECTION TO SIGNAGE. SIGN FIXTURE PROVIDED & INSTALLED BY OWNER'S SIGN CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH OWNER AND SIGNAGE VENDOR. 4. PROVIDE (2) DUPLEX RECEPTACLES UNDER COMMON FACE PLATE, ONE DEDICATED POWER AND ONE NORMAL POWER. 5. REFER TO DETAIL 2 ON SHEET E1.3 FOR MORE INFORMATION. 6. (1) DUPLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED HORIZONTALLY 0 17" A.F.F. (TO CENTER OF DEVICE) AND (1) DUPLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED HORIZONTALLY 0 85" A.F.F. (TO CENTER OF DEVICE). 7. PROVIDE CONCRETE SAW - CUTTING AS REQUIRED TO SERVE FLOOR RECEPTACLES /DATA OUTLETS. ROUTE (1) 1" CONDUIT FOR POWER, (1) 1" CONDUIT FOR DATA AND (1) 3/4" CONDUIT FOR PHONE TO NEAREST FULL HEIGHT WALL. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO COORDINATE ALL SLAB WORK WITH LANDLORD, INCLUDING SLAB X -RAY. 8. 9. PROVIDE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE IN STOREFRONT SOFFIT WITHIN 18" OF TOP OF GLAZING. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOXES AT THE BASE OF THE MILLWORK FOR TERMINATION OF THE CONDUIT STUBS. E.C. SHALL MAKE "WHIP" CONNECTIONS FROM DEVICES IN MILLWORK TO JUNCTION BOX. AREA INSIDE DASHED LINES SHOWS AREA USED FOR UGHTING COMPLIANCE ALLOWANCES. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX FOR SOUND SYSTEM WIRING, SEE ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. PROVIDE 1" (MINIMUM) CONDUIT FOR INCOMING TELEPHONE SERVICE TO LOCATION AS INDICATED. EXISTING CONDUIT MAY BE RE -USED IF FOUND TO BE IN GOOD CONDITION. EXISTING EQUIPMENT BACKBOARD FOR THE MOUNTING OF TELEPHONE AND DATA EQUIPMENT SAHLL REMAIN. PROVIDE (5) RJ -45 JACKS AND (2) RJ -11 JACKS AT THIS LOCATION. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH PROJECT MANAGER. REFER TO RISER DIAGRAM ON SHEET E3.1 FOR MORE INFORMATION. PROVIDE (1) CAT5e CABLE FROM FRONT OF STORE TO EQUIPMENT BACKBOARD FOR CUSTOMER COUNTER. PROVIDE 240V 60A /3P /NF NEMA -3R DISCONNECT SWITCH AND FINAL CONNECTION FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT. REFER TO PANEL SCHEDULES FOR CONDUIT AND WIRE SIZES. PROVIDE HUBBELL S1PFB FLOOR BOX AND S1SP4X4 SUB -PLATE TO CONTAIN (4) NEMA 5 -20R RECEPTACLE AND (4) PHONE/DATA OUTLETS. PROVIDE ALUMINUM FINISHED COVERPLATES, TRIM RINGS, ETC. PROVIDE OCCUPANCY SENSOR TYPE WALL SWITCH TO CONTROL RESTROOM LIGHTING, LEVITON ODS10 -ID OR EQUAL. 17. (1) DUPLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED HORIZONTALLY AT 12" A.F.F. (TO CENTER OF DEVICE). 18. REFER TO LIGHTING CONTROL SCHEMATIC AND CONTACTOR SCHEDULE ON SHEET E1.4 FOR CIRCUITS TO BE CONNECTED THROUGH TIMECLOCK AND CONTACTORS. 19. PROVIDE 2 -HOUR OVERRIDE SWITCH (INTERMATIC FF SERIES OR EQUIVALENT) FOR OVERRIDE OF TIMECLOCK AUTO SHUT -OFF OF UGHTING. REFER TO DETAIL ON SHEET E1.4 FOR MORE INFORMATION. 20. WIRE EMERGENCY EGRESS FIXTURE THROUGH IOTA INVERTER, SEE RISER DIAGRAM FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 21. PROVIDE CONCRETE SAW - CUTTING AS REQUIRED TO SERVE FLOOR RECEPTACLES. ROUTE (1) 1" CONDUIT FOR POWER, AND (1) 1" CONDUIT WITH A PULL STRING FOR FUTURE DATA TO NEAREST FULL HEIGHT WALL. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO COORDINATE ALL SLAB WORK WITH LANDLORD, INCLUDING SLAB X -RAY. 22. ALL EXISTING NIGHT LIGHTING AND NORMAL LIGHTING IN THIS ROOM SHALL REMAIN. MAINTAIN EXISTING CIRCUITRY. EXTEND /TRUNCATE EXISTING NORMAL LIGHTING CIRCUIT THROUGH TIMECLOCK AND SWITCH "d ". REFER TO LIGHTING CONTROL SCHEMATIC AND CONTACTOR SCHEDULE ON SHEET E1.4 FOR MORE INFORMATION. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. EXISTING EXHAUST FAN SHALL REMAIN. CONNECT EXHAUST FAN TO SAME CIRCUIT FEEDING THE LIGHTING IN THIS ROOM AND INTERLOCK WITH OCCUPANCY SENSOR. REFER TO UGHTING PLAN. PROVIDE SERVICE RECEPTACLES AT HVAC UNITS LOCATION TO BE CIRCUITED TO A -29. REFER TO DETAIL 3 ON SHEET E1.3 FOR MORE INFORMATION. PROVIDE JUNO CURRENT UMIIING DEVICE BUILT -INTO END FEED OF TRACK LIGHTING. CURRENT LIMITING DEVICE SIZE INDICATED BY CL# WHERE # = AMP RATING (LE. CL9 = JUNO TCL9BL CURRENT UMITER). CONNECT EXIT SIGNS, BUG -EYE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND FLUORESCENT NIGHT LIGHTS TO UN- SWITCHED, LOCKED CIRCUIT A -25. FIXTURES SHALL NOT BE CONNECTED TO INVERTER. PROVIDE NORA CURRENT LIMITING DEVICE BUILT -INTO END FEED OF TRACK UGHTING. CURRENT LIMITING DEVICE SIZE INDICATED BY CL# WHERE # = AMP RATING (LE. CL10 = NORA NT- 348/10A CURRENT LIMITER). 8' 5" 4' 2" 8' 5" ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN 1/4' a 1'-0' GENERAL NOTES A. ALL WALL PLATES SHALL BE WHITE IN COLOR. B. ALL CONDUITS SHALL BE CONCEALED IN WALLS AND OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE FLUSH WITH FINISHED WALL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. C. CIRCUITS UP TO 100' -0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #12 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. CIRCUITS FROM 101' -0" TO 150' -0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILZE #10 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. CIRCUITS FROM 151' -0" TO 25O' -0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #8 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. CIRCUITS ABOVE 251' -0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #6 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. D. LIGHTING SHALL BE CIRCUITED EXACTLY AS SHOWN ON PLANS. CIRCUITING SHALL BE THRU- WIRING WHEREVER POSSIBLE. MULTIPLE CONNECTIONS TO A SINGLE UGHT FIXTURE FOR VOLTAGE DROP CONDITIONS OR AS A RESULT OF A FIELD CONDITION ARE ACCEPTABLE. UGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE MANUFACTURED TO ACCOMMODATE THRU- WIRING, ANY RELATED COSTS FOR MULTIPLE CONNECTIONS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN BID. E. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR'S BID SHALL INCLUDE THE INSTALLATION OF ALL LIGHT FIXTURES AND ASSOCIATED LAMPS FURNISHED BY THE BODY SHOP. INSTALLATION OF LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND ACCORDING TO CODE REQUIREMENTS. E.C. IS RESPONSIBLE TO ENSURE THE ADJUST ABILITY OF ALL DIRECTIONAL FIXTURES AFTER INSTALLATION AND SHALL AIM THE FIXTURES PER DIRECTION FROM G.C. UGHT FIXTURE SPECIFICATIONS MAY VARY, IF THIS IS THE CASE, CONTRACTOR SHALL CALL THE UGHTING DISTRIBUTOR FOR EXACT SPECIFICATION OF UGHTING FIXTURES. IF THE CEILING SYSTEMS ARE FIRE RATED, E.C. SHALL CLOSELY COORDINATE FIXTURE REQUIREMENTS WITH THE BODY SHOP. F. EMERGENCY AND EXIT FIXTURES SHALL BE INSTALLED AND CIRCUITED PER LOCAL AND LATEST NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODES. ALL EMERGENCY AND EXIT FIXTURES SHALL BE DUAL - VOLTAGE WITH BATTERY BACKUP (120/277 VOLT INPUT). INSTALL A CENTRAL BATTERY SYSTEM WHERE THE USE OF INDIVIDUAL BATTERY UNITS ARE PROHIBITED BY LOCAL CODES. IF PLAN LOCATION IS NOT ACCEPTABLE, IMMEDIATELY CONTACT THE BODY SHOP PROJECT MANAGER FOR DIRECTION. G. WHERE DRYWALL CEIUNGS ARE USED IN THE SALES AREA, E.C. SHALL ARRANGE CIRCUITS TO AVOID THE USE OF JUNCTION BOXES IN INACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS. THE USE OF JUNCTION BOXES ABOVE DRYWALL CEILINGS SHALL BE LIMITED TO LOCATIONS NEAR ACCESS FRAMES USED FOR DIFFUSERS AND RETURN AIR GRILLES OR ACCESS PANELS AS LOCATED ON PLANS. IF PLAN LOCATION IS NOT ACCEPTABLE, IMMEDIATELY CONTACT THE BODY SHOP PROJECT MANAGER FOR DIRECTION. H. IT SHALL BE THE E.C.'S RESPONSIBILITY TO UNLOAD INVENTORY AND STORE LIGHTING PACKAGE. THE E.C. SHALL ALSO SHIP ANY EXCESS MATERIALS BACK TO THE ELECTRICAL PACKAGE DISTRIBUTOR. I. UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE ALL BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH (2) #12,(1) #12 GND IN 3/4" CONDUIT. J. NIGHT -UGHT FIXTURES "NL" SHALL BE WIRED AHEAD OF SWITCHING. K. EMERGENCY FIXTURES, EMERGENCY BALLASTS, EXIT SIGNS, SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH AN UNSWITCHED "HOT" TO PROVIDE CONTINUOUS POWER TO BALLAST EVEN WHEN FIXTURE IS OFF. EMERGENCY FIXTURES, EXIT SIGNS AND NIGHT LIGHTS SHALL BE CIRCUITED AHEAD OF ALL SWITCHES, CONTACTORS, TIMECLOCKS, ETC. L. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF DEVICES SERVING CASEWORK WITH CASEWORK CONTRACTOR. M. COORDINATE ALL LOW VOLTAGE CONDUIT AND ROUGH -IN REQUIREMENTS WITH LOW VOLTAGE CONTRACTORS. ALL LOW VOLTAGE TEMPERATURE CONTROL WIRING SHALL BE BY THE HVAC CONTRACTOR. N. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE A TYPED PANEL DIRECTORY WITH ALL CIRCUITS ACCURATELY LISTED PRIOR TO STORE OPENING. 0. ALARM CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL OTHER ALARM SYSTEM CONNECTIONS. P. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO REVIEW ALL ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS, ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND NOTES TO INSURE THAT ALL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS ARE MET. Q. ALL POWER AND ALARM WIRING FOR EXIT DOORS SHALL BE CONCEALED IN DOOR FRAME. R. DUCTWORK AND PIPING SHALL NOT BE ROUTED OVER ELECTRIC PANELS OR TRANSFORMERS. S. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX AND RACEWAY FOR THERMOSTATS. THERMOSTATS AND TEMPERATURE SENSORS INSTALLED AND WIRED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. TYPICAL OF ALL. T. THE FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS SHOWING ALL EXISTING, RELOCATED AND /OR ADDED FIRE ALARM DEVICES WITHIN THE SPACE. THE FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO PROVIDE UPDATED POWER AND BATTERY CALCULATIONS ALONG WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION SHEETS TO SHOW POWER REQUIREMENTS HAVE BEEN ADJUSTED TO PROVIDE FOR THE ADDED DEVICES. U. ELECTRICAL SUB SHALL PULL LOW VOLTAGE PERMIT AT START OF PROJECT. V. W. X. Y. ANY PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE- RESISTANT/RATED WALLS, PARTITIONS, FLOORS, AND CEIUNGS SHALL BE FIRESTOPPED USING APPROVED METHODS TO MAINTAIN THE FIRE RESISTANCE RATING. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR LOCATIONS OF RECEPTACLE FIXTURES. �p ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLATION OF ALL !. l± ►/7' $ FOR PHONE AND DATA WRING AS INDICATED. ELECTRICAL CONTRACT "' ,1�O RESPONSIBLE FOR RUNNING ALL PHONE AND DATA WIRING. 4#69 ©��� RIN ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN A PERMIT FOR LOW VOLTAGE WIFo RECEIVE CITY OF TUKWILA NOV 1 b 2012 PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECTURAL GROUP 1 NTERNATIONAL 15 WEST SEVENTH STREET COVINGTON, KENTUCKY 41011 PH 859 - 261 -5400 FAX 859- 261 -5530 K KOHRS LONNEMANN HELL ENGINEERS, PSC MECHANICAL /ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE, STE. 11 FT. THOMAS, KENTUCKY 41075 859 - 442 -8050 859- 442 -8058 FAX Tile drawhp is the property of ARCHITECTURAL GROUP INT L- and le not to be reproduced or copied h whole or h pert It is only to be used for the project and eite epedloaly Identified herein and Is not to be used on any other project It le to be retuned upon request Scales as stated hhereecn are weld an the original Contractor ahal carefully review al drnenelans and oandtlortle shown hereon and at once report to the Architect any error, hoonals- tanoy or onieabn he may deoonner. MEN Date. n A 0 Z ty) >••• D co w Z co r O z W W a. co ' 0 2;1 1 . O 0 z W cc co 0 •rt H 1 J cc w z w v z 0 co g 110912 LIGHTING AND POWER PLANS E-1.2 C1 FELD VERFY ALL CON DmONS DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING OR AWARD OF CONTRACT TO INSPECT EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR FIELD MODIFICATIONS DUE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER tR OWNER PRIOR TO BIDDING FOR INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OF THE DESIGN AND INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL COSTS TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT. CLARIFICATIONS MADE BY THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER AFTER BIDDINd WILL BE FINAL AND SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED AT CONTRACTORS COST. BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHALL HAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES AND SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR BIDS THE COSTS FOR ALL WORK INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS NOT WITHSTANDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALERT ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER OF ANY APPARENT DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN GOVERNING CODES AND DESIGN INTENT. NOTE: EQUIPMENT AND CONDUIT SHOWN DASHED AND /OR FADED ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN. ELECTRIC ROOM THE BODY SHOP SPACE axM MM, OEXISTING LANDLORD ELECTRIC SERVICE 120/208V, 30, 4W .)ELECTRICAL RISER DIAGRAM SCALE: NONE TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT BOARD "1TB" TO EMERGENCY QIRCUIT EX STING PANEL A 120/208V 30,4W 100A MCB 142 POLE I FLOOR ® RISER DIAGRAM CODED NOTES: 1. LANDLORDS EXISTING ELECTRIC DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT. 2. EXISTING METER AND MAIN DISCONNECT TO REMAIN. 3. EXISTING 100A FEEDERS AND CONDUIT TO REMAIN. 4. PROVIDE NEW 4 CIRCUIT TIMECLOCK TC1, UGHTING CONTACTOR LC1, AND UGHTING CONTACTOR J. REFER TO SCHEDULES ON SHEET E -1.4 AND SPECIFICATIONS ON SHEET E -1.1 FOR MORE INFORMATION. 5. EXISTING ELECTRICAL PANEL A SHALL REMAIN. REUSE EXISTING CIRCUIT BREAKERS WHEREVER POSSIBLE. PROVIDE NEW CIRCUIT BREAKERS AS REQUIRED (SEE SCHEDULE ON THIS SHEET). BREAKERS SHALL BE BY THE SAME MANUFACTURER, TYPE, INTERRUPTING RATING, ETC. OF THE EXISTING PANELS TO ENSURE COMPATIBIUTY - FIELD VERIFY. 6. PROVIDE (2) #12, (1) #12 GND IN 3/4" CONDUIT FOR UNINTERRUPTIBLE INVERTER. 7. PROVIDE IOTA UNINTERRUPTIBLE INVERTER (IIS- 125 -SM) WITH 90 MINUTE BATTERY BACK -UP FOR UP TO 125W. INVERTER SHALL BE WALL MOUNTED AND INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. CONNECT TO LOCKED CIRCUIT. 8. EXISTING CONDUIT FOR TELEPHONE/DATA. PROVIDE ALL TELEPHONE/DATA CABLING AS REQUIRED FOR TELEPHONE AND DATA SERVICES. NO EXPOSED TELEPHONE CABLES IN RETURN AIR PLENUMS. CONTACT LOCAL TELEPHONE COMPANY TO ARRANGE FOR TELEPHONE SERVICE IN OWNER'S NAME. COORDINATE EXACT REQUIREMENTS WITH CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND LANDLORD. 9. EXISTING PLYWOOD TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT BOARD SHALL REMAIN. RISER DIAGRAM GENERAL NOTES A. PARALLEL FEEDER CONDUCTORS SHALL BE CUT TO EXACTLY THE SAME LENGTHS AND SHALL BE FROM THE SAME FACTORY RUN. ALL CONNECTIONS FOR SAME SHALL BE TORQUED TO IDENTICAL VALUES. B. EXTERIOR ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL NOT ONLY BE WEATHERPROOF AND WATER - TIGHT, BUT SHALL ALSO BE RUST - RESISTANT. C. CONDUCTORS BELOW GRADE OR SUBJECT TO MOISTURE SHALL BE "XHHW -2 ". D. PROVIDE FACTORY SERIES COORDINATION FOR ALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS (INCLUDING ALL BRANCH BREAKERS), RELATIVE TO "UPSTREAM" BREAKERS, SO THAT ONLY THE BREAKER CLOSEST IN THE CIRCUIT TO THE LOAD TRIPS UPON AN OVERLOAD OR FAULT CONDITION. E. POWER DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER SHALL PROVIDE EQUIPMENT APPROPRIATELY RATED AND BRACED TO ACCOMMODATE THE AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT AT THE UTIUTY COMPANY TRANSFORMER SECONDARIES. THIS SUPPLIER SHALL ACCORDINGLY PROVIDE ANY RELATED CALCULATIONS SO THAT THEIR EQUIPMENT IS PROPERLY COORDINATED FOR THE AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THIS SUPPUER WITH COPIES OF THE ELECTRICAL DOCUMENTS AS REQUIRED SO THAT PROPERLY RATED /BRACED EQUIPMENT IS PROVIDED UNDER BASE BID. F. GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTORS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN STRICT COMPUANCE WITH N.E.C., INCLUDING N.E.C. ARTICLE 250 AND TABLE 250 -66. THESE CONDUCTORS MAY NOT BE INDICATED ON RISERS OR SINGLE -UNES, BUT SHALL BE PROVIDED UNDER BASE BID NEVERTHELESS. G. EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH N.E.C., INCLUDING N.E.C. ARTICLE 250 AND TABLE 250 -122. THESE CONDUCTORS MAY NOT BE INDICATED ON RISERS OR SINGLE -UNES, BUT SHALL BE PROVIDED UNDER BASE BID NEVERTHELESS. H. WORKING CLEARANCES SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT (SWITCHBOARDS, PANELBOARDS, TRANSFORMERS, STARTERS, DISCONNECTS, ETC. AS APPUCABLE) IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH N.E.C. CHAPTER 1, PART B, SECTION 110- 26(a). LOCATIONS SHOWN ON FLOOR PLANS ARE SCHEMATIC AND DIAGRAMMATIC IN NATURE. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ENSURING COMPLIANCE WITH THE ABOVE N.E.C. REFERENCE. THIS REQUIREMENT APPUES TO EQUIPMENT ON FLOOR PLANS AS WELL AS TO EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON RISER. I. HOLD ALL NEW OVERHEAD ELECTRICAL WORK AS TIGHT AS POSSIBLE TO THE BOTTOM OF THE OVERHEAD STRUCTURE. LOCATE ANY RELATED PULLBOXES SO THAT THEY WILL BE FULLY ACCESSIBLE AFTER ALL CONSTRUCTION WORK IS COMPLETE. AS WITH ALL WORK, COORDINATE IN ADVANCE WITH ALL OTHER TRADES. J. ROUTE FEEDER CONDUITS BELOW GRADE WHEREVER POSSIBLE. VERY UMITED SPACE EXISTS ABOVE ACOUSTICAL TILE CEIUNGS AND MANY, IF NOT MOST, OF THE SPACE ABOVE THE GYPSUM BOARD CEILINGS IS NOT AVAILABLE FOR RUNNING CONDUIT. STUDY ALL ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL & MECHANICAL DRAWINGS VERY CAREFULLY BEFORE LAYING OUT FEEDER ROUTES. K. ALL PANELS HAVE NEMA 1 ENCLOSURES UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. L. ALL PANELS ARE SURFACE MOUNTED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. M. E.C. SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR BALANCING ALL PHASES TO WITHIN +/ -10 %. (5) RJ -45 JACKS 01, D2, D3, D4, D5. L PHONE BOARD (1) RJ -45 JACK. D5. • L MANAGERS DESK 0 (1) RJ -11 JACK. V1. 0 0 (2) RJ -11 JACKS I V1, V2 J (2) RJ -11 JACKS V1, V2 1- vir (2) RJ -45 JACKS D1, D3 - (2) RJ -45 JACKS D2, D4 J CASHWRAP TELEPHONE WIRE IN 3/4" C. -\ qk's-CAT5CABLEIN 1 "C. DATA WIRING SCHEMATIC SCALE: NONE WP POWER DISCONNECT SWITCH UQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE CONDUIT (1'- 0 "MAX.LG.) HEAT PUMP, RTU OR CONDENSING UNIT FULL PERIM ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT CURB OR CONDENSING UNIT RAIL. 1 -5/8" POWERSTRUT RIGID CONDUIT -SIZE AS REQUIRED WP, GFI RECEPTACLE POWER & CONTROL CONDUIT ROOF TO BE ROUTED THRU ROOF IN APPROVED OPENEINGS IN RTU CURBS. EXISTING JOIST ()ROOFTOP RECEPTACLE DETAIL SCALE: NONE A (FXST\C ;) ROOM MOUNTING FED NOTE VOLTS BUS NEUTRAL 208Y/120V 3P 4W AIC RFFFR TO SINGL F -LINF DIAGRAM FROM REFER TO SINGLE -UNE DIAGRAM AMPS REFER TO SINGLE -LINE DIAGRAM MAIN REFER TO SINGLE -LINE DIAGRAM UTILITY . 100% LUGS RFFFR TO SING! F -I INF DIAGRAM CKT # CKT BKR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION KVA LOAD CKT # CKT BKR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION KVA LOAD A B C A B C 1 20/1 SPARE 0 2 100/3 MAIN 0 3 20/1 STOREFRONT RECEPTACLE, UGHTING 0.252 4 1 0 5 20/1 SALES LIGHTING 0.144 6 1 0 7 20/1 SALES LIGHTING 0.162 8 20/1 FLOOR RECEPTS 0.72 9 20/1 PERIMETER TRACK LTG 1.44 10 20/1 L CONTACTOR, TIME CLOCK 0.4 11 20/1 CENTER PENDANT TRACK LTG 0.12 12 20/1 SPARE 0 13 20/1 PERIMETER FIXTURE RECEPT 1.4-4 14 40/3 RTU -1 4.18 15 20/1 PERIMETER FIXTURE RECEPT 0.9 16 1 (348 & (1) #10 GND IN 3/4" CONDUIT 4.18 17 20/1 PERIMETER FIXTURE RECEPT 1.44 18 1 4.18 19 20/1 MICRO /FRIDGE FRIDGE /MICROWAVE QUAD 1.5 20 20/1 MANAGER'S DESK QUAD 1.36 21 20/1 TELEPHONE BOARD QUAD 0.36 22 20/1 MANAGER'S DESK QUAD 0.36 23 20/1 RESTROOM LIGHTING 0.117 24 20/1 MANAGER'S DESK DUPLEX 0.18 25 20/1 L EMERGENCY /NIGHT LIGHTS INVERTER, LIGHTING 0.163 26 20/1 CASH WRAP RECEPT 0.36 27 20/1 SIGNAGE 1.2 28 20/1 CASHWRAP RECEPT (DEDICATED) 0.36 29 20/1 RTU SERVICE RECEPTACLE 0.18 30 20/1 CASHWRAP RECEPT 0.18 31 20/1 SPARE 0 32 20/1 RESTROOM, GFCI RECEPTACLE 0.18 33 20/1 SPARE 0 34 30/1 EXISTING WATER HEATER 2.88 35 20/1 SPARE 0 36 20/1 SPACE 0 37 /1 SPACE 0 38 20/1 SPACE 0 39 /1 SPACE 0 40 20/1 SPACE 0 41 /1 SPACE 0 42 20/1 SPACE 0 TOTAL CONNECTED KVA BY PHASE 10.1 12.3 6.54 TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS BY PHASE 83.8 103 54.5 CONN. KVA CALC. KVA CONN. KVA CALC. KVA UGHTING 2.09 2.62 (125 %) CONTINUOUS 4.71 5.88 (125 %) LARGEST MOTOR 0 0 (125 %) HEATING 12.5 12.5 (100 %) OTHER MOTORS 0 0 (100 %) NONCONTINUOUS 1.9 1.9 (100 %) RECEPTACLES 7.7 7.7 (50 % >10) KITCHEN EQUIP 0 0 (N /A) NONCOIN /DIVERSE 0 0 (N /A) L = PROVIDE LOCK "ON" HARDWARE TOTAL KVA 28.9 30.6 BALANCED THREE PHASE AMPS 85 HVAC ELECTRICAL COORDINATION SCHEDULE (MESCH) ABBREVIATIONS CONTRACTOR TYPE MOTOR CONTROL TYPE CONTROL TYPE DC MC SD CN TS c/B FUSE FLA MCA CP LOCAL DISCONNECT EC MOTOR CONTROL (POWER) EX DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR FC CONTROLS GC TOGGLE SWITCH HC H.A.C.R. CIRCUIT BREAKER AT SOURCE PANELBOARD MFR FUSE AT LOCAL DISCONNECT (VERIFY FIELD RATING) PC OPERATING FULL LOAD AMPS OR MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY CORD AND PLUG CONNECTION ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR HVAC CONTRACTOR MANUFACTURER PLUMBING CONTRACTOR OWNER OR OTHERS CS MCC MG MS VFD MSR OV COMBINATION STARTER MOTOR CONTROL CENTER MAGNETIC STARTER OR CONTACT MANUAL STARTER VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE MANUAL STARTER W /CONTROL RELAY OVERCURRENT PROTECTION TC CPT BAS LOW UNE RUNE MAN FA CO INT TIMECLOCK CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMER BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM LOW VOLTAGE CONTROLS UNE VOLTAGE CONTROLS REVERSE ACTING UNE VOLTAGE STAT MANUAL FIRE ALARM CARBON MONOXIDE SENSOR INTEGRAL TO EQUIPMENT MARK DESCRIPTION EXISTING VOLTS PHASE EMERG BHP HP RTU -1 ROOFTOP UNIT 208 3 HTG KW WATTS FLA MCA ❑CP DC FURN DC INST DC WIRE MC TYPE MC FURN MC INST MC WIRE CN TYPE CN FURN CN INST CN WIRE SD QUAN 3.3 34.8 40 EC EC EC MG MFR MFR MFR LOW HC HC HC 0 'e' 4 $QPCOI4IVO RECtivW/ /) CITY OF TUKW ILA NOV 1 b 2012 PERMIT CENTER ANLI. ARCHITECTURAL GROUP 1 NTERNATIONAL 15 WEST SEVENTH STREET COVINGTON, KENTUCKY 41011 PH 859- 261 -54Sja SAX 859- 261 -5530 1 EXPIRES 1 KOHRS LONNEMANN HEIL ENGINEERS, PSC MECHANICAL /ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE, STE. 11 FT. THOMAS, KENTUCKY 41075 859 - 442 -8050 859 - 442 -8058 FAX GGROIPINTL aandyto be reproduoedn�or copied h whole or h part It Is only to be used for the project and elee epedfioay Identified hereh and Is not to be used on any other project It is to be retuned upon request Scales as stated hereon are veld on the alghal drawing city. Cantraoeor shall carefully reriew al dmenebne and oondUone shown hereon and at anoe report to the Architect any error, hoonels- tanoy or arrdea on he may deoo er. Wirk A A 110912 ELECTRICAL DETAILS AND SCHEDULES E -1.3 LIGHT FIXTURE LEGEND TYPE DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER & CATALOG NO. FINISH LAMPS VOLTAGE WATTS NOTES TYPE A LED RECESSED 5" DOWNLIGHT JUNO 1C22W(HOUSING)-27C WH(TRIM) - DEN- PAR30- W27 -VS- NFL -120 120V 18 - B 5" LED RECESSED ADJUSTABLE DOWNLIGHT JUNO IC22W(HOUSING)- 267C- WH(TRIM) ox - sec. 1132 3j DFN- PAR30- W27 -VS- NFL -120 120V 18 - C LED RECESSED 5" DOWNLIGHT JUNO IC22W(HOUSING) 276- WH(TRIM) - DFN- PAR30- W27 -VS- NFL -120 120V 18 "NL" DESIGNATES EMERGENCY /EGRESS LIGHT.; FIXTURE TO CIRCUIT IN TO INVERTER POWER (IOTA ITS- 125 -SM) G RESTROOM WALL- MOUNTED LIGHT LIGHT CONCEPTS11934 -RE -WH 1.33 GE 17W L HEARTS 120V 17W WITH CORD AND PLUG; CENTERED ABOVE TOILET ROOM MIRROR J LED EXIT SIGN WITH BATTERY BACKUP BEST LIGHTING PRODUCTS EZXTEU2RW -EM Sales INCLUDED 120V 5W 1000 K EMERGENCY LIGHT WITH BATTERY BACKUP BEST LIGHTING PRODUCTS R -1 90 MIN. 120V/277V 2X5.4W 6V SEALED LEAD ACID - INCLUDED 120V 10W MOUNTED AT 9'-0" A.F.F.; BATTERY TYPE - SEALED LEAD ACID N TRACK LIGHT NORA LIGHTING TRACK HEAD GIMBAL RING NTH -107B BLACK DFN- PAR30- W27 -V2- NFL -120 (18W LED) 120V 26W VERTICALLY MOUNTED ON BULKHEAD; TO BE USED WITH NORA LIGHTING ON- CIRCUIT TRACK, BLACK (NT -302B OR NT -304B) P2 PENDANT LIGHT CARAVAGGIO CAR250 WHITE GE FLE26HT3 /2/XL827 120V 26W MOUNTED TO JUNO TRAC- MASTER, RECESSED; T14WH & T18WH P3 PENDANT LIGHT CARAVAGGIO CAR150 WHITE GE FLE26HT3 /2/XL827 120V 26W MOUNTED TO JUNO TRAC- MASTER, RECESSED; T14WH & T18WH SALES DOWNUGHTS SALES DOWNUGHTS SALES PENDANTS tar eb' ec' STOCK LIGHTS 'd' PERIMETER DISPLAY RECEPTS (VIA CONTACTOR LC2) 'e' 0 2 -HOUR OVERRIDE (.-:i-.) LIGHTING SWITCH BANK DETAIL SCALE: NONE PANEL -0 -00 O n —0 0 O -0 0 SIGNAGE STOCK LTS ® DETAL NOTES 1. REFER TO CONTACTOR SCHEDULES ON THIS SHEET FOR CIRCUITS TO BE CONNECTED TO CONTACTORS. 2. REFER TO TIMECLOCK SCHEDULE ON THIS SHEET FOR CIRCUITS TO BE CONNECTED TO TIMECLOCK. SWITCH 'd' SHOW WINDOW (RECEPTS & LIGHTS) /0 SWITCHES 'a,b,c' SWITCH 'e' 2 HOUR OVERRIDE TIMER SWITCH TO CONTROL TIMECLOCK POLE #4 CD CONTROL SCHEMATIC SCALE: NONE LIGFITNG CONTROL DESIGN LATENT SALES LIGHTS DISPLAY LIGHTING & FIXTURES STOREFRONT LIGHTING AND SIGNAGE; HARDWARE UGHTING TIMECLOCK. CONTROL INTENT: STOREFRONT LIGHTING, RECEPTACLES AND SIGNAGE SHALL TURN ON AND 'OFF' BASED ON THE TIME SCHEDULE(S) PROGRAMMED INTO THE TIMECLOCK. COORDINATE ON /OFF SCHEDULING WITH OWNER. SALES AREA LIGHTING AND DISPLAY UGHTINGr HARDWARE WALL MOUNTED TOGGLE SWITCHES, LIGHTING CONTACTOR AND TIMECLOCK. CONTROL INTENT: DURING BUSINESS HOURS (HOURS PROGRAMMED INTO TIMECLOCK) THE TOGGLE SWITCHES SHALL CONTROL THE RESPECTIVE CONTACTORS. AFTER BUSINESS HOURS, THE TIMECLOCK SHALL SWEEP 'OFF' THE LIGHTING REGARDLESS OF TOGGLE SWITCHES POSITIONS THE OVERRIDE SWITCH SHALL OVERRIDE THE 11MECLOCK SCHEDULING (FOR A MAXIMUM OF 2- HOURS) AND ALLOW FOR AFTER HOURS CONTROL OF THE LIGHTING VIA THE TOGGLES SWITCHES. COORDINATE ON /OFF TIMECLOCK SCHEDUUNG WITH OWNER TIMECLOCK "TC1" NUMBER OF CIRCUITS: 2 POLE CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 1 A -27 SIGNAGE 2 A -3 SF LIGHTING, RECEPTS 3 A -10 CONTACTOR LC1, LC2 4 -- SPARE CONTACTOR "LC1” SPECIFICATIONS: 4 POLE, 20A RATING, 120V, 120V COIL CONTROL REMARKS: TIMECLOCK AUTO OFF MOUNT IN NEMA -1 ENCLOSURE POLE CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 1 A -5 DOWNLIGHTS, SWITCH 'a' 2 A -7 DOWNLIGHTS, SWITCH 'b' 3 A -11 PENDANT LIGHTS, SWITCH 'c' 4 -- SPARE CONTACTOR "LC2" SPECIFICATIONS: 4 POLE, 20A RATING, 120V, 120V COIL CONTROL REMARKS: VIA SWITCH 'e' W /TC AUTO OFF MOUNT IN NEMA -1 ENCLOSURE POLE CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 1 A -9 PERIMETER TRACK LIGHTS 2 A -13 PERIMETER DISPLAY RECEPTS 3 A -15 PERIMETER DISPLAY RECEPTS 4 A -17 PERIMETER DISPLAY RECEPTS SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED REGtsvtL) CITY OF TUKWILA NOV 16 2012 PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECTURAL GROUP 1 NTERNATIONAL 15 WEST SEVENTH STREET COVINGTON, KENTUCKY 41011 PH 859- 261 -5400 FAX 859 - 261 -5530 ggK L H KOHRS LONNEMANN HEIL ENGINEERS, PSC MECHANICAL /ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE, STE. 11 FT. THOMAS, KENTUCKY 41075 859 - 442 -8050 859 -442 -8058 FAX This draving Is the property of ARCHITECTURAL GROUP INT'L and le not to be reproduced or copied h whole or h pert It Is only to be used for the project and site epedfloey identified herein and is not to be used on any other project It Is to be returned upon request Scales as stated hereon am void an the aiarrel X16 odY Contractor ahel carefully review el dlnenebns and oondtk ns shown hereon and at once report to the Architect any error, hoonele- tanoy or omiselon he may deoover. Mark tX A n 0 co .'a wiitt satisat 110912 Tito LIGHTING AND POWER DETAILS E -1.4 2009 Seattle Energy Code Compliance Form for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Interior Lighting Summary LTG -INT 200.9 seattie Energy node comp anise Fo rms. lnr Iaonrg:_' ii_ enttal iflyd Milttr9mlly Residential Revi sed December 2010 Project Info Prole t Adrdress THE BODY SHOP - SOUTH CENTER Date 11/7/2012 2800. SOUTHCENTER i3ALL For Bulldirng Department Use T , WA 9.8188. Applicant me. KLH ENGINEERS Applicarit,ddress 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIES, FT THOMAS, KY 41075 Applicant F:hone: 059 -442 -0050 Project Description ■ New Buiidiri 0 Addition 1. Alteration ■ Plans Included Referto SEC Section 1513 for controls and commissioning requirements. Compliance Option Pcescnptrv^e el Lighting PoaverAllowance 0 Systems Analysis (See uivaliticeiron Checklist foyer) Indicate Prescriptive & LPA spaces clearly on plans:) Alteration Exceptions (check appropriate r ■ No changes are being made to the lighting and the space use has not changed ox - sec. 1132 3j ® Less than (1 )i 20% of the fixtures or of the lamps plus ballasts alone are altered, added or replaced ((t eW}), installed wattage not increased, & the space use has not changed. Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage (Interior) Location (floor plan'Ioom /di Occupancy Description Allowed Watts per ft2 xs Gross interior Area in ffz Ailowed X Area Sales Retail 1.33 657 874 Toilet Facilities Toilet Facilities .0.80 23 18 Sales Additional 1000. Watts pet 10 1-00 1000 1000 Sales,. Display * Additional 0. 9fr /sg ft. for Retail Clothing Display Light: 0.90 270 243 x Front Table 1 1'(over) document all exceptions on form LTG -LPA Proposed Lighting Wattage (Interior) Total Allowed V \iatts 2135 Location (dear i lariroom# FIxtur De- ,crip:ti" nt Plumber of Fixtures VVattsri Fixture VVatts Proposed Sales N New track and track heads (wf cnxtent limiters) 13 120 1560 Sales A,B & C - 3' Dawnlight 24 23 552 Toilet... Facilities. Strip Light Over Mirror 1 17 17 Total Proposed Watts rattst ray not xceed Total ,"lflowed Watts for Interior Total oflamps inthe - fixture, interrelation, fixture not simply tile wattage or length list the transformer rated rtts ?Fixture blank. Proposed VL'atts 2129 Notes 1. For Ifropo_t 1Fixture track :lighting, list the 2 For proposed 'Watts/Fixture, specified In Section rA;att;age of current 3, List all fir m e° Parking Garage Description, ids inidicate,flixture, tiro, lamp. type (e.g. T -8), number length of the track tlri feet it addition to the `f lire. lamp, and ballast use manufacturer's listed rnaxirriurri input v:attaae of the '1530 For line 'voltage track. lighting, list the greater of actual lurri naire limiting devices or of the, transformer 'For low voltage track lighting For exempt lighting, note section and exception number, and leave 1'Vr_- Lighting - I12axhnrun Allowed Wattage and ballast type (if lamp wattage) and of track multiplied wattacje_ included)_ For ether criteria as by 50. cif the L. _atter] 0 c1 nr , Description Alloy , ed'Watts /ft" Gross Area (ft`) Watts Allowed Parking Garage Lighting - Proposed Wattage Location Fixture Description # of Fixtures Watts/Fixture 'Watts Proposed The 2009 SEiC :Section 1510 specifies that parking garage lighting cannot be traded with other interior Total Proposed Watts fighting or with exterior lightina 2009 Seattle Energy Code Compliance Form for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Interior Lighting Summary (back) LTG -INT 009'seattle Energy cod ornpliance Form for Plcnreslrlential and rlultii:irnil+Resiclenti:ai Poised Ciecerrider'2010 Prescriptive Spaces (ccripancy: 0 warehouse or Parking Garage • C'ther Qualification Checklist Note it occupancy: type Other" and f-r'ture answer is c-hecked, the number fit txtures in the pace is riot limited by code f l rarlyr n Indicate care these pa on plans_ If rice qualified, do LPA iCalctilations. Lighting a Check if 95% or more of fixtures comply with 1,2 or 3 and rest are ballasted. Fixt eras: I, Fluorescent firritures +ith 1 lamp ((2 larrips)), b) fitted with 5 to 611 watt T-1, i (Section T-2 T-4 T-5 T -8. or CFL limps ,and r) hard -wired electronic dimming ballasts 15211 and automatic dirrtrning control for all lamps in all zones Screw -in CFL fixtures, tracking lighting, bare lamp strip and industrial fixtures do not q =ualify. -. 2_ P iF tai Home with a) reflector h) ceraniir tt�1H lamps <=1501w c) electronic r iIlasts LED lights TABLE 15 -1 Unit Lighting Power Allowance (LPA) User LPA` (W/ft`) Use1 LPA` ON/ft 2) Automotive facility and aircraft mainterrarr: e is (1,144;19) Office e bilild!nas, efflceradministrative areas in facilities cif other use types (including but not limited to schools, hospitals, O 90 ((0.44-1-)) Convent' ant' r center 1 Ot (g..0)) P iii i ,'1 of aces 020 011rthou, 1 05 ((1.10)) Penrfentiary and other Group 1-3 Occupancies u.911 Cafeterias, fast ,.i es tablistiinhents "• metal ar toit eirci• r ut it 99 I(4-2t )} P BI c.e:ard fare stations O.raO C ,rniitur.i it IDI (iii `--1; Post office 0.87 ( {4-r )) Coveting Units Retall1u, retail banking, mall concourses, wholesale stores (pallet raid< shehnrinl: 1.313 cue nine center .:r 0 try - .i School huildrrnar, (group E Occupancy only), school classrooms. day care ;centers r? g9 ((-1--9)) Gymnasia assembly $ pa_ es our, Treater, ni tiotl picture 0.83 ((0.97)) Health car y,siiric 0.87_ ((erricfi T =,eater (ears( " rringarts 1,25 Hospital, pharmacies, nursing homes, and other Group l arid 1-2 .upan..ies 1.2:0 Trati r,rtabon 0 7 7 x{1331) . Bete! ?mote' 1 00 Warehouses , 0 50 Laboratory spaces (all spaces not rla` ,lfle!' "laboratory' shall meet attre and other appropriate 1 52 bVotieshaiss, 1 2 Laundries 1 zn Lib aries 1 1 ((1 rt)) Plans Submitted Mr Common Areas Only f lanufar turrn ;facility 1 9' t(1 -241tp Main tic,ar building JctNes1 (e><cept mall concourse. 1 10 fb iuseurrr 1.Ot) Common areas. corridors, toilet facilities and washrooms, elevator hobbies 0: 80 Footnotes for Table 15 -1 1) In cases in vhich a general use and a specific use are listed, the peciffc use shall apply In cases in which a use is not mentioned specifically, the Unit Power Allowance shall be determined by the building official This determination sh=all be, eased upon the most comparable mpaiar I use specified in the table See Section 1512 for exempt areas ?)' The e Watt per square foot rnnay be increased, by 2% per foot of ceiring height above 20 feet, (unless specifically directed otherwise by uIi erluertt foOtriOteS. 31 Watts per square toot of room may be Increa ed by 2% per toot of ceiling height above 12 feet I Reserved Watts per square foot of room may be increased by `" per foot of ceiling height ;above W feet. ri). Reserved_ i ;r Resented ) Reserved J) Reserved ICJ) Display vi(indrow illumination installed within 2 feat of the(4 rrndow, provided that the display windorha is separated from the retail space by malls or at least three-quarter-height paititions (transparent or opaque) and lighting for free- standing display crshere the lighting moves with the display' are exempt. .An additi trial lighting power ail War( e l.. allowed d fir rn;rchiaridi. , display lurriinairFS installed in ret=ail sales areas that are spicifiCalljr designed and directed to highlight rnerchanidi,e The 1 Ilowirig additional Wattages apply: 1 F):3, ( e)) watts per SCILIale ( „Jr of Sales fleet -area not listed in items s II and III beiow it i- ru (( )) watts per ,glean toot 01- furniture, clothirg, cosmetics ce artwork floor area or 1'i. 1 5(i2- .`...)`watts per __ivare toot 0tjeu"eir - crystal or china floor area T � _ c � r,- be identified , 6 specified fi i fI _r area fur items r, ll, or nl above, the adjoining crust,!- ,tlo,, paths shall b ici.ntitl 1 ,rci specified on building {stair.,. 0alculate the (additional power allowance by multiplying the above I PDs by the sales floor area for each ilepamnent excluding major circulation pat s The total additional lighting I _4 ter allowance is the sum rozf alloiwances for ales categories I, ir, or iii plus an additional 1,000 ,matt, Mr each separate tenant Larger than 250 square feet in area The adcaiti _11x1 (wattage is allovte0 only it the rnerciraricli e display luminaires comply t.mth all of the following. (a) Located sated cr -e rlinsg rrritinted track or directly on of race red Tito the cerlinrl itself (not on the wall). (5) Adjustable in both the horizontal and vertu axes (vertical 3 l- only is acceptable for fluorescent and other fixtures with two points cif track ii*t-i hurert) This :additional lighting rr-r. r is - illoiwe.J only if the lighting i5 actually installed. and auturnutically controlled, separately from the general 11' lira, t E turned irff slides nonbusine_..s liciiirs This additional power shall be a sell only for the specified luminaires and shall not be u)edfo any ether liurpose Ito) 1 )180:low 3 b2... SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED REGtsvtL) CITY OF TUKWILA NOV 16 2012 PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECTURAL GROUP 1 NTERNATIONAL 15 WEST SEVENTH STREET COVINGTON, KENTUCKY 41011 PH 859- 261 -5400 FAX 859 - 261 -5530 ggK L H KOHRS LONNEMANN HEIL ENGINEERS, PSC MECHANICAL /ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE, STE. 11 FT. THOMAS, KENTUCKY 41075 859 - 442 -8050 859 -442 -8058 FAX This draving Is the property of ARCHITECTURAL GROUP INT'L and le not to be reproduced or copied h whole or h pert It Is only to be used for the project and site epedfloey identified herein and is not to be used on any other project It Is to be returned upon request Scales as stated hereon am void an the aiarrel X16 odY Contractor ahel carefully review el dlnenebns and oondtk ns shown hereon and at once report to the Architect any error, hoonele- tanoy or omiselon he may deoover. Mark tX A n 0 co .'a wiitt satisat 110912 Tito LIGHTING AND POWER DETAILS E -1.4